Skip to main content

Full text of "Readings from Huxley, ed., with introduction"

See other formats


READINGS 

FROM 
HUXLEY 


RINAKER 


Presented  to  the 
LIBRARY  of  the 

UNIVERSITY   OF    TORONTO 

by 
The  Estate  of  the  late 

PROFESSOR  A.  S.  P.  WOODHOUSE 

Head  of  the 

Department  of  English 

University  College 

1944-1964 


^j. 


READINGS 
FROM    HUXLEY 


EDITED   WITH   INTRODUCTION   BY 

CLARISSA   RINAKER,   PH.D. 

ASSOCIATE   IN   ENGLISH   IN   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   ILLINOIS 


NEW  YORK 
HARCOURT,  BRACE  AND  COMPANY 


COPYRIGHT,    IQ20,    BY 
HARCOURT,    BRACE    AND    HOWE,    INC. 


PKINTBD  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


TO  MY   COLLEAGUES 


CONTENTS 

INTRODUCTION v 

SUGGESTIONS  FOR  STUDY .  xxvii 

BIBLIOGRAPHY xxxii 

READINGS  FROM  HUXLEY 

AUTOBIOGRAPHY i 

ON    THE    ADVISABLENESS    OF    IMPROVING 

NATURAL  KNOWLEDGE 16 

THE  METHOD  OF  SCIENTIFIC  INVESTIGATION  .  37 

PROLEGOMENA 43 

V  THE   STRUGGLE   FOR   EXISTENCE  IN  HUMAN 

SOCIETY 79 

SCIENCE  AND  CULTURE 113 

~*  A  LIBERAL  EDUCATION 132 

ON  SCIENCE  AND  ART  IN  RELATION  TO  EDU- 
CATION    138 


INTRODUCTION 

THE  pursuit  of  truth  was  the  keynote  of  Huxley's 
life  and  work.  Not  that  he  was  always  right;  as  Sam 
Slick  said,  "there  is  a  great  deal  of  human  nature  in  all 
mankind."  Like  the  rest  of  us,  though  we  must  admit 
less  often  than  the  rest  of  us,  he  sometimes  mistook 
error  for  truth;  he  held  at  various  times,  perhaps  even 
at  the  same  time,  ideas  inconsistent  with  one  another. 
He  was  right  more  often  than  we,  however,  and  he  was 
able  to  add  to  the  world's  knowledge,  to  the  sum  of 
truth,  not  only  because  he  had  early  learned  from  Car- 
lyle  the  hatred  of  cant,  humbugs,  and  shams,  but  also 
because  his  conception  of  truth  provided  a  method  of 
discovering  and  rejecting  error.  Huxley  never  regarded 
truth  as  final,  but  always  as  progressive.  Like  the 
pragmatist,  he  held  it  impossible  to  establish  fixed  and 
eternal  truth  by  discovering  and  reasoning  from  the  so- 
called  laws  of  the  universe;  he_rather  sought  by  obser- 
vation, deduction,  and  verification  —  i.e.,  by  the  scientific 
method  —  to  generalise  the  facts  of  existence  as  we 
find  them,  and  thus  to  arrive  at  rational  certainty.  In 
the  scientific  field,  which  was  particularly  his  own,  and 
which  lends  itself  to  a  strict  method  of  truth  seeking 
and  finding  more  readily  (but  no  more  justly)  than  do 
abstract  subjects,  this  method  was  highly  successful  and 
led  to  the  establishment  of  important  truth.  In  the 
field  of  ethics,  however,  Huxley  was  less  successful. 
His  most  valuable  work  there  was  destructive  —  in  ex- 
posing by  his  method  of  verification  the  fallacy  of  de- 


vi  INTRODUCTION 

pending  too  much  upon  absolute  authority.  When  he 
undertook,  however,  to  build  up  his  own  system  of 
ethics,  he  had  not  the  same  command  of  evidence  that 
he  had  in  science,  and  he  sometimes  accepted  assump- 
tions which  a  rigid  application  of  his  method  would 
have  led  him  to  reject. 

To  one  who  insists  upon  an  immutable,  absolute  truth, 
Huxle'y  may  well  seem  not  to  arrive  at  truth  at  all; 
indeed  he  admitted  that  "it  may  fairly  be  doubted 
whether  any  generalisation,  or  hypothesis,  based  upon 
physical  data  is  absolutely  true,  in  the  sense  that  a 
mathematical  proposition  is  so."  And  he  bases  "ra- 
tional certainty"  upon  two  grounds:  "the  one  that  the 
evidence  in  favour  of  a  given  statement  is  as  good  as 
it  can  be"-  — when  "the  statement  is  to  be  taken  as 
true";  the  other,  "that  such  evidence  is  plainly  insuffi- 
cient," —  when  it  is  untrue.  But  in  each  case  it  is  true 
or  false  only  "until  something  arises  to  modify  the 
verdict,  which,  however  properly  reached,  may  always 
be  more  or  less  wrong,  the  best  information  being  never 
complete,  and  the  best  reasoning  being  liable  to  fallacy." 
This  pragmatic  kind  of  truth  is,  however,  more  rather 
than  less  dependable  than  so-called  absolute  truth  be- 
cause, as  Huxley  points  out,  since  the  errors  of  such 
scientific  generalisation  "can  become  apparent  only  out- 
side the  limits  of  practicable  observation,  it  may  be  just 
as  usefully  adopted  .  .  .  as  if  it  were  absolutely  true." 
The  justification  of  employing  such  postulates  "as 
axioms  of  physical  philosophy,  lies  in  the  circumstance 
that  expectations  logically  based  upon  them  are  verified, 
or  at  any  rate,  not  contradicted,  whenever  they  can  be 
tested  by  experience."  Truth  which  rests  upon  authority 
or  a  priori  assumption,  on  the  other  hand,  defies  both 
changing  circumstances  and  verification  of  its  dicta.  A 
recent  critic  of  Huxley,  Mr.  Paul  Elmer  More,  condemns 


INTRODUCTION  vii 

Huxley's  use  of  uncontradicted  as  well  as  verified  hy- 
potheses because,  he  says,  the  way  to  truth  does  not 
lie  through  error.  That  assertion  seems  to  me  less  well 
founded  than  Bacon's  saying,  reiterated  by  Huxley, 
that  "truth  more  easily  comes  out  of  error  than  out  of 
confusion."  This  is  certainly  the  case  when  one  is 
armed  with  Huxley's  habit  of  testing  every  hypothesis 
by  bringing  in  all  the  evidence  available  —  "is  the  evi- 
dence adequate  to  bear  out  the  theory,  or  is  it  not?"- 
and  his  determination  to  "rest  in  no  lie,  and  to  rest  in 
no  verbal  delusions." 

The  perception  that  truth  is  not  final  did  not,  as  I 
said  at  starting,  prevent  Huxley  from  regarding  it  as 
the  immediate  jewel  of  his  soul.  Perhaps  indeed  truth 
is  to  be  the  more  jealously  cherished  when  every  man 
bears  the  responsibility  of  discovering  and  preserving 
it.  At  any  rate  Huxley  conceived  highly  of  his  duty 
to  truth,  watched  anxiously  his  worthiness  to  serve  it, 
and  was  resolved  greatly  to  find  quarrel  in  a  straw  when 
truth  was  at  the  stake.  He  wrote  to  his  sister  in  1850: 

"I  will  leave  my  mark  somewhere,  and  it  shall  be  clear  and 
distinct  |  T.H.H.,  his  mark.  |  and  free  from  the  abominable- blur 
of  cant,  humbug,  and  self-seeking  which  surrounds  everything 
in  this  present  world  —  that  is  to  say,  supposing  that  I  am 
not  already  unconsciously  tainted  myself,  a  result  of  which  I 
have  a  morbid  dread." 

After  forty  years  his  adherence  to  truth  was  but 
strengthened  by  the  battles  he  had  waged  in  her  name 
against  adversaries  superior  in  numbers,  entrenched  in 
ages  old  habits  of  thought,  and  fortified  by  ecclesiastical 
authority. 

"Belief  in  majorities  is  not  rooted  in  my  breast,  and  if  all 
the  world  were  against  me  the  fact  might  warn  me  to  revise 
and  criticise  my  opinions,  but  would  not  in  itself  supply  a  ghost 


viii  INTRODUCTION 

of  a  reason  for  forsaking  them.  For  myself  I  say  deliberately, 
it  is  better  to  have  a  millstone  tied  around  the  neck  and  be 
thrown  into  the  sea  than  to  share  the  enterprises  of  those  to 
whom  the  world  has  turned,  and  will  turn,  because  they  minister 
to  its  weaknesses  and  cover  up  the  awful  realities  which  it 
shudders  to  look  at." 


So  effectively  did  Huxley  serve  truth  in  the  realm  of 
science  that  it  is  hard  now  to  realise  that  fifty  years  ago 
it  was  necessary  to  contend  vigorously  for  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  experimental  method  in  the  study  of  the 
natural  sciences  as  well  as  in  physics  and  chemistry,  that 
there  was  a  fury  of  opposition  to  the  theory  of  evolu- 
tion, or  that  the  very  foundations  of  religion  were  felt 
to  rock  when  science  asserted  that  the  Biblical  account  of 
the  creation  and  of  the  flood  is  chiefly  legend,  that 
there  is  insufficient  real  evidence  of  the  "existence  and 
activity  of  a  demonic  world,"  and  that  the  strict  his- 
torical accuracy  of  the  Pentateuch  and  the  Gospels  may 
be  questioned. 

Huxley's  contributions  to  purely  scientific  knowledge 
I  am  incompetent  to  discuss;  I  accept  the  judgment  of 
others  that  they  are  of  the  highest  value.  But  I  believe 
that,  valuable  as  his  scientific  studies  are,  they  do  not 
claim  the  attention  of  students  of  literature  as  his 
less  technical  essays  do.  One  gains,  however,  a 
heightened  opinion  of  the  powers  of  man  when  he  looks 
over  the  eleven  pages  of  titles  of  scientific  memoirs  in 
Leonard  Huxley's  Life  and  Letters  of  his  father.  The 
first  is  "On  a  Hitherto  Undescribed  Structure  in  the  Hu- 
man Hair  Sheath,"  1845,  the  last,  "The  Gentians:  Notes 
and  Queries,"  1888;  the  subjects  between  range  over 


INTRODUCTION  ix 

observations  on  plants  and  animals  of  the  land  and  sea, 
little  known,  familiar,  and  fossil,  on  the  structure  and 
motion  of  glaciers,  on  comparative  anatomy  and  oste- 
ology, on  the  relation  of  man  to  the  lower  animals,  on 
ethnology,  paleontology,  and  on  other  subjects  whose 
names  mean  nothing  to  the  lay  reader.  These  scientific 
studies  Huxley  did  not  see  fit  to  include  in  the  nine 
volumes  of  his  collected  essays,  1893  and  1894,  and  only 
three  of  these  volumes  are  chiefly  scientific,  Darwiniana, 
Man's  Place  in  Nature,  and  Discourses,  Biological  and 
Geological.  These  three  include  some  of  his  most 
brilliant  writing  and  are  admirable  models  of  lucid  and 
fascinating  exposition  of  difficult  subjects.  They  ex- 
hibit too  his  great  gift  of  showing  the  significance  of 
science  in  human  life,  of  seeing  science  not  as  a  realm 
apart  but  as  a  means  of  understanding  the  world  in 
which  we  live  and  man's  relation  to  it.  And  so  science 
taught  Huxley  not  only  that  the  chalky  cliffs  of  Eng- 
land and  the  coral  reefs  of  the  south  seas  have  been 
built  up  during  ages  from  the  skeletons  of  tiny  animals, 
and  that  all  life,  both  vegetable  and  animal,  is  connected 
by  a  common  physical  basis,  but  that  even  man,  "in 
substance  and  in  structure,  one  with  the  brutes,"  takes 
his  place  in  "Nature's  great  progression."  However  I 
have  omitted  selections  from  these  essays  from  this  little 
book  because  they  have  lost  the  glamour  of  novelty  and 
they  have  not  the  lively  challenge  of  the  essays  on  sub- 
jects still  in  dispute. 

But  if  we  cannot  dwell  on  the  results  of  Huxley's 
labours  in  the  realm  of  pure  science,  we  can  admire  the 
method  by  which  they  were  attained,  the  "only  method 
by  which  intellectual  truth  can  be  reached,"  as  Huxley 
said,  which  "simply  uses  with  scrupulous  exactness  the 
methods  which  we  all,  habitually  and  at  every  moment, 
use  carelessly."  And  we  can  perceive  ample  justifica- 


x  INTRODUCTION 

tion,  so. far  as  science  is  concerned,  for  his  belief  that 
"the  only  source  of  real  knowledge  lies  in  the  applica- 
tion of  scientific  methods  of  inquiry  to  the  ascertainment 
of  the  facts  of  existence;  that  the  ascertainable  is  in- 
finitely greater  than  the  ascertained."  So  when  Darwin 
startled  the  world  with  his  theory  of  evolution,  Huxley 
was  ready  first  to  examine  it,  to  point  out  its  weak 
points,  and  then  to  become  its  ardent  champion  and 
"Darwin's  bull-dog."  "The  only  rational  course  for 
those  who  had  no  other  object  than  the  attainment  of 
truth,"  he  wrote  in  a  chapter  contributed  to  the  Life  of 
Darwin,  "was  to  accept  'Darwinism'  as  a  working  hy- 
pothesis and  see  what  could  be  made  of  it.  Either  it 
would  prove  its  capacity  to  elucidate  the  facts  of  or- 
ganic life,  or  it  would  break  down  under  the  strain." 

Once  convinced  of  the  essential  truth  of  the  theory 
of  evolution,  Huxley  did  valuable  service  in  extending 
the  application  of  that  truth  to  human  life.  For  him 
the  theory  destroyed  the  mechanistic  conception  of  the 
universe  and  showed  that  a  world  which  had  grown  from 
a  nebulous  mass  and  produced  forms  of  life  and  of  in- 
telligence is  a  world  in  which  further  progress  is  pos- 
sible and  in  which  man  may  have  a  share  in  shaping 
his  own  destiny  and  that  of  his  fellows.  Instead  of  re- 
garding man's  place  in  the  scheme  of  evolution  as  de- 
grading, as  many  of  his  contemporaries  did,  he  saw  in 
his  rise  from  "lowly  stock,"  "the  best  evidence  of  the 
splendour  of  his  capacities,"  and  "in  his  long  progress 
through  the  Past,  a  reasonable  ground  of  faith  in  his 
attainment  of  a  noble  Future." 

One  of  the  great  moments  in  Huxley's  career  was  his 
reply  to  Wilberforce  who,  as  the  champion  of  orthodoxy, 
attacked  the  theory  of  evolution  at  a  meeting  of  the 
British  Association  at  Oxford  in  1860.  The  Bishop  is 
said  to  have  spoken  "for  full  half  an  hour  with  inimitable 


INTRODUCTION  xi 

spirit,  emptiness,  and  unfairness"  to  a  large  and  distin- 
guished audience.  He  concluded  by  turning  to  Huxley, 
who  sat  on  the  platform,  and  asking  "with  a  smiling 
insolence"  whether  it  was  "through  his  grandfather  or 
his  grandmother  that  he  claimed  his  descent  from  a 
monkey?"  At  this  stooping  to  personality  Huxley  is 
said  to  have  struck  his  hand  upon  his  knee,  exclaiming 
to  his  neighbor,  "The  Lord  hath  delivered  him  into 
mine  hands."  Huxley's  reply  created  a  tremendous 
sensation,  so  tremendous  that  no  one  could  remember 
exactly  what  he  said.  What  was  clear  to  all  was  that 
he  had  delivered  a  stinging  and  characteristic  rebuke  to 
that  smug  orthodoxy  which  repudiated  science  when 
it  seemed  to  threaten  its  authority.  The  most  accurate 
account  of  the  reply,  according  to  Leonard  Huxley,  is 
that  of  J.  R.  Green. 

"I  asserted  —  and  I  repeat  —  that  a  man  has  no  reason  to  be 
ashamed  of  having  an  ape  for  his  grandfather.  If  there  were 
an  ancestor  whom  I  should  feel  shame  in  recalling  it  would 
rather  be  a  man  —  a  man  of  restless  and  versatile  intellect  — 
who,  not  content  with  an  equivocal  success  in  his  own  sphere 
of  activity,  plunges  into  scientific  questions  with  which  he  has 
no  real  acquaintance,  only  to  obscure  them  by  an  aimless  rhetoric, 
and  distract  the  attention  of  his  hearers  from  the  real  point  at 
issue  by  eloquent  digressions  and  skilled  appeals  to  religious 
prejudice." 


II 

Next  to  his  work  as  a  scientist  Huxley  is  perhaps  best 
known  for  his  work  in  education,  particularly  in  his  own 
field  of  scientific  education.  Like  Matthew  Arnold,  who 
was  even  more  actively  eneaeed  in  educational  reform, 
he  endeavoured,  in  one  of  the  darkest  ages  for  education 
in  England,  to  make  accessible  to  all  a  substantial  and 


Xll 


INTRODUCTION 


liberal  education  and  to  revise  the  curricula  and  methods 
of  teaching  in  schools  of  all  grades.  It  is  often  sup- 
posed, from  Arnold's  mentioning  Huxley  in  Literature 
and  Science,  that  the  two  were  at  odds  in  their  educa- 
tional programmes.  As  a  matter  of  fact  it  was  Herbert 
Spencer  who  urged  the  extreme  demands  of  science  which 
Arnold  rejected,  while  Arnold  and  Huxley  probably 
agreed  in  more  points  than  they  differed  in.  As  a  man 
of  letters  Arnold  had  great  faith  in  the  humanities  and 
wished  to  reform  and  extend  the  teaching  of  literature 
and  the  classics,  to  the  end  that  men  might  gain  "sober- 
ness, righteousness,  and  wisdom."  As  a  scientist  Huxley 
sought  to  demonstrate  the  educational  value  of  scientific 
study  and  wished  to  add  it  to  the  older  subjects,  that 
men  might  be  freed  from  the  thraldom  of  error.  But 
Huxley  was  far  from  thinking  that  science  should  con- 
stitute the  whole,  or  even  the  greater  part,  of  a  general 
education.  He  repeatedly  insisted  that  it  should  but  be 
added  to  literature,  history,  ethics,  philosophy,  music, 
and  drawing. 

Huxley's  idea  of  the  purpose  of  education  is  very 
practical,  yet,  well-considered,  not  without  elevation;  it 
is  to  learn  the  rules  of  the  game  of  life. 

"In  other  words,  education  is  the  instruction  of  the  intellect 
in  the  laws  of  Nature,  under  which  name  I  include  not  merely 
things  and  their  forces,  but  men  and  their  ways;  and  the 
fashioning  of  the  affections  and  of  the  will  into  an  earnest  and 
loving  desire  to  move  in  harmony  with  those  laws." 

To  this  end  he  deemed  it  necessary  to  make  the  educa- 
tion of  specialists  —  of  doctors  and  scientists  —  more 
literary  and  to  make  general  education  more  scientific. 
In  exceptional  cases,  if  he  could  feel  sure  that  the  would- 
be  scientist  had  "the  physical  and  mental  energy  to  make 
a  mark  in  science/'  he  would  "drive  him  straight  at 


INTRODUCTION  xiii 

science,  taking  care  that  he  got  a  literary  training 
through  English,  French,  and  German.  An  average 
capacity,  on  the  other  hand,"  he  added,  "may  be  im- 
mensely helped  by  university  means  of  flotation."  To 
insure  a  wide  diffusion  of  scientific  education  he  main- 
tained that  instruction  in  the  elements  of  physical  science 
should  commence  in  the  elementary  schools,  but  it 
should  not  be  "teaching  astronomy  and  the  use  of  the 
globes,  and  the  rest  of  the  abominable  trash  —  but  a 
little  instruction  of  the  child  in  what  is  the  nature  of 
common  things  about  him;  what  their  properties  are, 
and  in  what  relation  this  actual  body  of  man  stands  to 
the  universe  outside  of  it." 

The  importance  of  the  subject  of  universal  education 
greatly  impressed  Huxley.  "A  great  deal  is  said  of 
British  interests  just  now,"  he  said  in  1877,  "but,  depend 
upon  it,  that  no  Eastern  difficulty  needs  our  interven- 
tion as  a  nation  so  seriously,  as  the  putting  down  both 
the  Bashi-Bazouks  of  ignorance  and  the  Cossacks  of 
sectarianism  at  home.  What  has  already  been  achieved 
in  these  directions  is  a  great  thing.  ...  An  education 
better  in  its  processes,  better  in  its  substance,  than  that 
which  was  accessible  to  the  great  majority  of  well-to-do 
Britons  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago,  is  now  obtainable 
by  every  child  in  the  land."  But  he  was  far  from  satis- 
fied with  the  provision  of  respectable  elementary  edu- 
cation. He  wished  also  such  continuation  schools  — 
good  public  secondary  schools,  popular  universities,  and 
technical  schools  —  as  would  constitute  "an  educational 
ladder  from  the  gutter  to  the  university,  whereby  chil- 
dren of  exceptional  ability  might  reach  the  place  for 
which  nature  had  fitted  them."  He  was  most  eager, 
and  held  it  one  of  the  best  arguments  for  the  state  sup- 
port of  education,  to  provide  means  for  discovering,  de- 
veloping, and  utilizing  the  capacities  of  specially  gifted 


xiv  INTRODUCTION 

men.  "The  most  important  object  of  all  educational 
schemes,"  he  said,  "is  to  catch  these  exceptional  people, 
and  turn  them  to  account  for  the  good  of  society  .  .  . 
to  keep  these  glorious  sports  of  Nature  from  being  either 
corrupted  by  luxury  or  starved  by  poverty,  and  to  put 
them  into  the  position  in  which  they  can  do  the  work 
for  which  they  are  especially  fitted." 


Ill 

Huxley's  efforts  to  put  into  effect  his  educational 
schemes  kindled  an  interest  in  political  theory,  and  his 
theories  are  the  logical  result  of  his  habit  of  subjecting 
a  priori  reasoning  to  the  process  of  verification  by  facts. 
In  1871  when,  as  a  member  of  the  School  Board  he  wished 
to  demonstrate  the  wisdom  and  legality  of  state  support 
of  education,  he  wrote  an  address,  Administrative 
Nihilism,  in  which  he  pointed  out  the  danger  to  the 
state  of  the  doctrine  of  laissez-faire  in  education,  and 
demonstrated  the  right  and  duty  of  the  state  to  provide 
means  of  education.  His  main  argument  is  that  it  is 
the  duty  of  the  state  not  simply  to  punish  wrongdoing, 
but  actively  to  promote  the  welfare  of  its  citizens. 

His  other  political  essays  were  written  nearly  twenty 
years  later.  They  are  directed  mainly  against  the  "su- 
perficially plausible  doctrines"  of  Rousseau  and 
similar  political  speculators.  Their  doctrines  were  being 
revived  by  Henry  George  and  other  millenarian  social- 
ists and  seemed  to  Huxley  to  threaten  the  peace  if  not 
the  safety  of  society,  and  he  felt  bound  to  expose  them. 
"I  thought,"  he  said,  "it  was  my  duty  to  see  whether 
some  thirty  years'  training  in  the  art  of  making  diffi- 
cult questions  intelligible  to  audiences  without  much 
learning,  but  with  that  abundance  of  keen  practical  sense 


INTRODUCTION  xv 

which  characterises  English  workmen  of  the  better  class, 
would  enable  me  to  do  something  towards  the  counter- 
action of  the  fallacious  guidance  which  is  offered  to 
them."  And  so  he  shows  that  to  base  any  political 
theory  on  the  supposed  substitution  of  a  voluntary  social 
contract  for  an  hypothetical  state  cf  nature,  whether 
for  the  purpose  of  guaranteeing  the  freedom  of  the  in- 
dividual or  of  maintaining  the  general  welfare  by  the 
complete  surrender  of  individual  rights  to  the  sovereign 
state,  is  to  create  a  false  dilemma.  Government  need 
not  choose  between  Anarchy  and  Regimentation,  An- 
archy, which  permits  no  other  restraint  upon  individual 
freedom  than  "such  ethical  and  intellectual  considera- 
tions as  may  be  fully  recognised  by  the  individual,"  and 
Regimentation,  which  undertakes  to  "regulate  not  only 
production  and  consumption,  but  every  detail  of  human 
life."  Both  these  theories  are  based  upon  the  assump- 
tion of  a  state  of  nature  which  never  existed  and  upon 
the  unwarranted  derivation  of  civil  from  natural  rights. 
"Perhaps  it  is  the  prejudice  of  scientific  habit,"  wrote 
Huxley,  "which  leads  me  to  think  that  it  might  be  as 
well  to  proceed  from  the  known  to  the  unknown." 
Therefore  he  maintained  that  the  problems  of  govern- 
ment cannot  be  solved  in  the  lump  by  reference  to  a 
priori  formulae  but  by  facing  the  concrete  problems  as 
they  appear.  We  can,  however,  learn  from  experience  in 
self  and  family  government  to  steer  a  middle  course  be- 
tween rigid  restraint  and  unlimited  freedom. 


IV 

In  his  essay  On  the  Improvement  of  the  Natural 
History  Sciences  Huxley  claimed  for  the  study  of  science 
not  only  that  it  "conferred  practical  benefits  on  men," 


xvi  INTRODUCTION 

but,  by  changing  "their  conceptions  of  the  universe  and 
of  themselves,"  "their  modes  of  thinking  and  their  views 
of  right  and  wrong,"  it  discovered  "the  ideas  which  can 
alone  still  spiritual  cravings."  Not  everyone  would  find 
his  spiritual  cravings  satisfied  by  so  forbidding  a  moral 
system  as  Huxley's  —  certainly  not  one  who  had  learned 
to  rest  comfortably  in  a  religious  belief  which  guarantees 
the  ultimate  triumph  of  good,  which  makes  evil  either  a 
hideous  but  fleeting  nightmare  or  a  mysterious  source  of 
discipline  and  means  to  moral  perfection,  and  which  re- 
lieves him  of  responsibility  for  and  voluntary  share  in 
the  improvement  of  the  world  and  of  himself  —  beyond 
the  acceptance  of  the  opportunity  offered  him  and 
obedience  of  the  laws  laid  down  for  his  guidance. 

By  applying  in  the  field  of  religion  the  same  principle 
that  he  used  in  every  other  field  of  knowledge,  Huxley 
arrived  first  at  negative  results,  the  failure  to  find  "logi- 
cally satisfactory  evidence"  of  the  truth  of  religious  doc- 
trines or  of  such  generally  accepted  beliefs  as  human 
immortality  and  the  existence  of  a  God.  Therefore  he 
accepted  the  "verdict  of  'not  proven' "  though  he  re- 
garded it  as  "undoubtedly  unsatisfactory  and  essentially 
provisional,  so  far  forth  as  the  subject  of  the  trial  is 
capable  of  being  dealt  with  by  due  process  of  reason." 
He  wished,  however,  to  give  himself  a  label  among 
"-ists  of  one  sort  or  another"  and  to  relieve  himself  of 
the  name  of  atheist,  materialist,  and  other  opprobrious 
titles  which  implied  that  he  had  closed  the  case  against 
religion.  So  he  invented  the  title  "agnostic"  as  "sug- 
gestively antithetic  to  the  'gnostic'  of  Church  history, 
who  professed  to  know  so  much  about  the  very  things 
of  which  I  was  ignorant,"  and  for  his  principle,  "ag- 
nosticism." Agnosticism  he  called  a  method  rather  than 
a  creed,  "except  in  so  far  as  it  expresses  absolute  faith 
in  the  validity  of  a  principle,  which  is  as  much  ethical 


INTRODUCTION  xvii 

as  intellectual."  The  essence  of  this  principle  is  his 
theory  of  truth,  "that  it  is  wrong  for  a  man  to  say 
that  he  is  certain  of  the  objective  truth  of  any  proposi- 
tion unless  he  can  produce  evidence  which  logically 
justifies  that  certainty."  On  the  other  hand  he  denied 
and  repudiated  "as  immoral  .  .  .  the  contrary  doc- 
trine, that  there  are  propositions  which  men  ought  to 
believe,  without  logically  satisfactory  evidence."  In 
obedience  to  this  principle  he  was  unable  to  believe  in 
the  doctrine  of  immortality,  since  to  do  so  seemed  to 
him  to  mean  accepting  desire  as  a  basis  of  truth.  "Nor 
does  it  help  to  tell  me  that  the  aspirations  of  mankind 
—  that  my  own  highest  aspirations  even  —  lead  me 
towards  the  doctrine  of  immortality.  I  doubt  the  fact, 
to  begin  with,  but  if  it  be  so  even,  what  is  this  but  in 
grand  words  asking  me  to  believe  a  thing  because  I 
like  it." 

Huxley's  belief  that  even  the  evidence  for  religion  must 
be  subjected  to  the  same  test  of  verification  as  any  other 
sort  of  truth  led  him  to  deny  the  accuracy  of  much 
Biblical  and  ecclesiastical  history.  His  criticism  of  the 
"Mosaic"  authorship  of  the  Pentateuch  and  the  tra- 
ditional authorship  of  the  Gospels,  his  challenge  of  the 
scientific  correctness  of  the  Biblical  account  of  Creation 
and  the  Flood,  and  of  the  "demonology  of  primitive 
Christianity"  brought  upon  him  the  unmerited  reproach 
of  hating  Christianity  and  of  wantonly  attacking  the 
Bible.  As  a  result  he  became  involved  in  a  heated 
controversy  with  Gladstone  and  some  less  distinguished 
champions,  who  feared  that  the  fate  of  religion  itself 
depended  upon  the  literal  acceptance  of  ecclesiastical  tra- 
dition as  well  as  of  the  Bible.  Two  volumes  of  Huxley's 
Collected  Essays,  Science  and  Hebrew  Tradition,  and 
Science  and  Christian  Tradition,  contain  his  contributions 
to  this  controversy,  and  include  some  of  his  most 


xviii  INTRODUCTION 

spirited  writing.  They  are  not  represented  in  this  book, 
however,  for,  as  Huxley  said,  "few  literary  dishes  are  less 
appetising  than  cold  controversy." 

Although  the  principle  of  agnosticism  made  accep- 
tance of  orthodox  religion  impossible  for  Huxley,  he 
was  not  without  what  he  considered  true  religion, 
"the  reverence  and  love  for  the  ethical  ideal,  and 
the  desire  to  realise  that  ideal  in  life,  which  every 
man  ought  to  feel."  To  religion  of  this  sort  he  held  as 
firmly  as  to  his  ideal  of  truth,  with  which  it  is  perhaps 
identical. 

In  the  field  of  morals  Huxley  was  therefore  convinced 
that  to  "  'learn  what  is  true,  in  order  to  do  what  is  right,' 
is  the  summing  up  of  the  whole  duty  of  man,  for  all 
who  are  unable  to  satisfy  their  mental  hunger  with  the 
east  wind  of  authority."  But  where  is  moral  truth  to 
be  found?  Not  in  nature  any  more  than  in  religious 
authority.  Huxley  found  no  evidence  of  moral  and 
benevolent  government  in  the  universe.  The  governing 
principle  of  nature,  by  which  he  meant  the  "sum  of  the 
'customs  of  mattery  he  regarded  as  "intellectual  and 
not  moral."  Yet  he  was  disposed  at  times  to  find  in 
nature  one  moral  quality,  justice.  "The  more  I  know 
intimately  the  lives  of -other  men  (to  say  nothing  of  my 
own),  the  more  obvious  it  is  to  me  that  the  wicked  does 
not  flourish  nor  is  the  righteous  punished.  But  for  this 
to  be  clear  we  must  bear  in  mind  .  .  .  that  the  re- 
wards of  life  are  contingent  upon  obedience  to  the  whole 
law  —  physical  as  well  as  moral  —  and  that  moral 
obedience  will  not  atone  for  physical  sin,  or  vice  versa" 
This  is  perhaps  less  a  description  of  a  moral  quality 
than  a  recognition  of  the  operation  in  nature  of  the  laws 
of  cause  and  effect. 

At  any  rate  Huxley  habitually  regarded  nature  as  the 
enemy  of  morality  and  of  the  society  in  which  morality 


INTRODUCTION  xix 

flourishes.  "Of  moral  purpose,"  he  said,  "I  see  no  trace 
in  Nature.  That  is  an  article  of  exclusively  human 
manufacture  —  and  very  much  to  our  credit."  Huxley 
really  has  two  systems  of  morality,  one  derived  partly 
by  the  method  he  condemned,  from  a  priori  reasoning 
about  the  laws  of  nature  and  the  laws  of  society,  the 
other  by  observation  and  experiment.  According  to  the 
first  the  law  of  nature  is  the  law  of  the  struggle  for 
existence,  and  teaches  man  to  cultivate  self-assertion  in 
order  that  he  may  survive  in  that  struggle.  The  law 
which  governs  human  society,  on  the  other  hand,  "com- 
mands the  sacrifice  of  the  self  to  the  common  good"  and 
develops  the  quality  of  self-restraint.  But  in  making 
self-assertion  the  necessary  virtue  of  man  in  a  state  of 
nature  and  self-restraint  the  virtue  of  man  in  society, 
Huxley  was  following  not  the  evidence  of  experience 
but  the  old  error  of  identifying  the  self  with  the  lower 
impulses  instead  of  with  all  man's  interests.  As  a  result 
he  involves  man  in  a  hopeless  dilemma.  If  he  makes 
self-assertion  the  law  of  his  being,  society  is  impossible; 
if  he  makes  self-restraint  his  law,  he  becomes  the  victim 
either  of  less  virtuous  men  or  of  nature,  which  is  always 
waiting  to  reduce  him  to  the  level  from  which  he  has 
risen  by  cultivating  the  opposite  quality.  Moreover  he 
makes  sympathy  the  basis  of  moral  conduct  and  the 
'golden  rule"  a  "negation  of  law  by  the  refusal  to  put 
it  in  motion  against  law-breakers."  What  he  overlooked 
is  that  man  needs  neither  unlimited  expansion  nor  mere 
restraint  but  development  in  the  direction  of  a  moral 
ideal. 

In  his  other  system  of  morals,  which  is  not  of  course 
distinct  from  the  one  I  have  just  briefly  described, 
Huxley  recognised  that  men  have  such  moral  ideals. 
The  aim  of  morality  is  then  the  preservation  of  society 
so  that  the  "individual  may  reach  the  fullest  and  highest 


xx  INTRODUCTION 

life  attainable  by  man."  And  the  means  of  attaining 
this  end  are  "discoverable  —  like  the  other  so-called 
laws  of  Nature  —  by  observation  and  experiment,  and 
only  in  that  way."  The  rules  of  the  game  of  life  Huxley 
compares  to  the  draughtsman's  rules  for  perspective. 
The  moral  man  has  also  a  "moral  sense"  or  "innate 
sense  of  moral  beauty"  analogous  to  the  artistic  sense 
and  stronger  in  some  men  than  in  others.  This  moral 
sense  furnishes  its  possessors  with  the  motive  for  doing 
their  duty  which  must  be  supplied  to  others  by  the  "fear 
of  punishment  in  all  its  grades,  from  mere  disapproba- 
tion to  hanging."  These  "men  of  moral  genius"  give  us 
our  "ideals  of  duty  and  visions  of  moral  perfection, 
which  ordinary  mankind  could  never  have  attained: 
though,  happily  for  them,  they  can  feel  the  beauty  of 
a  vision"  and  can  endeavour  to  reproduce  "some  faint 
image  of  it  in  the  actual  world."  They  furnish  the 
"ethical  ideals"  without  which  neither  human  beings  nor 
human  society  can  progress.  On  this  basis  Huxley 
asserts  that  "the  moral  law,  like  the  laws  of  physical 
nature,  rests  in  the  long  run  upon  instinctive  intuitions, 
and  is  neither  more  nor  less  'innate'  and  'necessary'  than 
they  are."  That  it  is  still,  like  the  laws  of  physical 
nature,  is  discovered  and  verified  by  observation  and 
experience. 

But  Huxley  saw  two  finally  insuperable  obstacles  put 
by  non-moral  nature  in  the  way  of  man's  progress  toward 
his  ideal  of  moral  perfection:  over-population,  which 
would  eventually  throw  him  back  into  the  struggle  for 
existence,  and  the  reversal  of  the  evolutionary  progress, 
which  would  make  his  efforts  useless.  The  contempla- 
tion of  this  losing  fight  is  infinitely  depressing  —  or 
would  be  to  one  of  less  indomitable  courage  than  Huxley. 
In  the  conflict  with  nature  man,  he  says,  "in  virtue  of 
his  intelligence"  is  able  so  to  "influence  and  modify  the 


INTRODUCTION  xxi 

cosmic  process"  as  visibly  to  improve  his  condition.  And 
this  road  of  progress  toward  human  perfection  can  be 
followed  so  long  as  the  process  of  evolution  continues  on 
an  upward  course,  but,  "some  time,  the  summit  will  be 
reached  and  the  downward  route  will  be  commenced. 
The  most  daring  imagination  will  hardly  venture  upon 
the  suggestion  that  the  power  and  intelligence  of  man 
can  ever  arrest  the  procession  of  the  great  year."  In 
the  face  of  the  ultimate  catastrophe  when  the  cooling 
globe  will  have  finally  triumphed  over  human  effort, 
Huxley  had  to  find  what  comfort  he  could  nearer  at 
hand.  "There  is  nothing  of  permanent  value,"  he  wrote 
in  1890  "(putting  aside  a  few  human  affections), 
nothing  that  satisfies  quiet  reflection  —  except  the  sense 
of  having  worked  according  to  one's  capacity  and  light, 
to  make  things  clear  and  get  rid  of  cant  and  shams  of 
all  sorts." 

In  the  case  of  the  individual  he  saw  also  no  end  to 
the  struggle  between  the  law  of  nature  and  the  law  of 
morality,  and  the  outcome  was  no  more  cheering.  "The 
motive  of  the  drama  of  human  life  is  the  necessity,  laid 
upon  every  man  who  comes  into  the  world,  of  discovering 
the  mean  between  self-assertion  and  self-restraint  suited 
to  his  character  and  his  circumstances.  And  the  eter- 
nally tragic  aspect  of  the  drama  lies  in  this:  that  the 
problem  set  before  us  is  one  the  elements  of  which  can 
be  but  imperfectly  known,  and  of  which  even  an  ap- 
proximately right  solution  rarely  presents  itself,  until 
that  stern  critic,  aged  experience,  has  been  furnished 
with  ample  justification  for  venting  his  sarcastic  humour 
upon  the  irreparable  blunders  we  have  already  made." 

The  gloom  of  Huxley's  view  of  the  universe  is  in- 
creased by  the  ideas  of  human  freedom  and  necessity 
which  he  sometimes,  but  not  consistently,  held.  To  be 
sure,  his  view  at  its  gloomiest  is,  as  he  said,  no  more 


xxii  INTRODUCTION 

deterministic  than  Jonathan  Edwards's,  but  he  himself 
rejected  the  tu  quoque  argument.  And  at  times  he 
expressed  other  ideas  which,  had  they  been  definitely 
connected  with  his  idea  of  evolution,  could  have  pro- 
duced a  conception  of  a  growing  world  in  which  new 
yet  not  uncaused  events  occur.  On  the  side  of  de- 
terminism he  held  that  men  are  but  "conscious  auto- 
mata, endowed  with  free  will  in  the  only  intelligible 
sense  of  that  much-abused  term  —  inasmuch  as  in  many 
respects  we  are  able  to  do  as  we  like  —  but  none  the 
less  parts  of  the  great  series  of  causes  and  events  which, 
in  unbroken  continuity,  composes  that  which  is,  and  has 
been,  and  shall  be  —  the  sum  of  existence."  This  is 
of  course  not  consistent  with  his  belief  in  man's  ability 
to  modify  his  environment  and  to  realize  even  partly  his 
mofal  ideals.  But  his  explanation  that  the  idea  of  neces- 
sity has  a  "logical,  and  not  a  physical  foundation"  is 
more  hopeful.  And  his  distinction  between  necessity  and 
law  is  quite  in  accord  with  his  theory  of  truth:  "Neces- 
sary," he  says,  means  "that  of  which  we  cannot  conceive 
the  contrary,"  and  "law"  is  "a  rule  which  we  have  al- 
ways found  to  hold  good,  and  which  we  expect  always 
will  hold  good."  On  this  basis  he  is  justified  in  con- 
demning the  way  in  which  the  "notion  of  necessity"  has 
been  "illegitimately  thrust  into  the  perfectly  legitimate 
conception  of  law"  by  changing  "will  into  must."  It  is 
unfortunate  for  Huxley's  reputation  as  an  ethical  phil- 
osopher that  he  did  not  hold  more  firmly  to  the  ideas 
thus  briefly  indicated,  and  develop  them  in  connection 
with  his  other  ideas  of  human  progress  towards  a  moral 
ideal. 

In  spite  of  the  gloomy  view  he  took  of  both  the  im- 
mediate and  the  ultimate  result  of  human  effort,  so  long 
as  both  good  and  evil  exist  and  any  amelioration  is 
possible,  Huxley  repudiated  pessimism  as  firmly  as  op- 


INTRODUCTION  xxiii 

timism.  And  his  useful  life,  his  courageous  spirit,  and 
his  firm  belief  that  in  spite  of  pain,  sorrow,  and  evil,  life 
is  well  worth  living,  and  that  "escape  from  pain  and 
sorrow"  is  not  the  "proper  object  of  life,"  silence  the 
accusation  that  springs  to  one's  lips.  All  philosophical 
questions  resolved  themselves  for  him  into  one,  "What 
can  I  know?"  and  where  he  found  knowledge  unattain- 
able, he  was  content  to  remain  an  agnostic.  And  if  his 
agnosticism  permitted  him  no  abiding  faith  in  the  future, 
he  had  at  least  an  enduring  heart  for  the  trials  of  the 
present. 

"I  doubt,  or  at  least  I  have  no  confidence  in,  the  doctrine  of 
ultimate  happiness,  and  I  am  more  inclined  to  look  the  oppo- 
site possibility  fully  in  the  face,  and  if  that  also  be  inevitable, 
make  up  my  mind  to  bear  it  also. 

"You  will  tell  me  there  are  better  consolations  than  Stoicism; 
that  may  be,  but  I  do  not  possess  them,  and  I  have  found  my 
'grin  and  bear  it'  philosophy  stand  me  in  such  good  stead  in 
my  course  through  oceans  of  disgust  and  chagrin,  that  I  should 
be  loth  to  give  it  up." 


V 

The  same  strict  regard  for  truth  that  distinguished 
all  Huxley's  work  was,  I  cannot  but  believe,  the  secret 
of  his  beautiful  and  lucid  way  of  writing.  His  theory 
of  style  was  to  use  "such  language  that  you  can  stand 
cross-examination  on  each  word,"  and  his  friends  testi- 
fied to  his  remarkable  sense  for  the  right  word.  "I  have 
a  great  love  and  respect  for  my  native  tongue,"  he  wrote, 
"and  take  great  pains  to  use  it  properly.  Sometimes  I 
write  essays  half-a-dozen  times  before  I  can  get  them 
into  the  proper  shape;  and  I  believe  I  become  more 
fastidious  as  I  grow  older." 


xxiv  INTRODUCTION 

But  style  was  not  merely  a  matter  of  words;  it  was, 
he  said,  the  "striving  after  the  clear  and  forcible  ex- 
pression of  definite  conceptions;  in  which  process  the 
Glassian  precept,  'first  catch  your  definite  conceptions,' 
is  probably  the  most  difficult  to  obey."  Indeed  his  style 
is  so  much  a  part  of  his  matter  that  an  unfriendly  critic, 
wishing  to  show  that  he  was  no  great  speaker,  said  that 
"all  he  did  was  to  set  some  interesting  theory  unadorned 
before  his  audience,  when  such  success  as  he  attained 
was  due  to  the  compelling  nature  of  the  subject  itself." 

No  tribute  to  his  style  could  be  more  apt.  Being  al- 
ways master  of  his  subject,  he  is  able  to  lead  his  reader 
through  the  intricacies  of  a  complicated  explanation  or 
argument  so  as  to  make  it  not  only  clear  but  apparently 
simple.  His  method  of  arriving  at  general  truths  by  way 
of  particular  facts  stood  him  in  good  stead.  Accustomed 
to  deal  with  details,  his  words  are  always  "really  clothed 
with  meaning,"  and  he  had  always  ready  an  appropriate 
illustration  or  analogy.  Equally  accustomed  to  analyse, 
to  weigh  ideas,  and  to  relate  them  to  one  another,  he 
was  able  to  set  forth  his  own  ideas  with  logical  pre- 
cision and  in  due  order.  He  never  hurries  the  reader  into 
the  subject,  but  carefully  prepares  the  ground.  Although 
illustrations  abound,  he  never  really  disgresses.  There 
is  a  constant  forward  movement  toward  the  conclusion, 
which  is  reached  with  at  least  satisfaction  and  often  with 
admiration  of  the  skill  with  which  the  thought  has  been 
developed.  Nor  has  he  the  defects  which  are  often 
associated  with  precision  and  logic.  His  style  is  fresh, 
interesting,  and  varied,  sometimes  colloquial  and  homely, 
sometimes  dignified  and  impressive.  There  is  a  great 
deal  of  humour,  now  genial,  now  biting,  ironical,  or  grim. 
And  there  is  often  a  rich  literary  flavour  that  shows  not 
only  familiarity  with  the  great  English  classics  and  the 
Bible,  but  also  acquaintance  with  classical  literature. 


INTRODUCTION  xxv 

Most  of  all  there  is  the  vigorous  and  genial  personality 
of  a  man  who  was  not  merely  a  scientist,  nor  even  merely 
a  seeker  after  truth  in  itself,  but  who  felt  the  need  of  re- 
lating all  knowledge  to  human  life,  who  approved  the 
English  pre-occupation  with  religion  and  politics,  and 
who  turned  more  and  more  as  years  went  on  from  pure 
science  to  broader  fields  of  interest. 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  STUDY 

THERE  are  at  least  two  good  reasons  for  studying 
Huxley's  essays  in  college  classes  —  his  style  and  his 
ideas.  The  editor  does  not  wish  to  annoy  the  student 
or  teacher  with  numerous  suggestions  for  the  study  of 
either.  What  are  here  offered  will  perhaps  serve  as 
points  of  departure  for  one  who  may  feel  somewhat  at  a 
loss  how  to  commence.  The  questions  on  style  are 
pretty  conventional;  they  aim  simply  to  bring  out  quali- 
ties useful  to  students  of  composition.  The  questions  on 
thought  do  not  inquire  what  Huxley's  thought  is,  but 
seek  rather  to  extend  its  application  to  modern  condi- 
tions, to  test  its  value  or  soundness,  and  to  suggest  similar 
or  different  ideas  which  may  be  made  subjects  for 
composition  or  class  discussion. 

The  content  of  each  essay  and  the  development  of  the 
thought  as  a  whole  can  best  be  brought  out  by  making  a 
complete  sentence  outline  of  it.  Such  an  outline  should 
commence  with  a  summary  of  the  whole  essay  in  a  single 
complex  sentence  in  which  dependent  clauses  contain 
subordinate  ideas,  and  independent  clauses,  principal 
ideas.  The  main  topics  should  be  similarly  summarised, 
and  the  points  in  development  of  them,  and  so  on. 
These  sentences  should  be  arranged  in  outline  form  with 
appropriate  symbols,  I,  A,  i,  a,  etc.,  to  indicate  their 
logical  relations.  This  exercise,  though  difficult  at  first, 
is  valuable  not  only  for  the  analysis  of  others'  essays,  but 
also  in  developing  logical  processes  of  thinking,  and  in 
furnishing  models  for  outlines  for  original  compositions. 
Having  made  such  an  outline,  the  student  can  easily  study 
thf  structure  of  the  whole. 

xxvii 


xxviii  SUGGESTIONS    FOR    STUDY 


QUESTIONS 

Structure  and  Style.  What  is  the  method  of  develop- 
ment of  the  whole  essay?  Are  there  many  or  few  main 
points.  Are  all  given  equal  development?  Can  you  ex- 
plain the  distribution  of  emphasis?  Are  there  any  di- 
gressions? 

Compare  the  introductions  of  the  various  essays.  Are 
they  effective?  Can  you  suggest  a  reason  why  each 
begins  as  it  does?  Can  you  suggest  a  better  introduction? 

Study  the  conclusions  of  the  essays  in  the  same  way. 

Can  you  summarise  each  paragraph  in  a  sentence? 
What  provision  is  made  for  transition?  Is  the  thought 
developed  more  often  by  passing  from  general  to  par- 
ticular, or  the  reverse?  Does  Huxley  make  use  of 
enumeration?  summaries?  topic  sentences?  If  there  is 
a  topic  sentence,  where  is  it  placed?  How  is  it  developed? 

Are  sentences  predominately  long,  short,  or  varied? 
What  effect  is  produced  by  each  kind?  Can  you  find 
examples  of  the  effective  use  of  parallel  constructions, 
periodic  sentences,  balance,  antithesis,  and  climax?  Can 
you  find  sentences  that  seem  to  you  composed  with  great 
care,  and  others  that  seem  to  you  rough? 

Find  examples  of  words  that  are  technical,  colloquial, 
quaint,  antiquated,  precise,  abstract,  concrete.  Does 
Huxley's  vocabulary  seem  to  you  varied?  appropriate? 
carefully  chosen?  Find  examples  of  literary  allusions. 
From  what  sources  are  they  chiefly  taken?  Are  figures 
of  speech  used  to  any  considerable  extent?  What  figures 
are  most  often  used? 


SUGGESTIONS    FOR    STUDY  xxix 

Essays. 

AUTOBIOGRAPHY.  Does  Huxley's  Autobiography  seem 
to  you  to  bring  out  the  chief  events  in  his  life?  Upon 
what  part  of  his  life  does  it  dwell  chiefly?  What  seem  to 
you  to  be  its  defects  as  biography?  Read  a  life  of 
Huxley  in  the  Dictionary  of  National  Biography  or  Ency- 
clopedia Britannica  and  compare  the  details  there 
selected  with  those  in  the  Autobiography.  How  do  you 
explain  Huxley's  choice  of  details?  Why  is  the  Autobi- 
ography interesting?  Do  you  think  from  your  reading 
of  Huxley  and  from  his  biography  that  he  succeeded  in 
the  objects  to  which  he  refers  in  the  last  paragraphs  of 
his  Autobiography? 

ON  IMPROVING  NATURAL  KNOWLEDGE.  Why  do  you 
think  the  introduction  to  this  essay  is  so  impressive? 
What  does  Huxley  gain  by  commencing  with  the  plague 
and  the  fire?  What  were  the  great  achievements  of  the 
sixteen  centuries  which  he  describes  as  lacking  in  material 
progress?  Does  he  adequately  develop  his  claim  that  the 
improvement  of  natural  knowledge  has  changed  the 
ethical  ideals  of  men?  What  are  the  "foundations  of  a 
new  morality"  which  he  says  are  laid  in  this  way?  Is  it 
really  a  new  morality?  Is  his  conception  of  the  "old" 
morality  altogether  accurate? 

METHOD  OF  SCIENTIFIC  INVESTIGATION.  Does  the 
objective  existence  of  the  material  world  depend  upon 
Huxley's  theory  of  matter  as  its  "substratum?"  Is  there 
any  other  theory  of  causation  besides  Huxley's?  How 
else  are  the  "laws  of  Nature"  defined? 

PROLEGOMENA.  How  does  observation  of  a  country 
side  lead  into  the  subject  of  evolution?  WThat  aspect  of 
the  evolutionary  process  does  the  introduction  most 
emphasise?  Why  is  the  familiar  metaphor  of  a  "chain" 
and  "links"  inappropriate  to  represent  the  evolutionary 
process? 


xxx  SUGGESTIONS    FOR    STUDY 

To  what  extent  is  the  creation  theory  consistent 
with  the  theory  of  evolution?  What  "knowledge"  is  the 
basis  of  Huxley's  "faith"  in  an  "eternal  order?"  To 
what  extent  did  over-population  and  the  struggle  for 
existence  operate  as  a  cause  of  the  Great  War?  Why 
did  these  factors  operate  differently  in  France,  Great 
Britain,  Germany,  and  the  United  States? 

Cite  illustrations  to  show  that  self-restraint  is  not  the 
"essence  of  the  ethical  process."  How  does  Huxley's 
idea  of  the  self  lead  him  into  this  mistake?  Why  is  his 
interpretation  of  the  "golden  rule"  inaccurate? 

Can  you  cite  any  evidence  of  the  operation  of  any 
process  of  natural  selection  in  American  social,  political, 
or  industrial  life  today?  of  direct  selection?  Cite  illustra- 
tions to  show  how  the  struggle  for  the  means  of  enjoy- 
ment affects  modern  society,  socially,  politically,  or  in- 
dustrially? What  human  faculties,  types,  and  classes 
are  most  favoured  by  the  conditions  of  modern  life? 
What  conditions  in  modern  American  life  tend  to 
favour  a  religious,  intellectual,  artistic,  or  democratic 
ideal? 

THE  STRUGGLE  FOR  EXISTENCE  IN  HUMAN  SOCIETY. 
Is  absolute  self-negation  a  step  in  the  direction  of  moral 
perfection?  To  what  extent  is  the  United  States  a  na- 
tion of  shop-keepers?  To  what  extent  is  Huxley's  dis- 
cussion of  the  industrial  problem  in  England  applicable 
to  the  United  States  today?  Are  there  any  new  factors 
in  the  present  situation? 

To  what  extent  are  the  three  kinds  of  special  scientific 
training  of  which  Huxley  speaks  available  in  the  United 
States?  By  what  agencies  is  special  industrial  training 
usually  provided  in  this  country?  Have  we  any  effective 
kind  of  "capacity-catching  machinery?"  How  has  the 
interest  in  technical  training  affected  the  curricula  of  our 
public  schools?  Is  the  technical  training  there  offered 


SUGGESTIONS    FOR    STUDY  xxxi 

generally  practical  and  efficient?  What  evidence  does 
Huxley  give  of  not  wholly  trusting  "the  people?"  How 
did  he  wish  to  safeguard  the  welfare  of  communities 
against  the  dangers  to  which  he  thought  them  liable  from 
a  too  democratic  government?  Do  you  approve  his 
caution? 

SCIENCE  AND  CULTURE.  To  what  extent  is  this 
address  an  argument?  How  does  its  argumentative 
character  affect  the  introduction  and  method  of  develop- 
ment? Just  what  is  the  issue?  What  is  Huxley's  atti- 
tude toward  his  "opponents"  throughout  this  address? 
Is  the  kind  of  classical  education  that  Huxley  opposes 
offered  in  American  colleges?  To  what  extent  is  the 
kind  of  education  he  favours  offered  in  America? 

This  address  and  that  on  Science  and  Art  should  be 
carefully  compared  with  Matthew  Arnold's  address  on 
Literature  and  Science  to  discover  exactly  how  much 
Arnold  and  Huxley  differ  in  their  educational  ideas. 

A  LIBERAL  EDUCATION.  Is  the  metaphor  with  which 
this  extract  begins  effective?  Is  it  accurate?  Comment 
on  the  style  of  the  extract. 

SCIENCE  AND  ART.  To  what  extent  does  education  in 
the  United  States  conform  to  Huxley's  ideal?  Can  you 
plan  a  course  of  study  for  yourself  in  the  college  you 
are  now  attending  which  would  conform  both  to  Huxley's 
ideal  and  to  the  college  requirements?  If  you  cannot, 
where  do  you  think  the  error  lies?  See  also  questions  on 
Science  and  Culture  above. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

This  list,  though  not  complete,  includes  Huxley's  most 
important  books  and  the  standard  biography. 

1863  Evidence  as  to  Man's  Place  in  Nature. 

1870  Lay  Sermons,  Addresses,  and  Reviews. 

1871  \famial  of  the  Anatomy  of  Vertebrated  Animals. 
1873  Critiques  and  Addresses. 

1877  Anatomy  of  Invertebrated  AniiMW 

1877  American  Addresses, 

1877  Physiography. 

-1878  Hume.     English  Men  of  Letters  Series. 

1879  The  Crayfish;  an  introduction  to  the  Study  of  Zoology. 

1880  Introductory  Science  Primer. 

1881  Science  and  Culture,  and  other  Essays. 

1891  Social  Diseases  and  Worse  Remedies. 

1892  Essays  on  some  Controverted  Questions. 

1893  Evolution  and  Ethics. 

1893-4  Collected  Essays:  I.  Methods  and  Results;  H.  Dar- 
winiana;  HI.  Science  and  Education;  IV.  Science  and 
Hebrew  Tradition ;  V.  Science  and  Christian  Tradition ; 
VI.  Hume,  with  Helps  to  the  Study  of  Berkeley;  VH. 
Man's  Place  in  Nature ;  \TH.  Discourses,  Biological  and 
Geological;  DC.  Evolution  and  Ethics  and  other 


1898-      Scientific  Memoirs. 

1916        Life  and  Letters  of  Thomas  Henry  Huxley.    By  his  Son, 
Leonard  Huxley.    Two  Volumes. 


^  Ty  tl 


READINGS    FROM    HUXLEY 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY' 

And  when  I  consider,  in  one  view,  the  many  things  .  .  . 
which  I  have  upon  my  hands,  I  fed  the  burlesque  of  being  em- 
ployed in  this  manner  at  my  time  of  fife.  But,  in  another  view, 

and  taking   in   all   4  iii'imxfanfr^  fhggp  rtiingj^  as   I  rifling  as  they 

may  appear,  no  less  than  things  of  greater  importance,  stem  to 
be   put  upon   me  to  do.— Bishop  Butler*   to   the  Duchess  of 

Somerset. 

THE  "many  things"  to  which  the  Duchess's  corre- 
spondent here  refers  are  the  repairs  and  improvements 
of  the  episcopal  seat  at  Auckland.  I  doubt  if  the  great 
apologist,  greater  in  nothing  than  in  the  simple  dignity 
of  his  character,  would  have  considered  the  writing  an 
account  of  himself  as  a  thing  which  could  be  put  upon 
him  to  do  whatever  circumstances  might  be  tak<*n  in_ 
But  the  good  bishop  lived  in  an  age  when  a  man  might 
write  books  and  yet  be  permitted  to  keep  his  private 

*  The  Autobiography  was  first  published  in  a  scries  of  bio- 
graphical sketches  by  C.  Engel,  1800.  Huxky  wrote  to  his  wife 
about  it  March  2,  1889:  "A  man  who  is  bringing  out  a  series  of 
portraits  of  celebrities,  with  a  sketch  of  their  career  attached, 
has  bothered  me  out  of  my  fife  for  something  to  go  with  my 
portrait,  and  to  escape  the  abominable  bad  taste  of  some  of  the 
notices,  I  have  done  that.  I  shall  show  it  you  before  it  goes 
back  to  Engel  in  proof ."  —  Life  and  Letters,  11:24$. 

2  Joseph  Butler  (1602-1752)  was  bishop  of  Durham,  and  author 
of  The  Analogy  of  Religion,  Natural  and  Revealed,  to  the  Consti- 
tution and  Course  of  Nature,  1736,  an  important  defense  of 
Christian  theology.  Huxley  said  he  befieved  •»  the  "great  prin- 
ciple of  the  'Analogy',"  but  he  preferred  his  own  statement  of 
it:  Tnere  is  no  absurdity  in  theology  so  great  that  you  cannot 
parallel  it  by  a  greater  absurdity  of  Nature."— Life  and  Letters, 
1:259- 


2  AUTOBIOGRAPHY 

existence  to  himself;  in  the  pre-Boswellian  epoch,  when 
the  germ  of  the  photographer  lay  concealed  in  the  womb 
of  the  distant  future,  and  the  interviewer  who  pervades 
our  age  was  an  unforeseen,  indeed  unimaginable,  birth 
of  time. 

At  present,  the  most  convinced  believer  in  the 
aphorism  "Bene  qui  latuit,  bene  vixit,"  3  is  not  always 
able  to  act  up  to  it.  An  importunate  person  informs 
him  that  his  portrait  is  about  to  be  published  and  will 
be  accompanied  by  a  biography  which  the  importunate 
person  proposes  to  write.  The  sufferer  knows  what  that 
means;  either  he  undertakes  to  revise  the  "biography" 
or  he  does  not.  In  the  former  case,  he  makes  himself 
responsible;  in  the  latter,  he  allows  the  publication  of 
a  mass  of  more  or  less  fulsome  inaccuracies  for  which 
he  will  be  held  responsible  by  those  who  are  familiar 
with  the  prevalent  art  of  self-advertisement.  On  the 
whole,  it  may  be  better  to  get  over  the  "burlesque  of 
being  employed  in  this  manner"  and  do  the  thing  him- 
self. 

It  was  by  reflections  of  this  kind  that,  some  years 
ago,  I  was  led  to  write  and  permit  the  publication  of 
the  subjoined  sketch. 

I  was  born  about  eight  o'clock  in  the  morning  on  the 
4th  of  May,  1825,  at  Baling,  which  was,  at  that  time, 
as  quiet  a  little  country  village  as  could  be  found  within 
half-a-dozen  miles  of  Hyde  Park  Corner.  Now  it  is  a 
suburb  of  London  with,  I  believe,  30,000  inhabitants. 
My  father  was  one  of  the  masters  in  a  large  semi-public 
school  which  at  one  time  had  a  high  reputation.  I  am 
not  aware  that  any  portents  preceded  my  arrival  in  this 
world,  but,  in  my  childhood,  I  remember  hearing  a 

3  "He  who  has  lived  a  quiet  life  has  lived  well."— -Ovid: 
Tristia,  3,  4,  25. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY  3 

traditional  account  of  the  manner  in  which  I  lost  the 
chance  of  an  endowment  of  great  practical  value.  The 
windows  of  my  mother's  room  were  open,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  unusual  warmth  of  the  weather.  For  the 
same  reason,  probably,  a  neighbouring  beehive  had 
swarmed,  and  the  new  colony,  pitching  on  the  window- 
sill,  was  making  its  way  into  the  room  when  the  horri- 
fied nurse  shut  down  the  sash.  If  that  well-meaning 
woman  had  only  abstained  from  her  ill-timed  inter- 
ference, the  swarm  might  have  settled  on  my  lips,  and 
I  should  have  been  endowed  with  that  mellifluous  elo- 
quence which,  in  this  country,  leads  far  more  surely 
than  worth,  capacity,  or  honest  work,  to  the  highest 
places  in  Church  and  State.  But  the  opportunity  was 
lost,  and  I  have  been  obliged  to  content  myself  through 
life  with  saying  what  I  mean  in  the  plainest  of  plain 
language,  than  which,  I  suppose,  there  is  no  habit  more 
ruinous  to  a  man's  prospects  of  advancement. 

Why  I  was  christened  Thomas  Henry  I  do  not  know; 
but  it  is  a  curious  chance  that  my  parents  should  have 
fixed  for  my  usual  denomination  upon  the  name  of  that 
particular  Apostle  with  whom  I  have  always  felt  most 
sympathy.  Physically  and  mentally  I  am  the  son  of 
my  mother  so  completely  —  even  down  to  peculiar 
movements  of  the  hands,  which  made  their  appearance 
in  me  as  I  reached  the  age  she  had  when  I  noticed 
them  —  that  I  can  hardly  find  any  trace  of  my  father 
in  myself,  except  an  inborn  faculty  for  drawing,  which 
unfortunately,  in  my  case,  has  never  been  cultivated, 
a  hot  temper,  and  that  amount  of  tenacity  of  purpose 
which  unfriendly  observers  sometimes  call  obstinacy. 

My  mother  was  a  slender  brunette,  of  an  emotional 
and  energetic  temperament,  and  possessed  of  the  most 
piercing  black  eyes  I  ever  saw  in  a  woman's  head.  With 
no  more  education  than  other  women  of  the  middle 


4  AUTOBIOGRAPHY 

classes  in  her  day,  she  had  an  excellent  mental  capacity. 
Her  most  distinguishing  characteristic,  however,  was 
rapidity  of  thought.  If  one  ventured  to  suggest  she  had 
not  taken  much  time  to  arrive  at  any  conclusion,  she 
would  say:  "I  cannot  help  it,  things  flash  across  me." 
That  peculiarity  has  been  passed  on  to  me  in  full 
strength;  it  has  often  stood  me  in  good  stead;  it  has 
sometimes  played  me  sad  tricks,  and  it  has  always  been 
a  danger.  But,  after  all,  if  my  time  were  to  come  over 
again,  there  is  nothing  I  would  less  willingly  part  with 
than  my  inheritance  of  mother  wit. 

I  have  next  to  nothing  to  say  about  my  childhood. 
In  later  years  my  mother,  looking  at  me  almost  reproach- 
fully, would  sometimes  say,  "Ah!  you  were  such  a 
pretty  boy!"  whence  I  had  no  difficulty  in  concluding 
that  I  had  not  fulfilled  my  early  promise  in  the  matter 
of  looks.  In  fact,  I  have  a  distinct  recollection  of 
certain  curls  of  which  I  was  vain,  and  of  a  conviction 
that  I  closely  resembled  that  handsome,  courtly  gentle- 
man, Sir  Herbert  Oakley,  who  was  vicar  of  our  parish, 
and  who  was  as  a  god  to  us  country  folk,  because  he 
was  occasionally  visited  by  the  then  Prince  George  of 
Cambridge.  I  remember  turning  my  pinafore  wrong 
side  forwards  in  order  to  represent  a  surplice,  and 
preaching  to  my  mother's  maids  in  the  kitchen  as  nearly 
as  possible  in  Sir  Herbert's  manner  one  Sunday  morning 
when  the  rest  of  the  family  were  at  church.  That  is 
the  earliest  indication  I  can  call  to  mind  of  the  strong 
clerical  affinities  which  my  friend  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer4 

4  Herbert  Spencer  (1820-1903)  was  a  very  original  and  im- 
portant philosopher  and  friend  of  Huxley.  Like  Huxley  he 
helped  to  extend  the  application  of  the  theory  of  evolution,  par- 
ticularly in  pure  and  social  science.  He  devoted  himself  to  the 
development  of  a  "Synthetic  Philosophy"  and  the  unification  of 
knowledge  by  the  formulation  of  laws  which  hold  good  for  all 
orders  of  phenomena.  Huxley  once  pointed  out  his  weakness 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY  5 

has  always  ascribed  to  me,  though  I  fancy  they  have 
for  the  most  part  remained  in  a  latent  state. 

My  regular  school  training  was  of  the  briefest,  per- 
haps fortunately,  for  though  my  way  of  life  has  made 
me  acquainted  with  all  sorts  and  conditions  of  men, 
from  the  highest  to  the  lowest,  I  deliberately  affirm  that 
the  society  I  fell  into  at  school  was  the  worst  I  have 
ever  known.  We  boys  were  average  lads,  with  much 
the  same  inherent  capacity  for  good  and  evil  as  any 
others;  but  the  people  who  were  set  over  us  cared 
about  as  much  for  our  intellectual  and  moral  welfare 
as  if  they  were  baby-farmers.  We  were  left  to  the 
operation  of  the  struggle  for  existence  among  ourselves, 
and  bullying  was  the  least  of  the  ill  practices  current 
among  us.  Almost  the  only  cheerful  reminiscence  in 
connection  with  the  place  which  arises  in  my  mind  is 
that  of  a  battle  I  had  with  one  of  my  classmates,  who 
had  bullied  me  until  I  could  stand  it  no  longer.  I  was 
a  very  slight  lad,  but  there  was  a  wild-cat  element  in 
me  which,  when  roused,  made  up  for  lack  of  weight, 
and  I  licked  my  adversary  effectually.  However,  one 
of  my  first  experiences  of  the  extremely  rough-and- 
ready  nature  of  justice,  as  exhibited  by  the  course  of 
things  in  general,  arose  out  of  the  fact  that  I  —  the 
victor  —  had  a  black  eye,  while  he  —  the  vanquished  — 
had  none,  so  that  I  got  into  disgrace  and  he  did  not. 
We  made  it  up,  and  thereafter  I  was  unmolested.  One 
of  the  greatest  shocks  I  ever  received  in  my  life  was  to 
be  told  a  dozen  years  afterwards  by  the  groom  who 
brought  me  my  horse  in  a  stable-yard  in  Sydney  that 
he  was  my  quondam  antagonist.  He  had  a  long  story 

for  the  deductive  method  of  reasoning  in  the  jesting  remark  that 
"if  Spencer  ever  wrote  a  tragedy,  its  plot  would  be  the  slaying 
of  a  beautiful  deduction  by  an  ugly  fact."  —  Life  and  Letters  of 
Herbert  Spencer,  11:264. 


6  AUTOBIOGRAPHY 

of  family  misfortune  to  account  for  his  position,  but  at 
that  time  it  was  necessary  to  deal  very  cautiously  with 
mysterious  strangers  in  New  South  Wales,  and  on  in- 
quiry I  found  that  the  unfortunate  young  man  had  not 
only  been  "sent  out,"  but  had  undergone  more  than  one 
colonial  conviction. 

As  I  grew  older,  my  great  desire  was  to  be  a  me- 
chanical engineer,  but  the  fates  were  against  this  and, 
while  very  young,  I  commenced  the  study  of  medicine 
under  a  medical  brother-in-law.  But,  though  the  In- 
stitute of  Mechanical  Engineers  would  certainly  not  own 
me,  I  am  not  sure  that  I  have  not  all  along  been  a  sort 
of  mechanical  engineer  in  partibus  infidelium.5  I  am 
now  occasionally  horrified  to  think  how  very  little  I 
ever  knew  or  cared  about  medicine  as  the  art  of  heal- 
ing. The  only  part  of  my  professional  course  which 
really  and  deeply  interested  me  was  physiology,  which 
is  the  mechanical  engineering  of  living  machines;  and, 
notwithstanding  that  natural  science  has  been  my  proper 
business,  I  am  afraid  there  is  very  little  of  the  genuine 
naturalist  in  me.  I  never  collected  anything,  and 
species  work  was  always  a  burden  to  me;  what  I  cared 
for  was  the  architectural  and  engineering  part  of  the 
business,  the  working  out  of  the  wonderful  unity  of 
plan  in  the  thousands  and  thousands  of  diverse  living 
constructions,  and  the  modifications  of  similar  appar- 
atuses to  serve  diverse  ends.  The  extraordinary  attrac- 
tion I  felt  towards  the  study  of  the  intricacies  of  living 
structure  nearly  proved  fatal  to  me  at  the  outset.  I 
was  a  mere  boy  —  I  think  between  thirteen  and  four- 
teen years  of  age  —  when  I  was  taken  by  some  older 
student  friends  of  mine  to  the  first  post-mortem  ex- 
amination I  ever  attended.  All  my  life  I  have  been 
most  unfortunately  sensitive  to  the  disagreeables  which 

5  "In  the  faction  of  the  unfaithful." 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY  7 

attend  anatomical  pursuits,  but  on  this  occasion  my 
curiosity  overpowered  all  other  feelings,  and  I  spent  two 
•or  three  hours  in  gratifying  it.  I  did  not  cut  myself 
and  none  of  the  ordinary  symptoms  of  dissection- 
poison  supervened,  but  poisoned  I  was  somehow,  and  I 
remember  sinking  into  a  strange  state  of  apathy.  By 
way  of  a  last  chance,  I  was  sent  to  the  care  of  some 
good,  kind  people,  friends  of  my  father's,  who  lived 
in  a  farmhouse  in  the  heart  of  Warwickshire.  I  re- 
member staggering  from  my  bed  to  the  window  on  the 
bright  spring  morning  after  my  arrival,  and  throwing 
open  the  casement.  Life  seemed  to  come  back  on  the 
wings  of  the  breeze,  and  to  this  day  the  faint  odor  of 
wood-smoke,  like  that  which  floated  across  the  farm- 
yard in  the  early  morning,  is  as  good  to  me  as  the 
"sweet  south  upon  a  bed  of  violets."  I  soon  recovered, 
but  for  years  I  suffered  from  occasional  paroxysms  of 
internal  pain,  and  from  that  time  my  constant  friend, 
hypochondriacal  dyspepsia,  commenced  his  half  century 
of  co-tenancy  of  my  fleshly  tabernacle. 

Looking  back  on  my  "Lehrjahre," 6  I  am  sorry  to 
say  that  I  do  not  think  that  any  account  of  my  doings 
as  a  student  would  tend  to  edification.  In  fact,  I  should 
distinctly  warn  ingenuous  youth  to  avoid  imitating  my 
example.  I  worked  extremely  hard  when  it  pleased  me, 
and  when;  it  did  not  —  which  was  a  very  frequent 
case —  I  was  extremely  idle  (unless  making  caricatures 
of  one's  pastors  and  masters  is  to  be  called  a  branch  of 
industry),  or  else  wasted  my  energies  in  wrong  direc- 
tions. I  read  everything  I  could  lay  hands  upon,  in- 
cluding novels,  and  took  up  all  sorts  of  pursuits  to 
drop  them  again  quite  as  speedily.  No  doubt  it  was 
very  largely  my  own  fault,  but  the  only  instruction 
from  which  I  ever  obtained  the  proper  effect  of  educa- 
6  "Apprenticeship." 


8  AUTOBIOGRAPHY 

tion  was  that  which  I  received  from  Mr.,  Wharton 
Jones,  who  was  the  lecturer  on  physiology  at  the 
Charing  Cross  School  of  Medicine.  The  extent  and 
precision  of  his  knowledge  impressed  me  greatly,  and 
the  severe  exactness  of  his  method  of  lecturing  was  quite 
to  my  taste.  I  do  not  know  that  I  have  ever  felt  so 
much  respect  for  anybody  as  a  teacher  before  or  since. 
I  worked  hard  to  obtain  his  approbation,  and  he  was 
extremely  kind  and  helpful  to  the  youngster  who,  I 
am  afraid,  took  up  more  of  his  time  than  he  had  any 
right  to  do.  It  was  he  who  suggested  the  publication 
of  my  first  scientific  paper  —  a  very  little  one  —  in  the 
Medical  Gazette  of  18457  and  most  kindly  corrected 
the  literary  faults  which  abounded  in  it,  short  as  it  was; 
for  at  that  time,  and  for  many  years  afterwards,  I  de- 
tested the  trouble  of  writing,  and  would  take  no  pains 
over  it. 

It  was  in  the  early  spring  of  1846,  that,  having  fin- 
ished my  obligatory  medical  studies  and  passed  the  first 
M.B.  examination  at  the  London  University  —  though 
I  was  still  too  young  to  qualify  at  the  College  of  Sur- 
geons—  I  was  talking  to  a  fellow-student  (the  present 
eminent  physician,  Sir  Joseph  Fayrer),  and  wondering 
what  I  should  do  to  meet  the  imperative  necessity  for 
earning  my  own  bread,  when  my  friend  suggested  that 
I  should  write  to  Sir  William  Burnett,  at  that  time 
Director-General  for  the  Medical  Service  of  the  Navy, 
for  an  appointment.  I  thought  this  rather  a  strong 
thing  to  do,  as  Sir  William  was  personally  unknown  to 
me,  but  my  cheery  friend  would  not  listen  to  my 
scruples,  so  I  went  to  my  lodgings  and  wrote  the  best 
letter  I  could  devise.  A  few  days  afterwards  I  received 
the  usual  official  circular  acknowledgment,  but  at  the 

7  The  subject  of  Huxley's  first  paper  was  "On  a  Hitherto  Un- 
described  Structure  in  the  Human  Hair  Sheath." 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY  9 

bottom  there  was  written  an  instruction  to  call  at 
Somerset  House  on  such  a  day.  I  thought  that  looked 
like  business,  so  at  the  appointed  time  I  called  and 
sent  in  my  card,  while  I  waited  in  Sir  William's  ante- 
room. He  was  a  tall,  shrewd-looking  old  gentleman, 
with  a  broad  Scotch  accent  —  and  I  think  I  see  him 
now  as  he  entered  with  my  card  in  his  hand.  The  first 
thing  he  did  was  to  return  it,  with  the  frugal  reminder 
that  I  should  probably  find  it  useful  on  some  other 
occasion.  The  second  was  to  ask  whether  I  was  an 
Irishman.  I  suppose  the  air  of  modesty  about  my 
appeal  must  have  struck  him.  I  satisfied  the  Director- 
General  that  I  was  English  to  the  backbone,  and  he 
made  some  inquiries  as  to  my  student  career,  finally 
desiring  me  to  hold  myself  ready  for  examination. 
Having  passed  this,  I  was  in  Her  Majesty's  Service,  and 
entered  on  the  books  of  Nelson's  old  ship,  the  Victory, 
for  duty  at  Haslar  Hospital,  about  a  couple  of  months 
after  I  made  my  application. 

My  official  chief  at  Haslar  was  a  very  remarkable 
person,  the  late  Sir  John  Richardson,  an  excellent 
naturalist,  and  far-famed  as  an  indomitable  Arctic  trav- 
eller. He  was  a  silent,  reserved  man,  outside  the  circle 
of  his  family  and  intimates;  and,  having  a  full  share 
of  youthful  vanity,  I  was  extremely  disgusted  to  find 
that  "Old  John,"  as  we  irreverent  youngsters  called  him, 
took  not  the  slightest  notice  of  my  worshipful  self 
either  the  first  time  I  attended  him,  as  it  was  my  duty 
to  do,  or  for  some  weeks  afterwards.  I  am  afraid  to 
think  of  the  lengths  to  which  my  tongue  may  have  run 
on  the  subject  of  the  churlishness  of  the  chief,  who  was, 
in  truth,  one  of  the  kindest-hearted  and  most  consider- 
ate of  men.  But  one  day,  as  I  was  crossing  the  hospital 
square,  Sir  John  stopped  me,  and  heaped  coals  of  fire 
on  my  head  by  telling  me  that  he  had  tried  to  get  me 


io  AUTOBIOGRAPHY 

one  of  the  resident  appointments,  much  coveted  by  the 
assistant  surgeons,  but  that  the  Admiralty  had  put  in 
another  man.  "However,"  said  he,  "I  mean  to  keep  you 
here  till  I  can  get  you  something  you  will  like,"  and 
turned  upon  his  heel  without  waiting  for  the  thanks  I 
stammered  out.  That  explained  how  it  was  I  had 
not  been  packed  off  to  the  West  Coast  of  Africa  like 
some  of  my  juniors,  and  why,  eventually,  I  remained 
altogether  seven  months  at  Haslar. 

After  a  long  interval,  during  which  "Old  John"  ig- 
nored my  existence  almost  as  completely  as  before,  he 
stopped  me  again  as  we  met  in  a  casual  way,  and  describ- 
ing the  service  on  which  the  Rattlesnake  was  likely  to  be 
employed,  said  that  Captain  Owen  Stanley,  who  was  to 
command  the  ship,  had  asked  him  to  recommend  an  as- 
sistant surgeon  who  knew  something  of  science;  would  I 
like  that?  Of  course  I  jumped  at  the  offer.  "Very  well, 
I  give  you  leave;  go  to  London  at  once  and  see  Captain 
Stanley."  I  went,  saw  my  future  commander,  who  was 
very  civil  to  me,  and  promised  to  ask  that  I  should  be 
appointed  to  his  ship,  as  in  due  time  I  was.  It  is  a  singu- 
lar thing  that,  during  the  few  months  of  my  stay  at  Has- 
lar, I  had  among  my  messmates  two  future  Directors- 
General  of  the  Medical  Service  of  the  Navy  (Sir  Alex- 
ander Armstrong  and  Sir  John  Watt-Reid),  with  the 
present  President  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  my 
kindest  of  doctors,  Sir  Andrew  Clark. 

Life  on  board  her  Majesty's  ships  in  those  days  was 
a  very  different  affair  from  what  it  is  now,  and  ours 
was  exceptionally  rough,  as  we  were  often  many  months 
without  receiving  letters  or  seeing  any  civilized  people 
but  ourselves.  In  exchange,  we  had  the  interest  of  being 
about  the  last  voyagers,  I  suppose,  to  whom  it  could  be 
possible  to  meet  with  people  who  knew  nothing  of  fire- 
arms —  as  we  did  on  the  south  coast  of  New  Guinea  — 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY  n 

and  of  making  acquaintance  with  a  variety  of  interesting 
savage  and  semi-civilized  people,  But,  apart  from  ex- 
perience of  this  kind  and  the  opportunities  offered  for 
scientific  work,  to  me,  personally,  the  cruise  was  ex- 
tremely valuable.  It  was  good  for  me  to  live  under  sharp 
discipline;  to  be  down  on  the  realities  of  existence  by 
living  on  bare  necessaries;  to  find  out  how  extremely 
well  worth  living  life  seemed  to  be  when  one  woke  up 
from  a  night's  rest  on  a  soft  plank,  with  the  sky  for 
canopy  and  cocoa  and  weevilly  biscuit  the  sole  prospect 
for  breakfast;  and,  more  especially,  to  learn  to  work  for 
the  sake  of  what  I  got  for  myself  out  of  it,  even  if  it  all 
went  to  the  bottom  and  I  along  with  it.  My  brother 
officers  were  as  good  fellows  as  sailors  ought  to  be  and 
generally  are,  but,  naturally,  they  neither  knew  nor  cared 
anything  about  my  pursuits,  nor  understood  why  I  should 
be  so  zealous  in  pursuit  of  the  objects  which  my  friends, 
the  middies,  christened  "Buffons,"  after  the  title  con- 
spicuous on  a  volume  of  the  "Suites  a  Buffon,"  which 
stood  on  my  shelf  in  the  chart-room. 

During  the  four  years  of  our  absence,  I  sent  home 
communication  after  communication  to  the  "Linnean  So- 
ciety,"8 with  the  same  result  as  that  obtained  by  Noah 
when  he  sent  the  raven  out  of  his  ark.  Tired  at  last  of 
hearing  nothing  about  them,  I  determined  to  do  or  die, 
and  in  1849  I  drew  up  a  more  elaborate  paper  and  for- 
warded it  to  the  Royal  Society.9  This  was  my  dove,  if  I 
had  only  known  it.  But  owing  to  the  movements  of  the 
ship,  I  heard  nothing  of  that  either  until  my  return  to 

8  The    Linnean    Society    for    the    promotion    of    zoology    and 
botany   was   founded   in    1788   to   supplement   the   work   of   the 
Royal  Society. 

9  The  Royal  Society  of  London  for  Improving  Natural  Knowl- 
edge is  the  oldest  scientific  society  in  Great  Britain.    Huxley  gives 
an  account  of  its  founding  in  his  lecture  On  the  Advisableness  of 
Improving  Natural  Knowledge,  in  this  volume,  p.  18. 


12  AUTOBIOGRAPHY 

England  in  the  latter  end  of  the  year  1850,  when  I  found 
that  it  was  printed  and  published,  and  that  a  huge  packet 
of  separate  copies  awaited  me.  When  I  hear  some  of  my 
young  friends  complain  of  want  of  sympathy  and  encour- 
agement, I  am  inclined  to  think  that  my  naval  life  was 
not  the  least  valuable  part  of  my  education. 

Three  years  after  my  return  were  occupied  by  a  bat- 
tle between  my  scientific  friends  on  the  one  hand  and 
the  Admiralty  on  the  other,  as  to  whether  the  latter 
ought,  or  ought  not,  to  act  up  to  the  spirit  of  a  pledge 
they  had  given  to  encourage  officers  who  had  done  scien- 
tific work  by  contributing  to  the  expense  of  publishing 
mine.  At  last  the  Admiralty,  getting  tired,  I  suppose, 
cut  short  the  discussion  by  ordering  me  to  join  a  ship, 
which  thing  I  declined  to  do,  and  as  Rastignac,  in  the 
Pere  Goriot,  says  to  Paris,  I  said  to  London  "a  nous 
deux"  10  I  desired  to  obtain  a  Professorship  of  either 
Physiology  or  Comparative  Anatomy,  and  as  vacancies 
occurred  I  applied,  but  in  vain.  My  friend,  Professor 
Tyndall,11  and  I  were  candidates  at  the  same  time,  he 
for  the  Chair  of  Physics  and  I  for  that  of  Natural  History 
in  the  University  of  Toronto,  which,  fortunately,  as  it 
turned  out,  would  not  look  at  either  of  us.  I  say  for- 
tunately, not  from  any  lack  of  respect  for  Toronto, 
but  because  I  soon  made  up  my  mind  that  London  was 


10  "(It's)   between  us  two." 

11  John  Tyndall  (1820-1893)  was  a  distinguished  scientist  and 
natural   philosopher.      Besides    making    important    scientific    dis- 
coveries,  Tyndall,   like    Huxley,   helped    to    disseminate   the    im- 
portant scientific  ideas  of  his  day  and  to  render  them  intelligible 
to  laymen.    Huxley  regarded  Tyndall  as  more  successful  than  he 
was  in  conciliating  his  audiences,  and  wrote  him  on  the  occasion 
of  a  lecture  "On  the  Scientific  Uses  of  the  Imagination":  "Those 
confounded  parsons  seem  to  me  to  let  you  say  anything  while 
they  bully  me  for  a  word  or  a  phrase.     It's  the  old  story,  'one 
man  may  steal  a  horse  while  the  other  may 'not  look  over  the 
wall."'  —  Life  and  Letters;   1:331. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY  13 

the  place  for  me,  and  hence  I  have  steadily  declined  the 
inducements  to  leave  it,  which  have  at  various  times 
been  offered.  At  last,  in  1854,  on  the  translation  of  my 
warm  friend  Edward  Forbes,  to  Edinburgh,  Sir  Henry  De 
la  Beche,  the  Director- General  of  the  Geological  Survey, 
offered  me  the  post  Forbes  had  vacated  of  Paleontologist 
and  Lecturer  on  Natural  History.  I  refused  the  former 
point  blank,  and  accepted  the  latter  only  provisionally, 
telling  Sir  Henry  that  I  did  not  care  for  fossils,  and  that 
I  should  give  up  Natural  History  as  soon  as  I  could  get  a 
physiological  post.  But  I  held  the  office  for  thirty-one 
years,  and  a  large  part  of  my  work  has  been  paleonto- 
logical. 

At  that  time  I  disliked  public  speaking,  and  had  a  firm 
conviction  that  I  should  break  down  every  time  I  opened 
my  mouth.  I  believe  I  had  every  fault  a  speaker  could 
have  (except  talking  at  random  or  indulging  in  rhetoric), 
when  I  spoke  to  the  first  important  audience  I  ever  ad- 
dressed, on  a  Friday  evening  at  the  Royal  Institution,12 
in  1852.  Yet,  I  must  confess  to  having  been  guilty, 
malgre  moi™  of  as  much  public  speaking  as  most  of  my 
contemporaries,  and  for  the  last  ten  years  it  ceased  to  be 
so  much  of  a  bugbear  to  me.  I  used  to  pity  myself  for 
having  to  go  through  this  training,  but  I  am  now  more 
disposed  to  compassionate  the  unfortunate  audiences, 
especially  my  ever- friendly  hearers  at  the  Royal  Insti- 
tution, who  were  the  subjects  of  my  oratorical  experi- 
ments. 

The  last  thing  that  it  would  be  proper  for  me  to  do 
would  be  to  speak  of  the  work  of  my  life,  or  to  say  at 

12  The  Royal  Institution  is  "an  establishment  in  London  for 
diffusing  the  knowledge  of  useful  mechanical  improvements."     It 
was  founded  in  1799  to  "teach  the  application  of  science  to  the 
useful  purposes  of  life."     Huxley  described  his  appearance  there 
in  a  letter  to  his  sister,  Life  and  Letters,  1:106-107. 

13  "In  spite  of  myself." 


14  AUTOBIOGRAPHY 

the  end  of  the  day  whether  I  think  I  have  earned  my 
wages  or  not.  Men  are  said  to  be  partial  judges  of  them- 
selves. Young  men  may  be,  I  doubt  if  old  men  are. 
Life  seems  terribly  foreshortened  as  they  look  back,  and 
the  mountain  they  set  themselves  to  climb  in  youth  turns 
out  to  be  a  mere  spur  of  immeasurably  higher  ranges 
when,  by  failing  breath,  they  reach  the  top.  But  if  I 
may  speak  of  the  objects  I  have  had  more  or  less  defi- 
nitely in  view  since  I  began  the  ascent  of  my  hillock,  they 
are  briefly  these:  To  promote  the  increase  of  natural 
knowledge  and  to  forward  the  application  of  scientific 
methods  of  investigation  to  all  the  problems  of  life  to 
the  best  of  my  ability,  in  the  conviction  which  has  grown 
with  my  growth  and  strengthened  with  my  strength,  that 
there  is  no  alleviation  for  the  sufferings  of  mankind  ex- 
cept veracity  of  thought  and  of  action,  and  the  resolute 
facing  of  the  world  as  it  is  when  the  garment  of  make- 
believe  by  which  pious  hands  have  hidden  its  uglier 
features  is  stripped  off. 

It  is  with  this  intent  that  I  have  subordinated  any 
reasonable,  or  unreasonable,  ambition  for  scientific  fame 
which  I  may  have  permitted  myself  to  entertain  to 
other  ends;  to  the  popularisation  of  science;  to  the 
development  and  organisation  of  scientific  education; 
to  the  endless  series  of  battles  and  skirmishes  over  evo- 
lution; and  to  untiring  opposition  to  that  ecclesiastical 
spirit,  that  clericalism,  which  in  England,  as  everywhere 
else,  and  to  whatever  denomination  it  may  belong,  is 
the  deadly  enemy  of  science. 

In  striving  for  the  attainment  of  these  objects,  I  have 
been  but  one  among  many,  and  I  shall  be  well  content 
to  be  remembered,  or  even  not  remembered,  as  such. 
Circumstances,  among  which  I  am  proud  to  reckon  the 
devoted  kindness  of  many  friends,  have  led  to  my  oc- 
cupation of  various  prominent  positions,  among  which 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY  15 

the  Presidency  of  the  Royal  Society  is  the  highest.  It 
would  be  mock  modesty  on  my  part,  with  these  and 
other  scientific  honours  which  have  been  bestowed  upon 
me,  to  pretend  that  I  have  not  succeeded  in  the  career 
which  I  have  followed,  rather  because  I  was  driven 
into  it  than  of  my  own  free  will;  but  I  am  afraid  I 
should  not  count  even  these  things  as  marks  of  success 
if  I  could  not  hope  that  I  had  somewhat  helped  that 
movement  of  opinion  which  has  been  called  the  New 
Reformation.14 

14  With  respect  to  his  part  in  this  movement  Huxley  wrote 
to  his  wife  in  1873:  "The  part  I  have  to  play  is  not  to  found  a 
new  school  of  thought  or  to  reconcile  the  antagonisms  of  the  old 
schools.  We  are  in  the  midst  of  a  gigantic  movement  greater 
than  that  which  preceded  and  produced  the  Reformation,  and 
really  only  the  continuation  of  that  movement.  .  .  .  But  this 
organisation  will  be  the  work  of  generations  of  men,  and  those 
who  further  it  most  will  be  those  who  teach  men  to  rest  in  no 
lie,  and  to  rest  in  no  verbal  delusion.  I  may  be  able  to  help  a 
little  in  this  direction  —  perhaps  I  may  have  helped  already." 
-- Life  and  Letters,  1:427-428. 


ON   THE   ADVISABLENESS   OF   IM- 
PROVING NATURAL   KNOWLEDGE1 

THIS  time  two  hundred  years  ago  —  in  the  beginning 
of  January,  1666  —  those  of  our  forefathers  who  in- 
habited this  great  and  ancient  city,  took  breath  between 
the  shocks  of  two  fearful  calamities:  one  not  quite  past, 
although  its  fury  had  abated;  the  other  to  come. 

Within  a  few  yards  of  the  very  spot  on  which  we  are 
assembled,  so  the  tradition  runs,  that  painful  and  deadly 
malady,  the  plague,  appeared  in  the  latter  months  of 
1664;  and,  though  no  new  visitor,  smote  the  people  of 
England,  and  especially  of  her  capital,  with  a  violence 
unknown  before,  in  the  course  of  the  following  year. 
The  hand  of  a  master  has  pictured  what  happened  in 
those  dismal  months;  and  in  that  truest  of  fictions,  "The 
History  of  the  Plague  Year,"  Defoe  shows  death,  with 
every  accompaniment  of  pain  and  terror,  stalking 

1  This  lay  sermon  was  delivered  in  St.  Martin's  Hall,  January 
7,  1866,  and  was  subsequently  published  in  the  Fortnightly  Re- 
view and  in  Methods  and  Results,  Collected  Essays,  I.  Twelve 
years  earlier  Huxley  had  delivered  in  the  same  place  an  address 
On  the  Educational  Value  of  the  Natural  History  Sciences  in 
which  he  advanced  similar  ideas.  He  said  of  the  scientific  method 
on  that  occasion:  "So  far  as  I  can  arrive  at  any  clear  compre- 
hension of  the  matter,  Science  is  not,  as  many  would  seem  to 
suppose,  a  modification  of  the  black  art,  suited  to  the  tastes  of 
the  nineteenth  century,  and  flourishing  mainly  in  consequence  of 
the  decay  of  the  Inquisition. 

"Science  is,  I  believe,  nothing  but  trained  and  organised  com- 
mon sense,  differing  from  the  latter  only  as  a  veteran  may  differ 
from  a  raw  recruit."  —  Science  and  Education,  Collected  Essays, 

ni:4s. 

16 


IMPROVING   NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE      17 

through  the  narrow  streets  of  old  London,  and  changing 
their  busy  hum  into  a  silence  broken  only  by  the  wailing 
of  the  mourners  of  fifty  thousand  dead;  by  the  woful 
denunciations  and  mad  prayers  of  fanatics;  and  by  the 
madder  yells  of  despairing  profligates. 

But,  about  this  time  in  1666,  the  death-rate  had  sunk 
to  nearly  its  ordinary  amount;  a  case  of  plague  occurred 
only  here  and  there,  and  the  richer  citizens  who  had 
flown  from  the  pest  had  returned  to  their  dwellings. 
The  remnant  of  the  people  began  to  toil  at  the  accus- 
tomed round  of  duty,  or  of  pleasure;  and  the  stream 
of  city  life  bid  fair  to  flow  back  along  its  old  bed,  with 
renewed  and  uninterrupted  vigour. 

The  newly  kindled  hope  was  deceitful.  The  great 
plague,  indeed,  returned  no  more;  but  what  it  had  done 
for  the  Londoners,  the  great  fire,  which  broke  out  in 
the  autumn  of  1666,  did  for  London;  and,  in  September 
of  that  year,  a  heap  of  ashes  and  the  indestructible 
energy  of  the  people  were  all  that  remained  of  the  glory 
of  five-sixths  of  the  city  within  the  walls. 

Our  forefathers  had  their  own  ways  of  accounting  for 
each  of  these  calamities.  They  submitted  to  the  plague 
in  humility  and  in  penitence,  for  they  believed  it  to  be 
the  judgment  of  God.  But,  towards  the  fire  they  were 
furiously  indignant,  interpreting  it  as  the  effect  of  the 
malice  of  man,  —  as  the  work  of  the  Republicans,  or  of 
the  Papists,  according  as  their  prepossessions  ran  in 
favour  of  loyalty  or  of  Puritanism. 

It  would,  I  fancy,  have  fared  but  ill  with  one  who, 
standing  where  I  now  stand,  in  what  was  then  a  thickly- 
peopled  and  fashionable  part  of  London,  should  have 
broached  to  our  ancestors  the  doctrine  which  I  now 
propound  to  you  —  that  all  their  hypotheses  were  alike 
wrong;  that  the  plague  was  no  more,  in  their  sense, 


1 8      IMPROVING    NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE 

Divine  judgment,  than  the  fire  was  the  work  of  any 
political,  or  of  any  religious,  sect;  but  that  they  were 
themselves  the  authors  of  both  plague  and  fire,  and  that 
they  must  look  to  themselves  to  prevent  the  recurrence 
of  calamities,  to  all  appearance  so  peculiarly  beyond  the 
reach  of  human  control  —  so  evidently  the  result  of  the 
wrath  of  God,  or  of  the  craft  and  subtlety  of  an  enemy. 
And  one  may  picture  to  one's  self  how  harmoniously  the 
holy  cursing  of  the  Puritan  of  that  day  would  have 
chimed  in  with  the  unholy  cursing  and  the  crackling  wit 
of  the  Rochesters2  and  Sedleys,2  and  with  the  revilings 
of  the  political  fanatics,  if  my  imaginary  plain  dealer 
had  gone  on  to  say  that,  if  the  return  of  such  misfor- 
tunes were  ever  rendered  impossible,  it  would  not  be 
in  virtue  of  the  victory  of  the  faith  of  Laud,3  or  of 
that  of  Milton;4  and,  as  little,  by  the  triumph  of  re- 
publicanism, as  by  that  of  monarchy.  But  that  the 
one  thing  needful  for  compassing  this  end  was,  that  the 
people  of  England  should  second  the  efforts  of  an  in- 
significant corporation,  the  establishment  of  which,  a 
few  years  before  the  epoch  of  the  great  plague  and  the 
great  fire,  had  been  as  little  noticed,  as  they  were 
conspicuous. 

Some  twenty  years  before  the  outbreak  of  the  plague 
a  few  calm  and  thoughtful  students  banded  themselves 
together  for  the  purpose,  as  they  phrased  it,  of  "im- 
proving natural  knowledge."  The  ends  they  proposed 

2  John   Wilmot,   second   Earl   of   Rochester,   and   Sir   Charles 
Sedley    were    profligate    wits    and    dramatists    of    the    reign    of 
Charles  II. 

3  William  Laud,  Archbishop   of   Canterbury,  was   a  vigorous 
opponent  of  Puritanism.     He  was  impeached  by  the  Long  Par- 
liament  and   beheaded   in    1645,   four   years   before   his   master, 
Charles  I. 

4  John  Milton,  the  poet,  was  Cromwell's  Latin  secretary  and  a 
staunch  defender  of  the  Puritan  faith. 


IMPROVING   NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE      19 

to  attain  cannot  be  stated   more   clearly   than  in   the 
words  of  one  of  the  founders  of  the  organisation:  - 

"Our  business  was  (precluding  matters  of  theology 
and  state  affairs)  to  discourse  and  consider  of  philo- 
sophical enquiries,  and  such  as  related  thereunto: — as 
Physick,  Anatomy,  Geometry,  Astronomy,  Navigation, 
Staticks,  Magneticks,  Chymicks,  Mechanicks,  and 
Natural  Experiments;  with  the  state  of  these  studies 
and  their  cultivation  at  home  and  abroad.  We  then 
discoursed  of  the  circulation  of  the  blood,  the  valves  in 
the  veins,  the  vense  lactese,  the  lymphatic  vessels,  the 
Copernican  hypothesis,  the  nature*  of  comets  and  new 
stars,  the  satellites  of  Jupiter,  the  oval  shape  (as  it  then 
appeared)  of  Saturn,  the  spots  on  the  sun  and  its  turn- 
ing on  its  own  axis,  the  inequalities  and  selenography 
of  the  moon,  the  several  phases  of  Venus  and  Mercury, 
the  improvement  of  telescopes  and  grinding  of  glasses 
for  that  purpose,  the  weight  of  air,  the  possibility  or 
impossibility  of  vacuities  and  nature's  abhorrence  there- 
of, the  Torricellian  experiment5  in  quicksilver,  the  de- 
scent of  heavy  bodies  and  the  degree  of  acceleration 
therein,  with  divers  other  things  of  like  nature,  some 
of  which  were  then  but  new  discoveries,  and  others  not 
so  generally  known  and  embraced  as  now  they  are; 
with  other  things  appertaining  to  what  hath  been  called 
the  New  Philosophy,  which,  from  the  times. of  Galileo6 
at  Florence,  and  Sir  Francis  Bacon  (Lord  Verulam)7  in 

5  The  principle  of  the  modern  barometer  had  just  been  discov- 
ered, in  1643,  by  Evangelista  Torricelli,  an  Italian  physicist  and 
friend  of  Galileo. 

6  Galileo   Galilei    (1564-1642),  the  famous  Italian  astronomer, 
constructed  a  thermometer  and  a  telescope,  and  discovered  Ju- 
piter's satellites  and  the  spots  on  the  sun.     His  doctrines  were 
condemned  by  the  Pope  and  he  was  finally  forced  to  abjure  the 
Copernican  theory. 

7  Sir  Francis  Bacon  (1561-1626)  is  usually  credited  with  having 
greatly  aided  the  progress  of  science  by  the  development  of  the 


20      IMPROVING    NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE 

England,  hath  been  much  cultivated  in  Italy,  France, 
Germany,  and  other  parts  abroad,  as  well  as  with  us  in 
England." 

The  learned  Dr.  Wallis,  writing  in  1696,  narrates,  in 
these  words,  what  happened  half  a  century  before,  or 
about  1645.  The  associates  met  at  Oxford,  in  the 
rooms  of  Dr.  Wilkins,  who  was  destined  to  become  a 
bishop;  and  subsequently  coming  together  in  London, 
they  attracted  the  notice  of  the  king.  And  it  is  a 
strange  evidence  of  the  taste  for  knowledge  which  the 
most  obviously  worthless  of  the  Stuarts  shared  with  his 
father  and  grandfather,  that  Charles  the  Second  was 
not  content  with  saying  witty  things  about  his  phil- 
osophers, but  did  wise  things  with  regard  to  them.8 
For  he  not  only  bestowed  upon  them  such  attention  as 
he  could  spare  from  his  poodles  and  his  mistresses,  but, 
being  in  his  usual  state  of  impecuniosity,  begged  for 
them  of  the  Duke  of  Ormond;  and,  that  step  being 
without  effect,  gave  them  Chelsea  College,  a  charter, 
and  a  mace:  crowning  his  favours  in  the  best  way  they 
could  be  crowned,  by  burdening  them  no  further  with 
royal  patronage  or  state  interference. 


inductive  method.  Huxley,  however,  thought  differently.  He 
condemned  Bacon's  method  as  "hopelessly  impracticable"  and 
added  that  "the  'anticipation  of  nature'  by  the  invention  of 
hypotheses  based  on  incomplete  inductions,  which  he  specially 
condemns,  has  proved  itself  to  be  a  most  efficient,  indeed  an 
indispensable,  instrument  of  scientific  progress."  —  The  Progress 
of  Science,  Methods  and  Results,  Collected  Essays.  1:47.  Hux- 
ley's theory  of  the  method  of  scientific  investigation  is  given  in 
the  next  selection. 

8  The  Earl  of  Rochester  is  said  to  have  written  the  following 
lines   on   the  door  of   Charles  II's  bedchamber: 

"Here  lies  our  sovereign  lord  the 'king, 

Whose  word  no  man  relies  on; 
He   never   says   a   foolish   thing 

Nor  never  does  a  wise  one." 


IMPROVING   NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE      21 

Thus  it  was  that  the  half-dozen  young  men,  studious 
of  the  "New  Philosophy,"  who  met  in  one  another's 
lodgings  in  Oxford  or  in  London,  in  the  middle  of  the 
seventeenth  century,  grew  in  numerical  and  in  real 
strength,  until,  in  its  latter  part,  the  "Royal  Society  for 
the  Improvement  of  Natural  Knowledge"  had  already 
become  famous,  and  had  acquired  a  claim  upon  the 
veneration  of  Englishmen,  which  it  has  ever  since  re- 
tained, as  the  principal  focus  of  scientific  activity  in 
our  islands,  and  the  chief  champion  of  the  cause  it  was 
formed  to  support. 

It  was  by  the  aid  of  the  Royal  Society  that  Newton 
published  his  "Principia."9  If  all  the  books  in  the  world, 
except  the  "Philosophical  Transactions,"10  were  destroyed, 
it  is  safe  to  say  that  the  foundations  of  physical  science 
would  remain  unshaken,  and  that  the  vast  intellectual 
progress  of  the  last  two  centuries  would  be  largely, 
though  incompletely,  recorded.  Nor  have  any  signs  of 
halting  or  of  decrepitude  manifested  themselves  in  our 
own  times.  As  in  Dr.  Wallis'  days,  so  in  these,  "our 
business  is,  precluding  theology  and  state  affairs,  to  dis- 
course and  consider  of  philosophical  enquiries."  But 
our  "Mathematick"  is  one  which  Newton  would  have  to 
go  to  school  to  learn;  our  "Staticks,  Mechanicks,  Mag- 
ne ticks,  Chymicks,  and  Natural  Experiments"  consti- 
tute a  mass  of  physical  and  chemical  knowledge,  a 
glimpse  at  which  would  compensate  Galileo  for  the 
doings  of  a  score  of  inquisitorial  cardinals;  our 
"Physick"  and  "Anatomy"  have  embraced  such  infinite 
varieties  of  being,  have  laid  open  such  new  worlds  in 
time  and  space,  have  grappled,  not  unsuccessfully,  with 

9  Newton's  Principia,  or  The  Mathematical  Principles  of  Natu- 
ral Philosophy,  was  published  by  the  Royal  Society  in  1686. 

10  The  Philosophical  Transactions  has  been  since  1665  one  of 
the  regular  publications  of  the  Royal  Society. 


22      IMPROVING    NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE 

such  complex  problems,  that  the  eyes  of  Vesalius11  and 
of  Harvey12  might  be  dazzled  by  the  sight  of  the  tree 
that  has  grown  out  of  their  grain  of  mustard  seed. 

The  fact  is  perhaps  rather  too  much,  than  too  little, 
forced  upon  one's  notice,  nowadays,  that  all  this  mar- 
vellous intellectual  growth  has  a  no  less  wonderful  ex- 
pression in  practical  life;  and  that,  in  this  respect,  if 
in  no  other,  the  movement  symbolised  by  the  progress 
of  the  Royal  Society  stands  without  a  parallel  in  the 
history  of  mankind. 

A  series  of  volumes  as  bulky  as  the  "Transactions  of 
the  Royal  Society"  might  possibly  be  filled  with  the 
subtle  speculations  of  the  Schoolmen;13  not  improbably, 
the  obtaining  a  mastery  over  the  products  of  mediaeval 
thought  might  necessitate  an  even  greater  expenditure 
of  time  and  of  energy  than  the  acquirement  of  the 
"New  Philosophy";  but  though  such  work  engrossed 
the  best  intellects  of  Europe  for  a  longer  time  than  has 
elapsed  since  the  great  fire,  its  effects  were  "writ  in 
water,"  14  so  far  as  our  social  state  is  concerned. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  the  noble  first  President  of  the 
Royal  Society  could  revisit  the  upper  air  and  once  more 
gladden  his  eyes  with  a  sight  of  the  familiar  mace,  he 
would  find  himself  in  the  midst  of  a  material  civilisation 
more  different  from  that  of  his  day,  than  that  of  the 


11  Andreas  Vesalius  was  a  Belgian  anatomist  of  the  sixteenth 
century. 

12  William  Harvey   (1578-1657),  a  great  English  physiologist, 
is  best  known  for  his  discovery  and  demonstration  of  the  circu- 
lation of  the  blood. 

13  The    Schoolmen,   who    flourished    during    the    Middle   Ages, 
were  engaged  chiefly  in  fine-spun   and   dogmatic  expositions  of 
church  doctrine  or  in  such  idle  speculations  as  whether  the  angels 
speak  the  Hebrew  language  and  how  many  of  them  can  dance 
the  Spanish  Tarantella  upon  the  point  of  a  cambric  needje. 

14  The  inscription  upon  Keats'  tomb  is,  by  his  request,  "Here 
lies  one  whose  name  was  writ  in  water." 


IMPROVING    NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE      23 

seventeenth  was  from  that  of  the  first  century.  And 
if  Lord  Brouncker's  native  sagacity  had  not  deserted  his 
ghost,  he  would  need  no  long  reflection  to  discover  that 
all  these  great  ships,  these  railways,  these  telegraphs, 
these  factories,  these  printing-presses,  without  which  the 
whole  fabric  of  modern  English  society  would  collapse 
into  a  mass  of  stagnant  and  starving  pauperism,  —  that 
all  these  pillars  of  our  State  are  but  the  ripples  and  the 
bubbles  upon  the  surface  of  that  great  spiritual  stream, 
the  springs  of  which,  only  he  and  his  fellows  were 
privileged  to  see;  and  seeing,  to  recognise  as  that  which 
it  behoved  them  above  all  things  to  keep  pure  and  un- 
defiled. 

It  may  not  be  too  great  a  flight  of  imagination  to 
conceive  our  noble  revenant  not  forgetful  of  the  great 
troubles  of  his  own  day,  and  anxious  to  know  how  often 
London  had  been  burned  down  since  his  time,  and  how 
often  the  plague  had  carried  off  its  thousands.  He  would 
have  to  learn  that,  although  London  contains  tenfold  the 
inflammable  matter  that  it  did  in  1666;  though,  not 
content  with  filling  our  rooms  with  woodwork  and  light 
draperies,  we  must  needs  lead  inflammable  and  explosive 
gases  into  every  corner  of  our  streets  and  houses,  we 
never  allow  even  a  street  to  burn  down.  And  if  he 
asked  how  this  had  come  about,  we  should  have  to  ex- 
plain that  the  improvement  of  natural  knowledge  has 
furnished  us  with  dozens  of  machines  for  throwing  water 
upon  fires,  any  one  of  which  would  have  furnished  the 
ingenious  Mr.  Hooke,  the  first  "curator  and  experi- 
menter" of  the  Royal  Society,  with  ample  materials  for 
discourse  before  half  a  dozen  meetings  of  that  body; 
and  that,  to  say  truth,  except  for  the  progress  of  natural 
knowledge,  we  should  not  have  been  able  to  make  even 
the  tools  by  which  these  machines  are  constructed.  And, 
further,  it  would  be  necessary  to  add,  that  although 


24      IMPROVING    NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE 

severe  fires  sometimes  occur  and  inflict  great  damage, 
the  loss  is  very  generally  compensated  by  societies,  the 
operations  of  which  have  been  rendered  possible  only 
by  the  progress  of  natural  knowledge  in  the  direction 
of  mathematics,  and  the  accumulation  of  wealth  in  vir- 
tue of  other  natural  knowledge. 

But  the  plague?  My  Lord  Brouncker's  observation 
would  not,  I  fear,  lead  him  to  think  that  Englishmen  of 
the  nineteenth  century  are  purer  in  life,  or  more  fervent 
in  religious  faith,  than  the  generation  which  could  pro- 
duce a  Boyle,15  an  Evelyn,16  and  a  Milton.  He  might 
find  the  mud  of  society  at  the  bottom,  instead  of  at  the 
top,  but  I  fear  that  the  sum  total  would  be  as  deserving 
of  swift  judgment  as  at  the  time  of  the  Restoration.  And 
it  would  be  our  duty  to  explain  once  more,  and  this  time 
not  without  shame,  that  we  have  no  reason  to  believe 
that  it  is  the  improvement  of  our  faith,  nor  that  of  our 
morals,  which  keeps  the  plague  from  our  city ;  but,  again, 
that  it  is  the  improvement  of  our  natural  knowledge. 

We  have  learned  that  pestilences  will  only  take  up  their 
abode  among  those  who  have  prepared  unswept  and  un- 
garnished  residences  for  them.  Their  cities  must  have 
narrow,  unwatered  streets,  foul  with  accumulated  gar- 
bage. Their  houses  must  be  ill-drained,  ill-lighted,  ill- 
ventilated.  Their  subjects  must  be  ill- washed,  ill- fed, 


15  Robert  Boyle  (1627-1691)  is  best  known  as  a  physicist  and 
the  discoverer  of  Boyle's  law  of  the  elasticity  of  gases.    Huxley  re- 
fers to   him  here,  however,   as   the  student   and   propagator  of 
religion.    He  established  by  his  will  the  "Boyle  lectures"  for  the 
defense  of  Christianity  against  unbelievers. 

16  John  Evelyn  (1620-1706),  the  diarist,  is  described  by  Leslie 
Stephen  as  "the  typical  instance  of  the  accomplished  and  pub- 
lic-spirited  country  gentleman   of  the   Restoration,  a  pious  and 
devoted  member  of  the  Church  of  England  and  a  staunch  loy- 
alist in   spite   of  his  grave  disapproval  of  the  members  of  the 
court."     Both  Boyle  and  Evelyn  were  members  of  the  Royal 
Society. 


IMPROVING   NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE      25 

ill-clothed.  The  London  of  1665  was  such  a  city.  The 
cities  of  the  East,  where  plague  has  an  enduring  dwelling, 
are  such  cities.  We,  in  later  times,  have  learned  some- 
what of  Nature,  and  partly  obey  her.  Because  of  this 
partial  improvement  of  our  natural  knowledge  and  of 
that  fractional  obedience,  we  have  no  plague;  because 
that  knowledge  is  still  very  imperfect  and  that  obedience 
yet  incomplete,  typhoid  is  our  companion  and  cholera  our 
visitor.  But  it  is  not  presumptuous  to  express  the  belief 
that,  when  our  knowledge  is  more  complete  and  our  obe- 
dience the  expression  of  our  knowledge,  London  will 
count  her  centuries  of  freedom  from  typhoid  and  cholera, 
as  she  now  gratefully  reckons  her  two  hundred  years  of 
ignorance  of  that  plague  which  swooped  upon  her  thrice 
in  the  first  half  of  the  seventeenth  century. 

Surely,  there  is  nothing  in  these  explanations  which  is 
not  fully  borne  out  by  the  facts?  Surely,  the  principles 
involved  in  them  are  now  admitted  among  the  fixed 
beliefs  of  all  thinking  men?  Surely,  it  is  true  that  our 
countrymen  are  less  subject  to  fire,  famine,  pestilence, 
and  all  the  evils  which  result  from  a  want  of  command 
over  and  due  anticipation  of  the  course  of  Nature,  than 
were  the  countrymen  of  Milton;  and  health,  wealth,  and 
well-being  are  more  abundant  with  us  than  with  them? 
But  no  less  certainly  is  the  difference  due  to  the  improve- 
ment of  our  knowledge  of  Nature,  and  the  extent  to  which 
that  improved  knowledge  has  been  incorporated  with  the 
household  words  of  men,  and  has  supplied  the  springs  of 
their  daily  actions. 

Granting  for  a  moment,  then,  the  truth  of  that  which 
the'depreciators  of  natural  knowledge  are  so  fond  of 
urging,  that  its  improvement  can  only  add  to  the  re- 
sources of  our  material  civilisation;  admitting  it  to  be 
possible  that  the  founders  of  the  Royal  Society  them- 
selves looked  for  no  other  reward  than  this,  I  cannot 


26      IMPROVING   NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE 

confess  that  I  was  guilty  of  exaggeration  when  I  hinted, 
that  to  him  who  had  the  gift  of  distinguishing  between 
prominent  events  and  important  events,  the  origin  of  a 
combined  effort  on  the  part  of  mankind  to  improve  natu- 
ral knowledge  might  have  loomed  larger  than  the  Plague 
and  have  outshone  the  glare  of  the  Fire ;  as  a  something 
fraught  with  a  wealth  of  beneficence  to  mankind,  in  com- 
parison with  which  the  damage  done  by  those  ghastly 
evils  would  shrink  into  insignificance. 

It  is  very  certain  that  for  every  victim  slain  by  the 
plague,  hundreds  of  mankind  exist  and  find  a  fair  share 
of  happiness  in  the  world,  by  the  aid  of  the  spinning 
jenny.  And  the  great  fire,  at  its  worst,  could  not  have 
burned  the  supply  of  coal,  the  daily  working  of  which, 
in  the  bowels  of  the  earth,  made  possible  by  the  steam 
pump,  gives  rise  to  an  amount  of  wealth  to  which  the  mil- 
lions lost  in  old  London  are  but  as  an  old  song. 

But  spinning  jenny  and  steam  pump  are,  after  all,  but 
toys,  possessing  an  accidental  value;  and  natural  knowl- 
edge creates  multitudes  of  more  subtle  contrivances,  the 
praises  of  which  do  not  happen  to  be  sung  because  they 
are  not  directly  convertible  into  instruments  for  creating 
wealth.  When  I  contemplate  natural  knowledge  squan- 
dering such  gifts  among  men,  the  only  appropriate  com- 
parison I  can  find  for  her  is,  to  liken  her  to  such  a  peas- 
ant woman  as  one  sees  in  the  Alps,  striding  ever  upward, 
heavily  burdened,  and  with  mind  bent  only  on  her  home ; 
but  yet  without  effort  and  without  thought,  knitting  for 
her  children.  Now  stockings  are  good  and  comfortable 
things,  and  the  children  will  undoubtedly  be  much  the 
better  for  them;  but  surely  it  would  be  short-sighted,  to 
say  the  least  of  it,  to  depreciate  this  toiling  mother  as  n 
mere  stocking-machine  —  a  mere  provider  of  physical 
comforts? 


IMPROVING   NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE      27 

However,  there  are  blind  leaders  of  the  blind,  and  not  1 
a  few  of  them,  who  take  this  view  of  natural  knowledge,  j 
and  can  see  nothing  in  the  bountiful  mother  of  humanity 
but  a  sort  of  comfort-grinding  machine.     According  to 
them,  the  improvement  of  natural  knowledge  always  has  ; 
been,  and  always  must  be,  synonymous  with  no  more 
than  the  improvement  of  the  material  resources  and  the 
increase  of  the  gratifications  of  men. 

Natural  knowledge  is,  in  their  eyes,  no  real  mother  of 
mankind,  bringing  them  up  with  kindness,  and,  if  need 
be,  with  sternness,  in  the  way  they  should  go,  and  in- 
structing them  in  all  things  needful  for  their  welfare; 
but  a  sort  of  fairy  godmother,  ready  to  furnish  her  pets 
with  shoes  of  swiftness,  swords  of  sharpness,  and  omnip- 
otent Alladin's  lamps,  so  that  they  may  have  telegraphs 
to  Saturn,  and  see  the  other  side  of  the  moon,  and  thank 
God  they  are  better  than  their  benighted  ancestors. 

If  this  talk  weretrue,^,  for  one,  should  not  greatly  ' 
^olHn^h^service  of  natural  knowledge.    I  think 

X  ~-y     ^y,-^  »_  «.      -»,     —      . 

I  would  just  as  soon  be  quietly  chipping  my  own  flint  J 
axe  after  the  manner  of  my  forefathers  a  few  thousand 
years  back,  as  be  troubled  with  the  endless  malady  of 
thought  which  now  infests  us  all,  for  such  reward.  But 
I  venture  to  say  that  such  views  are  contrary  alike  to 
reason  and  to  fact.VThose  who  discourse  in  such  fashion 
seem  to  me  to  be  so  intent  upon  trying  to  see  what  is 
above  Nature,  or  what  is  behind  her,  that  they  are  blind 
to  what  stares  them  in  the  face  in  her. 

I  should  not  venture  to  speak  thus  strongly  if  my 
justification  were  not  to  be  found  in  the  simplest  and 
most  obvious  facts,  —  if  it  needed  more  than  an  appeal 
to  the  most  notorious  truths  to  justify  my  assertion,  that 
the  improvement  of  natural  knowledge,  whatever  direc- 
tion it  has  taken,  and  however  low  the  aims  of  those  ' 
who  may  have  commenced  it  —  has  not  only  conferred 


28      IMPROVING   NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE 

[  practical  benefits  on  men,  but,  in  so  doing,  has_effected 
1  a  revolution  in  their  conceptions  of  the  universe  anoTof 
themselves,  and  has  profoundly  altered  their  modes  of 
thinking  and  their  views  of  right  and  wrong.     I  say 
that  natural  knowledge,  seeking  to  satisfy  natural  wants, 
has  found  the  ideas  which  can  alone  still  spiritual  crav- 
ings.   I  say  that  natural  knowledge,  in  desiring  to  ascer- 
'   tain  tHe  laws  of  comfort,  has  been  "driven  to  discover 
i  those  of  conduct,  and  to  lay  the  foundations  of  a  new 
;  morality. 

Let  us  take  these  points  separately;  and  first,  what 
great  ideas  has  natural  knowledge  introduced  into  men's 
minds? 

I  cannot  but  think  that  the  foundations  of  all  natural 
knowledge  were  laid  when  the  reason  of  man  first  came 
face  to  face  with  the  facts  of  Nature;  when  the  savage 
first  learned  that  the  fingers  of  one  hand  are  fewer  than 
those  -of  both ;  that  it  is  shorter  to  cross  a  stream  than 
to  head  it;  that  a  stone  stops  where  it  is  unless  it  be 
moved,  and  that  it  drops  from  the  hand  which  lets  it  go; 
that  light  and  heat  come  and  go  with  the  sun ;  that  sticks 
burn  away  in  a  fire;  that  plants  and  animals  grow  and 
die;  that  if  he  struck  his  fellow  savage  a  blow  he  would 
make  him  angry,  and  perhaps  get  a  blow  in  return,  while 
if  he  offered  him  a  fruit  he  would  please  him,  and  per- 
haps receive  a  fish  in  exchange.  When  men  had  acquired 
this  much  knowledge,  the  outlines,  rude  though  they 
were,  of  mathematics,  of  physics,  of  chemistry,  of  biology, 
i  of  moral,  economical,  and  political  science,  were  sketched. 
7  Nor  did  the  germ  of  religion  fail  when  science  began  to 
ibud.  Listen  to  words  which,  though  new,  are  yet  three 
thousand  years  old: — 

"...  When  in  heaven  the  stars  about  the  moon 
Look  beautiful,  when  all  the  winds  are  laid, 
And  every  height  comes  out,  and  jutting  peak 


IMPROVING   NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE      29 

And  valley,  and  the  immeasurable  heavens 
Break  open  to  their  highest,  and  all  the  stars 
Shine,  and  the  shepherd  gladdens  in  his  heart."  17 

If  the  half-savage  Greek  could  share  our  feelings  thus 
far,  it  is  irrational  to  doubt  that  he  went  further,  to  find 
as  we  do,  that  upon  that  brief  gladness  there  follows  a 
certain  sorrow,  —  the  little  light  of  awakened  human  in- 
telligence shines  so  mere  a  spark  amidst  the  abyss  of  the 
unknown  and  unknowable;  seems  so  insufficient  to  do 
more  than  illuminate  the  imperfections  that  cannot  be 
remedied,  the  aspirations  that  cannot  be  realised,  of 
man's  own  nature.  But  in  this  sadness,  this  conscious- 
ness of  the  limitation  of  man,  this  sense  of  an  open  secret 
which  he  cannot  penetrate,  lies  the  essence  of  all  religion ; 
and  the  attempt  to  embody  it  in  the  forms  furnished  by 
the  intellect  is  the  origin  of  the  higher  theologies. 

Thus  it  seems  impossible  to  imagine  but  that  the 
foundations  of  all  knowledge  —  secular  or  sacred  —  were 
laid  when  intelligence  dawned,  though  the  superstructure 
remained  for  long  ages  so  slight  and  feeble  as  to  be 
compatible  with  the  existence  of  almost  any  general  view 
respecting  the  mode  of  governance  of  the  universe.  No 
doubt,  from  the  first,  there  were  certain  phenomena 
which,  to  the  rudest  mind,  presented  a  constancy  of 
occurrence,  and  suggested  that  a  fixed  order  ruled,  at  any 
rate,  among  them.  I  doubt  if  the  grossest  of  Fetish 
worshippers  ever  imagined  that  a  stone  must  have  a  god 
within  it  to  make  it  fall,  or  that  a  fruit  had  a  god  within 
it  to  make  it  taste  sweet.  With  regard  to  such  matters 
as  these,  is  is  hardly  questionable  that  mankind  from  the 
first  took  strictly  positive  and  scientific  views. 

But,  with  respect  to  all  the  less  familiar  occurrences 
which  present  themselves,  uncultured  man,  no  doubt,  has 

17  Need  it  be  said  that  this  is  Tennyson's  English  for  Homer's 
Greek?  [T.  H.  H.I 


30      IMPROVING    NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE 

always  taken  himself  as  the  standard  of  comparison,  as 
the  centre  and  measure  of  the  world;  nor  could  he  well 
avoid  doing  so.  And  finding  that  his  apparently  un- 
caused will  has  a  powerful  effect  in  giving  rise  to  many 
occurrences,  he  naturally  enough  ascribed  other  and 
greater  events  to  other  and  greater  volitions,  and  came 
to  look  upon  the  world  and  all  that  therein  is,  as  the 
product  of  the  volitions  of  persons  like  himself,  but 
stronger,  and  capable  of  being  appeased  or  angered,  as  he 
himself  might  be  soothed  or  irritated.  Through  such 
conceptions  of  the  plan  and  working  of  the  universe  all 
mankind  have  passed,  or  are  passing.  And  we  may  now 
consider  what  has  been  the  effect  of  the  improvement 
of  natural  knowledge  on  the  views  of  men  who  have 
reached  this  stage,  and  who  have  begun  to  cultivate 
natural  knowledge  with  no  desire  but  that  of  ''increasing 
God's  honour  and  bettering  man's  estate." 

For  example,  what  could  seem  wiser,  from  a  mere  ma- 
terial point  of  view,  more  innocent,  from  a  theological 
one,  to  an  ancient  people,  than  that  they  should  learn 
the  exact  succession  of  the  seasons,  as  warnings  for  their 
husbandmen;  or  the  position  of  the  stars,  as  guides  to 
their  rude  navigators?  But  what  has  grown  out  of  this 
search  for  natural  knowledge  of  so  merely  useful  a  char- 
acter? You  all  know  the  reply.  Astronomy,  —  which 
of  all  sciences  has  filled  men's  minds  with  general  ideas 
of  a  character  most  foreign  to  their  daily  experience, 
and  has,  more  than  any  other,  rendered  it  impossible  for 
them  to  accept  the  beliefs  of  their  fathers.  Astronomy, 
—  which  tells  them  that  this  so  vast  and  seemingly 
solid  earth  is  but  an  atom  among  atoms,  whirling,  no  man 
knows  whither,  through  illimitable  space;  which  dem- 
onstrates that  what  we  call  the  peaceful  heaven  above  us, 
is  but  that  space,  filled  by  an  infinitely  subtle  matter 
whose  particles  are  seething  and  surging,  like  the  waves 


IMPROVING    NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE      31 

of  an  angry  sea;  which  opens  up  to  us  infinite  regions 
where  nothing  is  known,  or  ever  seems  to  have  been 
known,  but  matter  and  force,  operating  according  to 
rigid  rules ;  which  leads  us  to  contemplate  phsenomena  ] 
the  very  nature  of  which  demonstrates  that  they  must ! 
have  had  a  beginning,  and  that  they  must  have  an  end, 
but  the  very  nature  of  which  also  proves  that  the  be- 
ginning was,  to  our  conceptions  of  time,  infinitely  remote, 
and  that  the  end  is  as  immeasurably  distant. 

But  It  is  not  alone  those  who  pursue  astronomy  who 
ask  for  bread  and  receive  ideas.  What  more  harmless 
ffiari  the  attempt  to  lift  and  distribute  water  by  pumping 
it;  what  more  absolutely  and  grossly  utilitarian?  Yet 
out  of  pumps  grew  the  discussions  about  Nature's  ab- 
horrence of  a  vacuum;  and  then  it  was  discovered  that 
Nature  does  not  abhor  a  vacuum,  but  that  air  has 
weight;  and  that  notion  paved  the  way  for  the  doctrine 
that  all  matter  has  weight,  and  that  the  force  which  pro- 
duces weight  is  co-extensive  with  the  universe,  —  in 
short,  to  the  theory  of  universal  gravitation  and  endless 
force.  While  learning  how  to  handle  gases  led  to  the 
discovery  of  oxygen,  and  to  modern  chemistry,  and  to  the 
notion  of  the  indestructibility  of  matter. 

Again,  what  simpler,  or  more  absolutely  practical, 
than  the  attempt  to  keep  the  axle  of  a  wheel  from  heat- 
ing when  the  wheel  turns  round  very  fast?  How  useful 
for  carters  and  gig  drivers  to  know  something  about  this ; 
and  how  good  were  it,  if  any  ingenious  person  would 
find  out  the  cause  of  such  phenomena,  and  thence  educe 
a  general  remedy  for  them.  Such  an  ingenious  person 
was  Count  Rumford; 18  and  he  and  his  successors  have 


18  Benjamin  Thompson,  Count  Rumford  (1753-1814),  an 
American  by  birth,  was  an  adventurer,  a  scientist,  and  an  inven- 
tor of  a  practical  turn  of  mind.  He  boasted,  among  other  things, 
of  having  cured  five  hundred  London  chimneys  of  smoking. 


32       IMPROVING   NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE 

landed  us  in  the  theory  of  the  persistence,  or  indestruc- 
tibility, of  force.  And  in  the  infinitely  minute,  as  in  the 
infinitely  great,  the  seekers  after  natural  knowledge  of 
the  kinds  called  physical  and  chemical,  have  everywhere 
found  a  definite  order  and  succession  of  events  which 
seem  never  to  be  infringed. 

And  how  has  it  fared  with  "Physick"  and  Anatomy? 
Have  the  anatomist,  the  physiologist,  or  the  physician, 
whose  business  it  has  been  to  devote  themselves  assidu- 
ously to  that  eminently  practical  and  direct  end,  the  alle- 
viation of  the  sufferings  of  mankind,  —  have  they  been 
able  to  confine  their  vision  more  absolutely  to  the  strictly 
useful?  I  fear  they  are  worst  offenders  of  all.  For  if 
the  astronomer  has  set  before  us  the  infinite  magnitude 
of  space,  and  the  practical  eternity  of  the  duration  of  the 
universe;  if  the  physical  and  chemical  philosophers  have 
demonstrated  the  infinite  minuteness  of  its  constituent 
parts,  and  the  practical  eternity  of  matter  and  of  force; 
and  if  both  have  alike  proclaimed  the  universality  of  a 
definite  and  predicable  order  and  succession  of  events, 
the  workers  in  biology  have  not  only  accepted  all  these, 
but  have  added  more  startling  theses  of  their  own.  For, 
as  these  astronomers  discover  in  the  earth  no  center  of 
the  universe,  but  an  eccentric  speck,  so  the  naturalists 
find  man  to  be  no  center  of  the  living  world,  but  one 
amidst  endless  modifications  of  life;  and  as  the  astron- 
omer observes  the  mark  of  practically  endless  time  set 
upon  the  arrangements  of  the  solar  system  so  the  stu- 
dent of  life  finds  the  records  of  ancient  forms  of  exist- 
ence peopling  the  world  for  ages,  which,  in  relation  to 
human  experience,  are  infinite. 

Furthermore,  the  physiologist  finds  life  to  be  as  de- 
pendent for  its  manifestation  on  particular  molecular 
arrangements  as  any  physical  or  chemical  phenomenon; 
and  wherever  he  extends  his  researches,  fixed  order  and 


IMPROVING    NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE      33 

unchanging  causation  reveal  themselves,  as  plainly  as  in 
the  rest  of  Nature. 

Nor  can  I  find  that  any  other  fate  has  awaited  the 
germ  of  Religion.  Arising,  like  all  other  kinds  of  knowl- 
edge, out  of  the  action  and  interaction  of  man's  mind, 
with  that  which  is  not  man's  mind,  it  has  taken  the  in- 
tellectual coverings  of  Fetishism  or  Polytheism;  of 
Theism  or  Atheism;  of  Superstition  or  Rationalism. 
With  these,  and  their  relative  merits  and  demerits,  I 
have  nothing  to  do;  but  this  it  is  needful  for  my  pur- 
pose to  say,  that  if  the  religion  of  the  present  differs 
from  that  of  the  past,  it  is  because  the  theology^jrf  _the 
present  has  become  more  scientific  than  that  of  the 
pasty  because  itjhas  not  only  renounced  idols  of  wood 
"alffdr'idols  of  stone,  but  begins  to  see  the  necessity  of 
breaking  in  pieces  the  idols  built  up  of  books  and  tra- 
ditions and  fine-spun  ecclesiastical  cobwebs:  and  of 
cherisEmg  the  noblest  and  most  human  of  man's  emo- 
tions, by  worship  "for  the  most  part  of  the.  silent  sort" 
at  the  altar  of  the  Unknown. 

Such  are  a  few  of  the  new  conceptions  implanted  in 
our  minds  by  the  improvement  of  natural  knowledge. 
Men  have  acquired  the  ideas  of  the  practically  infinite 
extent  of  the  universe  and  of  its  practical  eternity;  they 
are  familiar  with  the  conception  that  our  earth  is  but 
an  infinitesimal  fragment  of  that  part  of  the  universe 
which  can  be  seen;  and  that,  nevertheless,  its  duration 
is,  as  compared  with  our  standards  of  time,  infinite. 
They  have  further  acquired  the  idea  that  man  is  but 
one  of  innumerable  forms  of  life  now  existing  in  the 
globe,  and  that  the  present  existences  are  but  the  last 
of  an  immeasurable  series  of  predecessors.  Moreover, 
every  step  they  have  made  in  natural  knowledge  has 
tended  to  extend  and  rivet  in  their  minds  the  concep- 
tion of  a  definite  order  of  the  universe  —  which  is  em- 


34      IMPROVING   NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE 

bodied  in  what  are  called,  by  an  unhappy  metaphor,  the 
laws  of  Nature  —  and  to  narrow  the  range  and  loosen 
the  force  of  men's  belief  in  spontaneity,  or  in  changes 
other  than  such  as  arise  out  of  that  definite  order  itself. 
Whether  these  ideas  are  well  or  ill  founded  is  not 
the  question.  No  one  can  deny  that  they  exist,  and 
have  been  the  inevitable  outgrowth  of  the  improvement 
of  natural  knowledge.  And  if  so,  it  cannot  be  doubted 
that  they  are  changing  the  form  of  men's  most  cherished 
and  most  important  convictions. 

And  as  regards  the  second  point  —  the  extent  to  which 
the  improvement  of  natural  knowledge  has  remodelled 
and  altered  what  may  be  termed  the  intellectual_ethics^ 
of  men,  —  what  are  among  the  moral  convictions  most 
fondly  held  by  barbarous  and  semi-barbarous  people? 

They  are  the  convictions  that  authority  is  the  soundest 
basis  of  belief;  that  merit  attaches  to  a  readiness  to 
believe;  that  the  doubting  disposition  is  a  bad  one,  and 
scepticism  a  sin;  that  when  good  authority  has  pro- 
nounced what  is  to  be  believed,  and  faith  has  accepted 
it,  reason  has  no  further  duty.  There  are  many  excel- 
lent persons  who  yet  hold  by  these  principles,  and  it  is 
not  my  present  business,  or  intention,  to  discuss  their 
views.  All  I  wish  to  bring  clearly  before  your  minds 
is  the  unquestionable  fact,  that  the  improvement  of 
natural  knowledge  is  effected  by  methods  which  directly 
give  the  lie  to  all  these  convictions,  and  assume  the 
exact  reverse  of  each  to  be  true. 

The  imprpygf  of  pafan^  ta™w1eHprp  absolutely  refuses 
to  acknowledge  authority,  as  such.  For  him,  scepticism19 

19  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  point  out  that  Huxley  is  not 
here  talking  about  scepticism  in  religion,  but  only  about  the 
habit  of  doubt  that  leads  to  truth.  The  "golden  rule"  which 
should  guide  one  in  this  skepticism  Huxley  stated  thus  in  his 


IMPROVING    NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE      35 

is  the  highest  of  duties;  blind  faith  the  one  unpardon- 
able sin.  And  it  cannot  be  otherwise,  for  every  great 
advance  in  natural  knowledge  has  involved  the  absolute 
rejection  of  authority,  the  cherishing  of  the  keenest 
scepticism,  the  annihilation  of  the  spirit  of  blind  faith; 
and  the  most  ardent  votary  of  science  holds  his  firmest 
convictions,  not  because  the  men  he  most  venerates  hold 

address  On  Descartes'  Discourse  on  Method  (1870):  "Give  un- 
qualified assent  to  no  propositions  but  those  the.  truth  oTwtiich 
is~~so  clear  and  distinct  that  it  cannot  be  doubted/'  And  later 
fie~dehned  the  scientific  doubt  thus:  "Vvnen  1  say  that  Descartes 
consecrated  doubt,  you  must  remember  that  it  was  that  sort  of 
doubt  which  Goethe  has  called  the  active  scepticism  whose 
whole  aim  is  to  conquer  itself;  and  not  that  other  sort  which 
is  born  of  flippancy  and  ignorance,  and  whose  aim  is  only  to 
perpetuate  itself,  as  an  excuse  for  idleness  and  indifference.  But 
it  is  impossible  to  define  what  is  meant  by  scientfic  doubt  better 
than  in  Descartes'  own  words.  After  describing  the  gradual  prog- 
ress of  his  negative  criticism,  he  tells  us: — 

"For  all  that,  I  did  not  imitate  the  sceptics,  who  doubt  only 
for  doubting's  sake,  and  pretend  to  be  always  undecided;  on  the 
contrary,  my  whole  intention  was  to  arrive  at  a  certainty,  and 
to  dig  away  the  drift  and  the  sand  until  I  reached  the  rock  or 
the  clay  beneath.' "  —  M ethods  and  Results,  Collected  Essays, 
1:169. 

In  the  conclusion  of  the  lay  sermon,  On  the  Physical  Basis 
of  Life,  1868,  Huxley  had  pointed  that  on  subjects  concerning 
which  we  can  know  nothing  certainly  it  is  useless  to  speculate, 
and  then  stated  in  a  fine  passage  what  he  considered  the  duty  of 
man  to  be:  "We  live  in  a  world  which  is  full  of  misery  and 
ignorance,  and  the  plain  duty  of  each  and  all  of  us  is  to  try  to 
make  the  little  corner  he  can  influence  somewhat  less  miserable 
and  somewhat  less  ignorant  than  it  was  before  he  entered  it. 
To  do  this  effectually  it  is  necessary  to  be  fully  possessed  of 
only  two  beliefs:  the  first,  that  the  order  of  Nature  is  ascertain  - 
able  by  our  faculties  to  an  extent  which  is  practically  unlimited; 
the  second,  that  our  volition*  counts  for  something  as  a  condition 
of  the  course  of  events. 

"Each  of  these  beliefs  can  be  verified  experimentally,  as  often 
as  we  like  to  try.  Each,  therefore,  stands  upon  the  strongest 
foundation  upon  which  any  belief  can  rest,  and  forms  one  of  our 
highest  truths." 

*  Or,  to  speak  more  accurately,  the  physical  state  of  which 
volition  is  the  expression. —  [1892.  T.  H.  H.]  Same,  163. 


xx 


36       IMPROVING    NATURAL    KNOWLEDGE 

them;  not  because  their  verity  is  testified  by  portents 
and  wonders;  but  because  his  experience  teaches  him 
that  whenever  he  chooses  to  bring  these  convictions  into 
contact  with  their  primary  source,  Nature  —  whenever 
he  thinks  fit  to  test  them  by  appealing  to  experiment  and 
to  observation  —  Nature  will  confirm  them.  The  man 

|  of  science  has  learned  to  believe  in  justification,  not  by 

';  faith,  but  by  verification. 

Thus,  without  for  a  moment  pretending  to  despise 
the  practical  results  of  the  improvement  of  natural 
knowledge,  and  its  beneficial  influence  on  material  civili- 
zation, it  must,  I  think,  be  admitted  that  the  great 
ideas,  some  of  which  I  have  indicated,  and  the  ethical 
spirit  which  I  have  endeavoured  to  sketch,  in  the  few 
moments  which  remained  at  my  disposal,  constitute  the 
real  and  permanent  significance  of  natural  knowledge. 
If  these  ideas  be  destined,  as  I  believe  they  are,  to 
be  more  and  more  'firmly  established  as  the  world  grows 
older;  if  that  spirit  be  fated,  as  I  believe  it  is,  to  extend 
itself  into  all  departments  of  human  thought,  and  to 
become  co-extensive  with  the  range  of  knowledge;  if, 
as  our  race  approaches  its  maturity,  it  discovers,  as  I 
believe  it  will,  that  there  is  but  one  kind  of  knowledge 

j  and  but  one  method^f  acquiring  it;  then  we,  wfacTare 
still  children,  may  justly  feel  it  our  highest  duty  to 
recognize  the  advisableness  of  improving  natural  knowl- 
edge, and  so  to  aid  ourselves  and  our  successors  in 
their  course  towards  the  noble  goal  which  lies  before 
mankind. 


THE  METHOD  OF  SCIENTIFIC 
INVESTIGATION  ' 

PHYSICAL  science  is  one  and  indivisible.  Although, 
for  practical  purposes,  it  is  convenient  to  mark  it  out 
into  the  primary  regions  of  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 
Biology,  and  to  subdivide  these  into  subordinate  prov- 
inces, yet  the  method  of  investigation  and  the  ultimate 
object  of  the  physical  inquirer  are  everywhere  the  same. 

The  object  is  the  discovery  of  the  rational  order 
which  pervades  the  universe;  the  method  consists  of 
observation  and  experiment  (which  is  observation  under 
artificial  conditions)  for  the  determination  ,of  the  facts 
of  Nature;  of  inductive  and  deductive  reasoning  for  the 
discovery  of  their  mutual  relations  and  connection.  The 
various  branches  of  physical  science  differ  in  the  extent 
to  which,  at  any  given  moment  of  their  history,  obser- 
vation on  the  one  hand,  or  ratiocination  on  the  other, 
is  their  more  obvious  feature,  but  in  no  other  way;  and 
nothing  can  be  more  incorrect  than  the  assumption  one 
sometimes  meets  with,  that  physics  has  one  method, 
chemistry  another,  and  biology  a  third. 

All  physical  science  starts  from  certain  postulates. 
One  of  them  is  the  objective  existence  of  a  material 
world.  It  is  assumed  that  the  phenomena  which  are 

1  This  extract  is  taken  from  an  essay,  The  Progress  of  Science, 
written  in  1887  for  The  Reign  of  Queen  Victoria,  by  T.  H.  Ward. 
The  essay  is  published  in  Methods  and  Results,  Collected  Es- 
says, I. 

37 


38  SCIENTIFIC    INVESTIGATION 

comprehended  under  this  name  have  a  "substratum" 
of  extended,  impenetrable,  mobile  substance,  which  ex- 
hibits the  quality  known  as  inertia,  and  is  termed 
matter.2  Another  postulate  is  the  universality  of  the 
law  of  causation;  that  nothing  happens  without  a  cause 
(that  is,  a  necessary  precedent  condition),  and  that  the 
state  of  the  physical  universe,  at  any  given  moment,  is 
the  consequence  of  its  state  at  any  preceding  moment. 
Another  is  that  any  of  the  rules,  or  so-called  "laws  of 
Nature,"  by  which  the  relation  of  phenomena  is  truly 
denned,  is  true  for  all  time.  The  validity  of  these  pos- 
tulates is  a  problem  of  metaphysics;  they  are  neither 
self-evident  nor  are  they,  strictly  speaking,  demonstrable. 
The  justification  of  their  employment,  as  axioms  of 
physical  philosophy,  lies  in  the  circumstance  that  ex- 
pectations logically  based  upon  them  are  verified,  or,  at 
any  rate,  not  contradicted,  whenever  they  can  be  tested 
by  experience. 

Physical  science  therefore  rests  on  verified  or  uncontra- 
dicted  hypotheses ;  and,  such  being  the  case,  it  is  not  sur- 
prising that  a  great  condition  of  its  progress  has  been  the 
invention  of  verifiable  hypotheses.  It  is  a  favourite  popu- 

2  I  am  aware  that  this  proposition  may  be  challenged.  It 
may  be  said,  for  example,  that,  on  the  hypothesis  of  Boscovich, 
matter  has  no  extension,  being  reduced  to  mathematical  points 
serving  as  centres  of  "forces."  But  as  the  "forces"  of  the  various 
centres  are  conceived  to  limit  one  another's  action  in  such  a 
manner  that  an  area  around  each  centre  has  an  individuality  of 
its  own,  extension  comes  back  in  the  form  of  that  area.  Again, 
a  very  eminent  mathematician  and  physicist  —  the  late  Clerk 
Maxwell  —  has  declared  that  impenetrability  is  not  essential  to 
our  notions  of  matter,  and  that  two  atoms  may  conceivably 
occupy  the  same  space.  I  am  loth  to  dispute  any  dictum  of  a 
philosopher  as  remarkable  for  the  subtlety  of  his  intellect  as  for 
his  vast  knowledge;  but  the  assertion  that  one  and  the  same 
point  or  area  of  space  can  have  different  (conceivably  opposite) 
attributes  appears  to  me  to  violate  the  principle  of  contradiction, 
which  is  the  foundation  not  only  of  physical  science,  but  of  logic 
in  general.  It  means  that  A  can  be  not-A.  [T.  H.  H.]. 


SCIENTIFIC    INVESTIGATION  39 

lar  delusion  that  the  scientific  inquirer  is  under  a  sort 
of  moral  obligation  to  abstain  from  going  beyond  that 
generalisation  of  observed  facts  which  is  absurdly  called 
"Baconian"  induction.3  But  any  one  who  is  practically 
acquainted  with  scientific  work  is  aware  that  those  who 
refuse  to  go  beyond  fact,  rarely  get  as  far  as  fact;  and 
any  one  who  has  studied  the  history  of  science  knows 
that  almost  every  great  step  therein  has  been  made  by  the 
" anticipation  of  Nature,"  that  is,  by  the  invention  of 
hypotheses,  which,  though  verifiable,  often  had  very 
little  foundation  to  start  with;  and,  not  unfrequently, 
in  spite  of  a  long  career  of  usefulness,  turned  out  to 
be  wholly  erroneous  in  the  long  run. 

The  geocentric  system  of  astronomy,  with  its  ec- 
centrics and  its  epicycles,  was  an  hypothesis  utterly  at 
variance  with  fact,  which  nevertheless  did  great  things 
for  the  advancement  of  astronomical  knowledge. 
Kepler  4  was  the  wildest  of  guessers.  Newton's  corpus- 
cular theory  of  light  was  of  much  temporary  use  in 
optics,  though  nobody  now  believes  in  it;  and  the  un- 
dulatory  theory,  which  has  superseded  the  corpuscular 
theory  and  has  proved  one  of  the  most  fertile  of  in- 
struments of  research,  is  based  on  the  hypothesis  of 
the  existence  of  an  "ether,"  the  properties  of  which  are 
defined  in  propositions,  some  of  which,  to  ordinary  ap- 
prehension, seem  physical  antinomies. 

It  sounds  paradoxical  to  say  that  the  attainment  of 
scientific  truth  has  been  effected,  to  a  great  extent,  by 
the  help  of  scientific  errors.  But  the  subject-matter  of 
physical  science  is  furnished  by  observation,  which  can- 

3  See  p.  19,  n. 

4  Johan   Kepler    (1571-1630),   a   German   astronomer,   devoted 
years  to  the  observation  of  the  orbit  of  Mars,  with  the  result  that 
he    announced    in   his   Astronomia,    1609,    the    laws   of   elliptical 
orbits,  "one  of  the  cardinal  principles  of  modern  astronomy,"  and 
other  important  discoveries. 


40  SCIENTIFIC    INVESTIGATION 

not  extend  beyond  the  limits  of  our  faculties;  while,  even 
within  those  limits,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  any  ob- 
servation is  absolutely  exact  and  exhaustive.  Hence  it 
follows  that  any  given  generalisation  from  observation 
may  be  true,  within  the  limits  of  our  powers  of  observa- 
tion at  a  given  time,  and  yet  turn  out  to  be  untrue,  when 
those  powers  of  observation  are  directly  or  indirectly  en- 
larged. Or,  to  put  the  matter  in  another  way,  a  doc- 
trine which  is  untrue  absolutely,  may,  to  a  very  great 
extent,  be  susceptible  of  an  interpretation  in  accordance 
with  the  truth.  At  a  certain  period  in  the  history  of 
astronomical  science,  the  assumption  that  the  planets 
move  in  circles  was  true  enough  to  serve  the  purpose  of 
correlating  such  observations  as  were  then  possible; 
after  Kepler,  the  assumption  that  they  move  in  ellipses 
became  true  enough  in  regard  to  the  state  of  observa- 
tional astronomy  at  that  time.  We  say  still  that  the 
orbits  of  the  planets  are  ellipses,  because,  for  all  ordi- 
nary purposes,  that  is  a  sufficiently  near  approximation 
to  the  truth;  but,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  center  of 
gravity  of  a  planet  describes  neither  an  ellipse  nor  any 
other  simple  curve,  but  an  immensely  complicated  undu- 
lating line.  It  may  fairly  be  doubted  whether  any  gen- 
eralisation, or  hypothesis,  based  upon  physical  data  is 
absolutely  true,  in  the  sense  that  a  mathematical  propo- 
sition is  so;  but,  if  its  errors  can  become  apparent  only 
outside  the  limits  of  practicable  observation,  it  may  be 
just  as  usefully  adopted  for  one  of  the  symbols  of  that 
algebra  by  which  we  interpret  Nature,  as  if  it  were 
absolutely  true. 

The  development  of  every  branch  of  physical  knowl- 
edge presents  three  stages,  which,  in  their  logical  relation, 
are  successive.  The  first  is  the  determination  of  the  sen- 
sible character  and  order  of  the  phenomena.  This  is 
Natural  History,  in  the  original  sense  of  the  term,  and 


SCIENTIFIC    INVESTIGATION  41 

here  nothing  but  observation  and  experiment  avail  us. 
The  second  is  the  determination  of  the  constant  relations 
of  the  phenomena  thus  denned,  and  their  expression  in 
rules  or  laws.  The  third  is  the  explication  of  these  par- 
ticular laws  by  deduction  from  the  most  general  laws  of 
matter  and  motion.  The  last  two  stages  constitute  Natu- 
ral Philosophy  in  its  original  sense.  In  this  region,  the 
invention  of  verifiable  hypotheses  is  not  only  permis- 
sible, but  it  is  one  of  the  conditions  of  progress. 

Historically,  no  branch  of  science  has  followed  this 
order  of  growth;  but,  from  the  dawn  of  exact  knowledge 
to  the  present  day,  observation,  experiment,  and  specu- 
lation have  gone  hand  in  hand;  and,  whenever  science 
has  halted  or  strayed  from  the  right  path,  it  has  been, 
either  because  its  votaries  have  been  content  with  mere 
unverified  or  un verifiable  speculation  (and  this  is  the 
commonest  case,  because  observation  and  experiment  are 
hard  work,  while  speculation  is  amusing) ;  or  it  has 
been,  because  the  accumulation  of  details  of  observation 
has  for  a  time  excluded  speculation. 

The  progress  of  physical  science,  since  the  revival  of 
learning,  is  largely  due  to  the  fact  that  men  have  gradu- 
ally learned  to  lay  aside  the  consideration  of  unverifiable 
hypotheses;  to  guide  observation  and  experiment  by 
verifiable  hypotheses;  and  to  consider  the  latter,-  not  as 
ideal  truths,  the  real  entities  of  an  intelligible  world  be- 
hind phenomena,  but  as  a  symbolical  language,  by  the 
aid  of  which  Nature  can  be  interpreted  in  terms  appre- 
hensible by  our  intellects.  And  if  physical  science,  dur- 
ing the  last  fifty  years,  has  attained  dimensions  beyond 
all  former  precedent,  and  can  exhibit  achievements  of 
greater  importance  than  any  former  such  period  can 
show,  it  is  because  able  men,  animated  by  the  true  sci- 
entific spirit,  carefully  trained  in  the  method  of  science, 


42  SCIENTIFIC    INVESTIGATION 

and  having  at  their  disposal  immensely  improved  appli- 
ances, have  devoted  themselves  to  the  enlargement  of 
the  boundaries  of  natural  knowledge  in  greater  number 
than  during  any  previous  half-century  of  the  world's 
history. 


PROLEGOMENA  l 


IT  may  be  safely  assumed  that,  two  thousand  years 
ago,  before  Caesar  set  foot  in  southern  Britain,  the 
whole  country-side  visible  from  the  windows  of  the  room 
in  which  I  write,  was  in  what  is  called  "the  state  of 
nature."  Except,  it  may  be,  by  raising  a  few  sepulchral 
mounds,  such  as  those  which  still,  here  and  there,  break 
the  flowing  contours  of  the  downs,  man's  hands  had 

1  Prolegomena  was  written  in  1894  when  Huxley,  preparing  to 
publish  his  Evolution  and  Ethics,  found  it  necessary  to  supply 
a  preface  explaining  some  ideas  which  he  had  taken  for  generally 
accepted,  particularly  what  he  considered  the  conflict  between 
the  laws  of  society  and  of  ethics  and  the  laws  of  nature.  Although 
Huxley  was  extraordinarily  successful  in  rendering  new  ideas  in- 
telligible to  popular  audiences,  the  discourse  on  Evolution  and 
Ethics  is  pretty  difficult,  and  Huxley  admitted  his  error  and 
repaired  it  by  one  of  his  finest  essays.  He  says  in  the  preface 
that  he  had  forgotten  a  "maxim  touching  lectures  of  a  popu- 
lar character,  which  has  descended  to  me  from  that  prince  of 
lecturers,  Mr.  Faraday.  He  was  once  asked  by  a  beginner,  called 
upon  to  address  a  highly  select  and  cultivated  audience,  what 
he  might  suppose  his  hearers  to  know  already.  Whereupon  the 
past  master  of  the  art  of  exposition  emphatically  replied, 
'Nothing!' 

"To  my  shame  as  a  retired  veteran,  who  has  all  his  life  profited 
by  this  great  precept  of  lecturing  strategy,  I  forgot  all  about  it 
just  when  it  would  have  been  most  useful.  I  was  fatuous  enough 
to  imagine  that  a  number  of  propositions,  which  I  thought 
established,  and  which,  in  fact,  I  had  advanced  without  chal- 
lenge on  former  occasions,  needed  no  repetition. 

"I  have  endeavoured  to  repair  my  error  by  prefacing  the  lecture 
with  some  matter  —  chiefly  elementary  or  recapitulatory  —  to 
which  I  have  given  the  title  of  'Prolegomena.'  I  wish  I  could 

43 


44  PROLEGOMENA 

made  no  mark  upon  it;  and  the  thin  veil  of  vegetation 
which  overspread  the  broad-backed  heights  and  the 
shelving  sides  of  the  coombs  was  unaffected  by  his  in- 
dustry. The  native  grasses  and  weeds,  the  scattered 
patches  of  gorse,  contended  with  one  another  for  the 
possession  of  the  scanty  surface  soil;  they  fought  against 
the  droughts  of  summer,  the  frosts  of  winter,  and  the 
furious  gales  which  swept,  with  unbroken  force,  now 
from  the  Atlantic,  and  now  from  the  North  Sea,  at  all 
times  of  the  year ;  they  filled  up,  as  they  best  might,  the 
gaps  made  in  their  ranks  by  all  sorts  of  underground 
and  overground  animal  ravagers.  One  year  with  an- 
other, an  average  population,  the  floating  balance  of  the 
unceasing  struggle  for  existence  among  the  indigenous 
plants,  maintained  itself.  It  is  as  little  to  be  doubted, 
that  an  essentially  similar  state  of  nature  prevailed,  in 
this  region,  for  many  thousand  years  before  the  coming 
of  Caesar;  and  there  is  no  assignable  reason  for  denying 
that  it  might  continue  to  exist  through  an  equally  pro- 
longed futurity,  except  for  the  intervention  of  man. 

Reckoned  by  our  customary  standards  of  duration, 
the  native  vegetation,  like  the  "everlasting  hills"  which 
it  clothes,  seems  a  type  of  permanence.  The  little 
Amarella  Gentians,  which  abound  in  some  places  to- 
day, are  the  descendants  of  those  that  were  trodden 
underfoot  by  the  prehistoric  savages  who  have  left  their 
flint  tools  about,  here  and  there;  and  they  followed  an- 

have  hit  upon  a  heading  of  less  pedantic  aspect  which  would  have 
served  my  purpose;  and  if  it  be  urged  that  the  new  building 
looks  over  large  for  the  edifice  to  which  it  is  added,  I  can  only 
plead  the  precedent  of  the  ancient  architects,  who  always  made 
the  adytum  the  smallest  part  of  the  temple."  —  Preface,  vii-viii. 
In  the  discourse  on  the  Struggle  for  Existence  in  Human  So- 
ciety he  discussed  one  aspect  of  the  same  subject,  how  the  strug- 
gle for  existence,  which  is  a  law  of  nature,  injects  itself  after  all 
into  human  society  and  threatens  to  destroy  the  social  order. 
See  next  essay. 


PROLEGOMENA  45 

cestors  which,  in  the  climate  of  the  glacial  epoch,  prob- 
ably flourished  better  than  they  do  now.  Compared 
with  the  long  past  of  this  humble  plant,  all  the  history 
of  civilized  men  is  but  an  episode. 

Yet  nothing  is  more  certain  than  that,  measured  by 
the  liberal  scale  of  time-keeping  of  the  universe,  this 
present  state  of  nature,  however  it  may  seem  to  have 
gone  and  to  go  on  for  ever,  is  but  a  fleeting  phase  of  her 
infinite  variety;  merely  the  last  of  the  series  of  changes 
which  the  earth's  surface  has  undergone  in  the  course 
of  the  millions  of  years  of  its  existence.  Turn  back  a 
square  foot  of  the  thin  turf,  and  the  solid  foundation  of 
the  land,  exposed  in  cliffs  of  chalk  five  hundred  feet 
high  on  the  adjacent  shore,  yields  full  assurance  of  a 
time  when  the  sea  covered  the  site  of  the  "everlasting 
hills";  and  when  the  vegetation  of  what  land  lay  nearest, 
was  as  different  from  the  present  Flora  of  the  Sussex 
downs,  as  that  of  Central  Africa  now  is.2  No  less 
certain  is  it  that,  between  the  time  during  which  the 
chalk  was  formed  and  that  at  which  the  original  turf 
came  into  existence,  thousands  of  centuries  elapsed,  in 
the  course  of  which,  the  state  of  nature  of  the  ages 
during  which  the  chalk  was  deposited,  passed  into  that 
which  now  is,  by  changes  so  slow  that,  in  the  coming 
and  going  of  the  generations  of  men,  had  such  witnessed 
them,  the  contemporary  conditions  would  have  seemed 
to  be  unchanging  and  unchangeable. 

But  it  is  also  certain  that,  before  the  deposition  of 
the  chalk,  a  vastly  longer  period  had  elapsed,  through- 
out which  it  is  easy  to  follow  the  traces  of  the  same 
process  of  ceaseless  modification  and  of  the  internecine 
struggle  for  existence  of  living  things;  and  that  even 
when  we  can  get  no  further  back,  it  is  not  because  there 
is  any  reason  to  think  we  have  reached  the  beginning, 

2  See  "On  a  Piece  of  Chalk,"  Essays,  viiiri.     [T.  H.  H.] 


46  PROLEGOMENA 

but  because  the  trail  of  the  most  ancient  life  remains 
hidden,  or  has  become  obliterated. 

Thus  that  state  of  nature  of  the  world  of  plants 
which  we  began  by  considering,  is  far  from  possessing 
the  attribute  of  permanence.  Rather  its  very  essence 
is  impermanence.  It  may  have  lasted  twenty  or  thirty 
thousand  years,  it  may  last  for  twenty  or  thirty  thou- 
sand years  more,  without  obvious  change;  but,  as  surely 
as  it  has  followed  upon  a  very  different  state,  so  it  will 
be  followed  by  an  equally  different  condition.  That 
which  endures  is  not  one  or  another  association  of  living 
forms,  but  the  process  of  which  the  cosmos  is  the 
product,  and  of  which  these  are  among  the  transitory 
expressions.  And  in  the  living  world,  one  of  the  most 
characteristic  features  of  this  cosmic  process  is  the 
struggle  for  existence,  the  competition  of  each  with  all, 
the  result  of  which  is  the  selection,  that  is  to  say,  the 
survival  of  those  forms  which,  on  the  whole,  are  best 
adapted  to  the  conditions  which  at  any  period  obtain; 
and  which  are,  therefore,  in  that  respect,  and  only  in 
that  respect,  the  fittest.3  The  acme  reached  by  the 
cosmic  process  in  the  vegetation  of  the  downs  is  seen  in 
the  turf,  with  its  weeds  and  gorse.  Under  the  conditions, 
they  have  come  out  of  the  struggle  victorious;  and,  by 
surviving,  have  proved  that  they  are  the  fittest  to  sur- 
vive. 

That  the  state  of  nature,  at  any  time,  is  a  temporary 
phase  of  a  process  of  incessant  change,  which  has  been 


3  That  every  theory  of  evolution  must  be  consistent  not  merely 
with  progressive  development,  but  with  indefinite  persistence  in 
the  same  condition  and  with  retrogressive  modification,  is  a  point 
which  I  have  insisted  upon  repeatedly  from  the  year  1862  till 
now.  See  Collected  Essays,  vol.  ii.  pp.  461-89;  vol.  iii.  p..  33; 
vol.  viii,  p.  304.  In  the  address  on  "Geological  Contemporaneity 
and  Persistent  Types"  (1862),  the  paleontological  proofs  of  this 
proposition  were,  I  believe,  first  set  forth.  [T.  H.  H.] 


PROLEGOMENA  47 

going  on  for  innumerable  ages,  appears  to  me  to  be  a 
proposition  as  well  established  as  any  in  modern  history. 
Paleontology  assures  us,  in  addition,  that  the  ancient  phil- 
osophers who,  with  less  reason,  held  the  same  doctrine, 
erred  in  supposing  that  the  phases  formed  a  cycle,  exactly 
repeating  the  past,  exactly  foreshadowing  the  future,  in 
their  rotations.  On  the  contrary,  it  furnishes  us  with 
conclusive  reasons  for  thinking*  that,  if  every  link  in 
the  ancestry  of  these  humble  indigenous  plants  had  been 
preserved  and  were  accessible  to  us,  the  whole  would 
present  a  converging  series  of  forms  of  gradually  dimin- 
ishing complexity,  until,  at  some  period  in  the  history  of 
the  earth,  far  more  remote  than  any  of  which  organic 
remains  have  yet  been  discovered,  they  would  merge  in 
those  low  groups  among  which  the  boundaries  between 
animal  and  vegetable  life  become  effaced.4 

The  word  "evolution,"  now  generally  applied  to  the 
cosmic  process,  has  had  a  singular  history,  and  is  used  in 
various  senses.5  Taken  in  its  popular  signification  it 
means  progressive  development,  that  is,  gradual  change 
from  a  condition  of  relative  uniformity  to  one  of  relative 
complexity;  but  its  connotation  has  been  widened  to  in- 
clude the  phenomena  of  retrogressive  metamorphosis, 
that  is,  of  progress  from  a  condition  of  relative  complexity 
to  one  of  relative  uniformity. 

As  a  natural  process,  of  the  same  character  as  the 
development  of  a  tree  from  its  seed,  or  of  a  fowl  from 
its  egg,  evolution  excludes  creation  and  all  other  kinds  of 
supernatural  intervention.  As  the  expression  of  a  fixed 
order,  every  stage  of  which  is  the  effect  of  causes  operat- 
ing according  to  definite  rules,  the  conception  of  evolu- 
tion no  less  excludes  that  of  chance.  It  is  very  desirable 

4  "On  the  Border  Territory  between  the  Animal  and  the  Vege- 
table Kingdoms,"  Essays,  vol.  viii.  p.  162.     [T.  H.  H.] 

5  See  "Evolution  in  Biology,"  Essays,  vol.  ii.  p.  187.    [T.  H.  H.I 


48  PROLEGOMENA 

to  remember  that  evolution  is  not  an  explanation  of  the 
cosmic  process,  but  merely  a  generalised  statement  of 
the  method  and  results  of  that  process.  And,  further, 
that,  if  there  is  proof  that  the  cosmic  process  was  set 
going  by  any  agent,  then  that  agent  will  be  the  creator 
of  it  and  of  all  its  products,  although  supernatural  inter- 
vention may  remain  strictly  excluded  from  its  further 
course. 

So  far  as  that  limited  revelation  of  the  nature  of 
things,  which  we  call  scientific  knowledge,  has  yet  gone, 
it  tends,  with  constantly  increasing  emphasis,  to  the 
belief  that,  not  merely  the  world  of  plants,  but  that  of 
animals;  not  merely  living  things,  but  the  whole  fabric 
of  the  earth;  not  merely  our  planet,  but  the  whole  solar 
system;  not  merely  our  star  and  its  satellites,  but  the 
millions  of  similar  bodies  which  bear  witness  to  the 
order  which  pervades  boundless  space,  and  has  endured 
through  boundless  time;  are  all  working  out  their  pre- 
destined courses  of  evolution. 

With  none  of  these  have  I  anything  to  do,  at  present, 
except  with  that  exhibited  by  the  forms  of  life  which 
tenant  the  earth.  All  plants  and  animals  exhibit  the 
tendency  to  vary,  the  causes  of  which  have  yet  to  be 
ascertained;  it  is  the  tendency  of  the  conditions  of  life, 
at  any  given  time,  while  favouring  the  existence  of  the 
variations  best  adapted  to  them,  to  oppose  that  of  the 
rest  and  thus  to  exercise  selection;  and  all  living  things 
tend  to  multiply  without  limit,  while  the  means  of  sup- 
port are  limited;  the  obvious  cause  of  which  is  the  pro- 
duction of  offspring  more  numerous  than  their  progeni- 
tors, but  with  equal  expectation  of  life  in  the  actuarial 
sense.  Without  the  first  tendency  there  could  be  no 
evolution.  Without  the  second,  there  would  be  no  good 
reason  why  one  variation  should  disappear  and  another 
take  its  place;  that  is  to  say  there  would  be  no  selection. 


PROLEGOMENA  49 

Without  the  third,  the  struggle  for  existence,  the  agent  of 
the  selective  process  in  the  state  of  nature,  would  vanish.6 
Granting  the  existence  of  these  tendencies,  all  the 
known  facts  of  the  history  of  plants  and  of  animals  may 
be  brought  into  rational  correlation.  And  this  is  more 
than  can  be  said  for  any  other  hypothesis  that  I  know  of. 
Such  hypotheses,  for  example,  as  that  of  the  existence  of 
a  primitive,  orderless  chaos;  of  a  passive  and  sluggish 
eternal  matter  moulded,  with  but  partial  success,  by 
archetypal  ideas;  of  a  brand-new  world-stuff  suddenly 
created  and  swiftly  shaped  by  a  supernatural  power; 
receive  no  encouragement,  but  the  contrary,  from  our 
present  knowledge.  That  our  earth  may  once  have 
formed  part  of  a  nebulous  cosmic  magma  is  certainly 
possible,  indeed  seems  highly  probable;  but  there  is  no 
reason  to  doubt  that  order  reigned  there,  as  completely  as 
amidst  what  we  regard  as  the  most  finished  works  of 
nature  or  of  man.7  The  faith  which  is  born  of  knowl- 
edge, finds  its  object  in  an  eternal  order,  bringing  forth 
ceaseless  change,  through  endless  time,  in  endless  space; 
the  manifestations  of  the  cosmic  energy  alternating  be- 
tween phases  of  potentiality  and  phases  of  explication. 
It  may  be  that,  as  Kant  suggests,8  every  cosmic  magma 
predestined  to  evolve  into  a  new  world,  has  been  the  no 
less  predestined  end  of  a  vanished  predecessor. 


n. 

Three  or  four  years  have  elapsed  since  the  state  of 
nature,  to  which  I  have  referred,  was  brought  to  an 
end,  so  far  as  a  small  patch  of  the  soil  is  concerned, 
by  the  intervention  of  man.  The  patch  was  cut  off 

6  Collected  Essays,  vol.  ii.  passim.  [T.  H.  H.] 

7  Ibid.,  vol.  iv.  p.  138;  vol.  v.  pp.  71-73.    [T.  H.  H.] 

8  Ibid.,  vol.  viii.  p.  321.     [T.  H.  H.] 


So  PROLEGOMENA 

from  the  rest  by  a  wall;  within  the  area  thus  protected, 
the  native  vegetation  was,  as  far  as  possible,  extirpated; 
while  a  colony  of  strange  plants  was  imported  and  set 
down  in  its  place.  In  short,  it  was  made  into  a  garden. 
At  the  present  time,  this  artificially  treated  area  presents 
an  aspect  extraordinarily  different  from  that  of  so  much 
of  the  land  as  remains  in  the  state  of  nature,  outside  the 
wall.  Trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs,  many  of  them  apper- 
taining to  the  state  of  nature  of  remote  parts  of  the 
globe,  abound  and  flourish.  Moreover,  considerable 
quantities  of  vegetables,  fruits,  and  flowers  are  pro- 
duced, of  kinds  which  neither  now  exist,  nor  have  ever 
existed,  except  under  conditions  such  as  obtain  in  the 
garden;  and  which,  therefore,  are  as  much  works  of  the 
art  of  man  as  the  frames  and  glass-houses  in  which 
some  of  them  are  raised.  That  the  "state  of  Art,"  thus 
created  in  the  state  of  nature  by  man,  is  sustained  by 
and  dependent  on  him,  would  at  once  become  apparent, 
if  the  watchful  supervision  of  the  gardener  were  with- 
drawn, and  the  antagonistic  influences  of  the  general 
cosmic  process  were  no  longer  sedulously  warded  off, 
or  counteracted.  The  walls  and  gates  would  decay; 
quadrupedal  and  bipedal  intruders  would  devour  and 
tread  down  the  useful  and  beautiful  plants;  birds,  in- 
sects, blight,  and  mildew  would  work  their  will;  the 
seeds  of  the  native  plants,  carried  by  winds  or  other 
agencies,  would  immigrate,  and  in  virtue  of  their  long- 
earned  special  adaptation  to  the  local  conditions,  these 
despised  native  weeds  would  soon  choke  their  choice 
exotic  rivals.  A  century  or  two  hence,  little  beyond 
the  foundations  of  the  wall  and  of  the  houses  and 
frames  would  be  left,  in  evidence  of  the  victory  of  the 
cosmic  powers  at  work  in  the  state  of  nature,  over  the 
temporary  obstacles  to  their  supremacy,  set  up  by  the 
art  of  the  horticulturist. 


PROLEGOMENA  51 

It  will  be  admitted  that  the  garden  is  as  much  a  work 
of  art,9  or  artifice,  as  anything  that  can  be  mentioned. 
The  energy  localised  in  certain  human  bodies,  directed 
by  similarly  localised  intellects,  has  produced  a  colloca- 
tion of  other  material  bodies  which  could  not  be  brought 
about  in  the  state  of  nature.  The  same  proposition  is 
true  of  all  the  works  of  man's  hands,  from  a  flint  im- 
plement to  a  cathedral  or  a  chronometer;  and  it  is  be- 
cause it  is  true,  that  we  call  these  things  artificial,  term 
them  works  of  art,  or  artifice,  by  way  of  distinguishing 
them  from  the  products  of  the  cosmic  process,  working 
outside  man,  which  we  call  natural,  or  works  of  nature. 
The  distinction  thus  drawn  between  the  works  of  nature 
and  those  of  man,  is  universally  recognized;  and  it  is, 
as  I  conceive,  both  useful  and  justifiable. 


in. 

No  doubt,  it  may  be  properly  urged  that  the  operation 
of  human  energy  and  intelligence,  which  has  brought 
into  existence  and  maintains  the  garden,  by  what  I  have 
called  "the  horticultural  process,"  is,  strictly  speaking, 
part  and  parcel  of  the  cosmic  process.  And  no  one 
could  more  readily  agree  to  that  proposition  than  I. 
In  fact,  I  do  not  know  that  any  one  has  taken  more 
pains  than  I  have,  during  the  last  thirty  years,  to  in- 
sist upon  the  doctrine,  so  much  reviled  in  the  early  part 
of  that  period,  that  man,  physical,  intellectual,  and 

9  The  sense  of  the  term  "Art"  is  becoming  narrowed;  "work 
of  Art"  to  most  people  means  a  picture,  a  statue,  or  a  piece  of 
bijouterie;  by  way  of  compensation  "artist"  has  included  in  its 
wide  embrace  cooks  and  ballet  girls,  no  less  than  painters  and 
sculptors.  [T.  H.  H.] 


52  PROLEGOMENA 

moral,  is  as  much  a  part  of  nature,  as  purely  a  product 
of  the  cosmic  process,  as  the  humblest  weed.10 

But  if,  following  up  this  admission,  it  is  urged  that, 
such  being  the  case,  the  cosmic  process  cannot  be  in 
antagonism  with  that  horticultural  process  which  is  part 
of  itself  —  I  can  only  reply,  that  if  the  conclusion  that 
the  two  are  antagonistic  is  logically  absurd,  I  am  sorry 
for  logic,  because,  as  we  have  seen,  the  fact  is  so.11 
The  garden  is  in  the  same  position  as  every  other  work 
of  man's  art;  it  is  a  result  of  the  cosmic  process  working 
through  and  by  human  energy  and  intelligence;  and,  as 
is  the  case  with  every  other  artificial  thing  set  up  in 
the  state  of  nature,  the  influences  of  the  latter  are  con- 
stantly tending  to  break  it  down  and  destroy  it.  No 
doubt,  the  Forth  bridge12  and  an  ironclad  in  the  offing, 
are,  in  ultimate  resort,  products  of  the  cosmic  process; 
as  much  so  as  the  river  which  flows  under  the  one,  or 
the  sea-water  on  which  the  other  floats.  Nevertheless, 
every  breeze  strains  the  bridge  a  little,  every  tide  does 
something  to  weaken  its  foundations;  every  change  of 
temperature  alters  the  adjustment  of  its  parts,  produces 
friction  and  consequent  wear  and  tear.  From  time  to 
time,  the  bridge  must  be  repaired,  just  as  the  ironclad 
must  go  into  dock;  simply  because  nature  is  always  tend- 
ing to  reclaim  that  which  her  child,  man,  has  borrowed 
from  her  and  has  arranged  in  combinations  which  are 
not  those  favoured  by  the  general  cosmic  process.  . 

Thus,  it  is  not  only  true  that  the  cosmic  energy,  work- 
ing through  man  upon  a  portion  of  the  plant  world, 

10  See   "Man's  Place  in   Nature,"   Collected   Essays,  vol.   vii., 
and  "On  the  Struggle  for  Existence  in  Human  Society"  (1888), 
vol.  ix.     [T.  H.  H.] 

11  See  The  Method  of  Scientific  Investigation. 

12  Forth  bridge  is  a  remarkable  railway  bridge  over  a  mile  and 
a  half  long  crossing  the  Firth  of  Forth.    It  is  built  on  the  canti- 
lever principle,  and  was  completed  in  1889. 


PROLEGOMENA  53 

opposes  the  same  energy  as  it  works  through  the  state 
of  nature,  but  a  similar  antagonism  is  everywhere  mani- 
fest between  the  artificial  and  the  natural.  Even  in  the 
state  of  nature  itself,  what  is  the  struggle  for  existence 
but  the  antagonism  of  the  results  of  the  cosmic  process 
in  the  region  of  life,  one  to  another?13 


IV. 

Not  only  is  the  state  of  nature  hostile  to  the  state 
of  art  of  the  garden ;  but  the  principle  of  the  horticultural 
process,  by  which  the  latter  is  created  and  maintained,  is 
antithetic  to  that  of  the  cosmic  process.  The  character- 
istic feature  of  the  latter  is  the  intense  and  unceasing 
competition  of  the  struggle  for  existence.  The  character- 
istic of  the  former  is  the  elimination  of  that  struggle,  by 
the  removal  of  the  conditions  which  give  rise  to  it.  The 
tendency  of  the  cosmic  process  is  to  bring  about  the 
adjustment  of  the  forms  of  plant  life  to  the  current  con- 
ditions; the  tendency  of  the  horticultural  process  is  the 
adjustment  of  the  conditions  to  the  needs  of  the  forms  of 
plant  life  which  the  gardener  desires  to  raise. 

The  cosmic  process  uses  unrestricted  multiplication  as 
the  means  whereby  hundreds  compete  for  the  place  and 
nourishment  adequate  for  one;  it  employs  frost  and 
drought  to  cut  off  the  weak  and  unfortunate;  to  survive, 
there  is  need  not  only  of  strength,  but  of  flexibility  and  of 
good  fortune. 

The  gardener,  on  the  other  hand,  restricts  multiplica- 
tion; provides  that  each  plant  shall  have  sufficient  space 

13  Or  to  put  the  case  still  more  simply.  When  a  man  lays 
hold  of  the  two  ends  of  a  piece  of  string  and  pulls  them,  with 
intent  to  break  it,  the  right  arm  is  certainly  exerted  in  antag- 
onism to  the  left  arm;  yet  both  arms  derive  their  energy  from 
the  same  original  source.  [T.  H.  H.] 


54  PROLEGOMENA 

and  nourishment;  protects  from  frost  and  drought;  and, 
in  every  other  way,  attempts  to  modify  the  conditions,  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  bring  about  the  survival  of  those 
forms  which  most  nearly  approach  the  standard  of  the 
useful,  or  the  beautiful,  which  he  has  in  his  mind. 

If  the  fruits  and  the  tubers,  the  foliage  and  the  flowers 
thus  obtained,  reach,  or  sufficiently  approach,  that  ideal, 
there  is  no  reason  why  the  status  quo  attained  should 
not  be  indefinitely  prolonged.  So  long  as  the  state  of 
nature  remains  approximately  the  same,  so  long  will  the 
energy  and  intelligence  which  created  the  garden  suffice 
to  maintain  it.  However,  the  limits  within  which  this 
mastery  of  man  over  nature  can  be  maintained  are  nar- 
row. If  the  conditions  of  the  cretaceous  epoch  returned, 
I  fear  the  most  skilful  of  gardeners  would  have  to  give  up 
the  cultivation  of  apples  and  gooseberries;  while,,  if  those 
of  the  glacial  period  once  again  obtained,  open  asparagus 
beds  would  be  superfluous,  and  the  training  of  fruit 
trees  against  the  most  favourable  of  south  walls,  a  waste 
of  time  and  trouble. 

But  it  is  extremely  important  to  note  that,  the  state 
of  nature  remaining  the  same,  if  the  produce  does  not 
satisfy  the  gardener,  it  may  be  made  to  approach  his 
ideal  more  closely.  Although  the  struggle  for  existence 
may  be  at  end,  the  possibility  of  progress  remains.  In 
discussions  on  these  topics,  it  is  often  strangely  forgotten 
that  the  essential  conditions  of  the  modification,  or  evo- 
lution, of  living  things  are  variation  and  hereditary 
transmission.  Selection  is  the  means  by  which  certain 
variations  are  favoured  and  their  progeny  preserved. 
But  the  struggle  for  existence  is  only  one  of  the  means 
by  which  selection  may  be  effected.  The  endless 
varieties  of  cultivated  flowers,  fruits,  roots,  tubers,  and 
bulbs  are  not  products  of  selection  by  means  of  the 
struggle  for  existence,  but  of  direct  selection,  in  view 


PROLEGOMENA  55 

of  an  ideal  of  utility  or  beauty.  Amidst  a  multitude  of 
plants,  occupying  the  same  station  and  subjected  to  the 
same  conditions,  in  the  garden,  varieties  arise.  The 
varieties  tending  in  a  given  direction  are  preserved,  and 
the  rest  are  destroyed.  And  the  same  process  takes 
place  among  the  varieties  until,  for  example,  the  wild 
kale  becomes  a  cabbage,  or  the  wild  Viola  tricolor  a  prize 
pansy. 


v. 

The  process  of  colonisation  presents  analogies  to  the 
formation  of  a  garden  which  are  highly  instructive. 
Suppose  a  shipload  of  English  colonists  sent  to  form  a 
settlement,  in  such  a  country  as  Tasmania  was  in  the 
middle  of  the  last  century.  On  landing,  they  find  them- 
selves in  the  midst  of  a  state  of  nature,  widely  different 
from  that  left  behind  them  in  everything  but  the  most 
general  physical  conditions.  The  common  plants,  the 
common  birds  and  quadrupeds,  are  as  totally  distinct 
as  the  men  from  anything  to  be  seen  on  the  side  of  the 
globe  from  which  they  come.  The  colonists  proceed  to 
put  an  end  to  this  state  of  things  over  as  large  an  area 
as  they  desire  to  occupy.  They  clear  away  the  native 
vegetation,  extirpate  or  drive  out  the  animal  population, 
so  far  as  may  be  necessary,  and  take  measures  to  defend 
themselves  from  the  re-immigration  of  either.  In  their 
place,  they  introduce  English  grain)  and  fruit  trees; 
English  dogs,  sheep,  cattle,  horses;  and  English  men; 
in  fact,  they  set  up  a  new  Flora  and  Fauna  and  a  new 
variety  of  mankind,  within  the  old  state  of  nature. 
Their  farms  and  pastures  represent  a  garden  on  a  great 
scale,  and  themselves  the  gardeners  who  have  to  keep 
it  up,  in  watchful  antagonism  to  the  old  regime.  Con- 


56  PROLEGOMENA 

sidered  as  a  whole,  the  colony  is  a  composite  unit  intro- 
duced into  the  old  state  of  nature;  and,  thenceforward, 
a  competitor  in  the  struggle  for  existence,  to  conquer  or 
be  vanquished. 

Under  the  conditions  supposed,  there  is  no  doubt  of 
the  result,  if  the  work  of  the  colonists  be  carried  out 
energetically  and  with  intelligent  combination  of  all 
their  forces.  On  the  other  hnnd,  if  they  are  slothful, 
stupid,  and  careless;  or  if  they  waste  their  energies  in 
contests  with  one  another,  the  chances  are  that  the 
old  state  of  nature  will  have  the  best  of  it.  The  native 
savage  will  destroy  the  immigrant  civilized  man;  of  the 
English  animals  and  plants  some  will  be  extirpated  by 
their  indigenous  rivals,  others  will  pass  into  the  feral 
state  and  themselves  become  components  of  the  state 
of  nature.  In  a  few  decades,  all  other  traces  of  the 
settlement  will  have  vanished. 


VI. 

Let  us  now  imagine  that  some  administrative  au- 
thority, as  far  superior  in  power  and  intelligence  to  men, 
as  men  are  to  their  cattle,  is  set  over  the  colony,  charged 
to  deal  with  its  human  elements  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
assure  the  victory  of  the  settlement  over  the  antagonistic 
influences  of  the  state  of  nature  in  which  it  is  set  down. 
He  would  proceed  in  the  same  fashion  as  that  in  which 
the  gardener  dealt  with  his  garden.  In  the  first  place, 
he  would,  as  far  as  possible,  put  a  stop  to  the  influence 
of  external  competition  by  thoroughly  extirpating  and 
excluding  the  native  rivals,  whether  men,  beasts,  or 
plants.  And  our  administrator  would  select  his  human 
agents,  with  a  view  to  his  ideal  of  a  successful  colony, 


PROLEGOMENA  57 

just  as  the  gardener  selects  his  plants  with  a  view  to  his 
ideal  of  useful  or  beautiful  products. 

In  the  second  place,  in  order  that  no  struggle  for  the 
means  of  existence  between  these  human  agents  should 
weaken  the  efficiency  of  the  corporate  whole  in  the 
battle  with  the  state  of  nature,  he  would  make  arrange- 
ments by  which  each  would  be  provided  with  those 
means;  and  would  be  relieved  from  the  fear  of  being 
deprived  of  them  by  his  stronger  or  more  cunning 
fellows.  Laws,  sanctioned  by  the  combined  force  of 
the  colony,  would  restrain  the  self-assertion  of  each 
man  within  the  limits  required  for  the  maintenance  of 
peace.  In  other  words,  the  cosmic  struggle  for  existence, 
as  between  man  and  man,  would  be  rigorously  sup- 
pressed; and  selection,  by  its  means,  would  be  as  com- 
pletely excluded  as  it  is  from  the  garden. 

At  the  same  time,  the  obstacles  to  the  full  develop- 
ment of  the  capacities  of  the  colonists  by  other  condi- 
tions of  the  state  of  nature  than  those  already  mentioned, 
would  be  removed  by  the  creation  of  artificial  conditions 
of  existence  of  a  more  favourable  character.  Protec- 
tion against  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  would  be 
afforded  by  houses  and  clothing;  drainage  and  irriga- 
tion works  would  antagonise  the  effects  of  excessive  rain 
and  excessive  drought;  roads,  bridges,  canals,  carriages, 
and  ships  would  overcome  the  natural  obstacles  to  loco- 
motion and  transport;  mechanical  engines  would  supple- 
ment the  natural  strength  of  men  and  of  their  draught 
animals;  hygienic  precautions  would  check,  or  remove, 
the  natural  causes  of  disease.  With  every  step  of  this 
progress  in  civilization,  the  colonists  would  become  more 
and  more  independent  of  the  state  of  nature;  more  and 
more,  their  lives  would  be  conditioned  by  a  state  of  art. 
In  order  to  attain  his  ends,  the  administrator  would  have 
to  avail  himself  of  the  courage,  industry,  and  co-opera- 


58  PROLEGOMENA 

tive  intelligence  of  the  settlers;  and  it  is  plain  that  the 
interest  of  the  community  would  be  best  served  by  in- 
creasing the  proportion  of  persons  who  possess  such 
qualities,  and  diminishing  that  of  persons  devoid  of 
them.  In  other  words,  by  selection  directed  towards  an 
ideal. 

Thus  the  administrator  might  look  to  the  establish* 
ment  of  an  earthly  paradise,  a  true  garden  of  Eden,  in 
which  all  things  should  work  together  towards  the  well- 
being  of  the  gardeners:  within  which  the  cosmic  process, 
the  coarse  struggle  for  existence  of  the  state  of  nature, 
should  be  abolished;  in  which  that  state  should  be  re- 
placed by  a  state  of  art;  where  every  plant  and  every 
lower  animal  should  be  adapted  to  human  wants,  and 
would  perish  if  human  supervision  and  protection  were 
withdrawn;  where  men  themselves  should  have  been  se- 
lected, with  a  view  to  their  efficiency  as  organs  for  the 
performance  of  the  functions  of  a  perfected  society. 
And  this  ideal  polity  would  have  been  brought  about, 
not  by  gradually  adjusting  the  men  to  the  conditions 
around  them,  but  by  creating  artificial  conditions  for 
them;  not  by  allowing  free  play  of  the  struggle  for 
existence,  but  by  excluding  that  struggle;  and  by  sub- 
stituting selection  directed  towards  the  administrator's 
ideal  for  the  selection  it  exercises. 


vn. 

But  the  Eden  would  have  its  serpent,  and  a  very 
subtle  beast  too.  Man  shares  with  the  rest  of  the 
living  world  the  mighty  instinct  of  reproduction  and 
its  consequence,  the  tendency  to  multiply  with  great 
rapidity.  The  better  the  measures  of  the  administrator 


PROLEGOMENA  59 

achieved  their  object,  the  more  completely  the  destruc- 
tive agencies  of  the  state  of  nature  were  defeated,  the 
less  would  that  multiplication  be  checked. 

On  the  other  hand,  within  the  colony,  the  enforce- 
ment of  peace,  which  deprives  every  man  of  the  power 
to  take  away  the  means  of  existence  from  another^ 
simply  because  he  is  the  stronger,  would  have  put  an 
end  to  the  struggle  for  existence  between  the  colonists, 
and  the  competition  for  the  commodities  of  existence, 
which  would  alone  remain,  is  no  check  upon  population. 

Thus,  as  soon  as  the  colonists  began  to  multiply,  the 
administrator  would  have  to  face  the  tendency  to  the 
reintroduction  of  the  cosmic  struggle  into  his  artificial 
fabric,  in  consequence  of  the  competition,  not  merely  for 
the  commodities,  but  for  the  means  of  existence.  When 
the  colony  reached  the  limit  of  possible  expansion,  the 
surplus  population  must  be  disposed  of  somehow;  or  the 
fierce  struggle  for  existence  must  recommence  and  de- 
stroy that  peace,  which  is  the  fundamental  condition  of 
the  maintenance  of  the  state  of  art  against  the  state  of 
nature. 

Supposing  the  administrator  to  be  guided  by  purely 
scientific  considerations,  he  would,  like  the  gardener, 
meet  this  most  serious  difficulty  by  systematic  extirpa- 
tion, or  exclusion,  of  the  superfluous.  The  hopelessly 
diseased,  the  infirm  aged,  the  weak  or  deformed  in  body 
or  in  mind,  the  excess  of  infants  born,  would  be  put 
away,  as  the  gardener  pulls  up  defective  and  superfluous 
plants,  or  the  breeder  destroys  undesirable  cattle.  Only 
the  strong  and  the  healthy,  carefully  matched,  with  a 
view  to  the  progeny  best  adapted  to  the  purposes  of  the 
administrator,  would  be  permitted  to  perpetuate  their 
kind. 


60  PROLEGOMENA 


VIII. 

Of  the  more  thoroughgoing  of  the  multitudinous  at- 
tempts to  apply  the  principles  of  cosmic  evolution,  or 
what  are  supposed  to  be  such,  to  social  and  political 
problems,  which  have  appeared  of  late  years,  a  con- 
siderable proportion  appear  to  me  to  be  based  upon 
the  notion  that  human  society  is  competent  to  furnish, 
from  its  own  resources,  an  administrator  of  the  kind  I 
have  imagined.  The  pigeons,  in  short,  are  to  be  their 
own  Sir  John  Sebright.14  A  despotic  government, 
whether  individual  or  collective,  is  to  be  endowed  with 
the  preternatural  intelligence,  and  with  what,  I  am 
afraid,  many  will  consider  the  preternatural  ruthlessness, 
required  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  principle  of 
improvement  by  selection,  with  the  somewhat  drastic 
thoroughness  upon  which  the  success  of  the  method 
depends.  Experience  certainly  does  not  justify  us  in 
limiting  the  ruthlessness  of  individual  "saviours  of  so- 
ciety"; and,  on  the  well-known  grounds  of  the  aphorism 
which  denies  both  body  and  soul  to  corporations,  it 
seems  probable  (indeed  the  belief  is  not  without  sup- 
port in  history)  that  a  collective  despotism,  a  mob  got 
to  believe  in  its  own  divine  right  by  demagogic  mission- 
aries, would  be  capable  of  more  thorough  work  in  this 
direction  than  any  single  tyrant,  puffed  up  with  the  same 
illusion,  has  ever  achieved.  But  intelligence  is  another 
affair.  The  fact  that  "saviours  of  society"  take  to  that 
trade  is  evidence  enough  that  they  have  none  to  spare. 
And  such  as  they  possess  is  generally  sold  to  the  capi- 

14  Not  that  the  conception  of  such  a  society  is  necessarily 
based  upon  the  idea  of  evolution.  The  Platonic  state  testifies  to 
the  contrary.  [T.  H.  H.] 

Sir  John  Sebright  (1767-1846)  published  in  1809  a  valuable 
letter  on  The  Art  of  Improving  the  Breeds  of  Domestic  Animals. 


PROLEGOMENA  61 

talists  of  physical  force  on  whose  resources  they  de- 
pend. However^  I  doubt  whether  even  the  keenest 
judge  of  character,  if  he  had  before  him  a  hundred  boys 
and  girls  under  fourteen,  could  pick  out,  with  the  least 
chance  of  success,  those  who  should  be  kept,  as  certain 
to  be  serviceable  members  of  the  polity,  and  those  who 
should  be  chloroformed,  as  equally  sure  to  be  stupid, 
idle,  or  vicious.  The  "points"  of  a  good  or  of  a  bad 
citizen  are  really  far  harder  to  discern  than  those  of  a 
puppy  or  a  short-horn  calf;  many  do  not  show  them- 
selves before  the  practical  difficulties  of  life  stimulate 
manhood  to  full  exertion.  And  by  that  time  the  mis- 
chief is  done.  The  evil  stock,  if  it  be  one,  has  had  time 
to  multiply,  and  selection  is  nullified. 


IX. 

I  have  other  reasons  for  fearing  that  this  logical  ideal 
of  evolutionary  regimentation  —  this  pigeon-fanciers' 
polity  —  is  unattainable.  In  the  absence  of  any  such 
a  severely  scientific  administrator  as  we  have  been 
dreaming  of,  human  society  is  kept  together  by  bonds 
of  such  a  singular  character,  that  the  attempt  to  perfect 
society  after  his  fashion  would  run  serious  risk  of  loosen- 
ing them. 

Social  organization  is  not  peculiar  to  men.  Other 
societies,  such  as  those  constituted  by  bees  and  ants, 
have  also  arisen  out  of  the  advantage  of  co-operation  in 
the  struggle  for  existence;  and  their  resemblances  to, 
and  their  differences  from,  human  society  are  alike  in- 
structive. The  society  formed  by  the  hive  bee  fulfils 
the  ideal  of  the  communistic  aphorism  "to  each  accord- 
ing to  his  needs,  from  each  according  to  his  capacity." 
Within  it,  the  struggle  for  existence  is  strictly  limited. 


62  PROLEGOMENA 

Queen,  drones,  and  workers  have  each  their  allotted 
sufficiency  of  food;  each  performs  the  function  assigned 
to  it  in  the  economy  of  the  hive,  and  all  contribute  to 
the  success  of  the  whole  cooperative  society  in  its  com- 
petition with  rival  collectors  of  nectar  and  pollen  and 
with  other  enemies,  in  the  state  of  nature  without.  In 
the  same  sense  as  the  garden,  or  a  colony,  is  a  work 
of  human  art,  the  bee  polity  is  a  work  of  apiarian  art, 
brought  about  by  the  cosmic  process,  working  through 
the  organization  of  the  hymenopterous  type. 

Now  this  society  is  the  direct  product  of  an  organic 
necessity,  impelling  every  member  of  it  to  a  course  of 
action  which  tends  to  the  good  of  the  whole.  Each 
bee  has  its  duty  and  none  has  any  rights.  Whether 
bees  are  susceptible  of  feeling  and  capable  of 
thought  is  a  question  which  cannot  be  dogmatically 
answered.  As  a  pious  opinion,  I  am  disposed  to 
deny  them  more  than  the  merest  rudiments  of 
consciousness.15  But  it  is  curious  to  reflect  that  a 
thoughtful  drone  (workers  and  queens  would  have  no 
leisure  for  speculation)  with  a  turn  for  ethical  philos- 
ophy, must  needs  profess  himself  an  intuitive  moralist 
of  the  purest  water.  He  would  point  out,  with  perfect 
justice,  that  the  devotion  of  the  workers  to  a  life  of 
ceaseless  toil  for  a  mere  subsistence  wage,  cannot  be 
accounted  for  either  by  enlightened  selfishness,  or  by 
any  other  sort  of  utilitarian  motives;  since  these  bees 
begin  to  work,  without  experience  or  reflection,  as  they 
emerge  from  the  cell  in  which  they  are  hatched.  Plainly, 
an  eternal  and  immutable  principle,  innate  in  each  bee, 
can  alone  account  for  the  phenomena.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  biologist,  who  traces  out  all  the  extant  stages 
of  gradation  between  solitary  and  hive  bees,  as  clearly 

15  Collected  Essays,  vol.  i.,  "Animal  Automatism";  vol.  v., 
"Prologue,"  pp.  45  et  seq.  [T.  H.  H.] 


PROLEGOMENA  63 

sees  in  the  latter,  simply  the  perfection  of  an  automatic 
mechanism,  hammered  out  by  the  blows  of  the  struggle 
for  existence  upon  the  progeny  of  the  former,  during 
long  ages  of  constant  variation. 


x. 

I  see  no  reason  to  doubt  that,  at  its  origin,  human 
society  was  as  much  a  product  of  organic  necessity  as 
that  of  the  bees.16  The  human  family,  to  begin  with, 
rested  upon  exactly  the  same  conditions  as  those  which 
gave  rise  to  similar  associations  among  animals  lower 
in  the  scale.  Further,  it  is  easy  to  see  that  every  in- 
crease in  the  duration  of  the  family  ties,  with  the  result- 
ing co-operation  of  a  larger  and  larger  number  of  de- 
scendants for  protection  and  defence,  would  give  the 
families  in  which  such  modification  took  place  a  dis- 
tinct advantage  over  the  others.  And,  as  in  the  hive, 
the  progressive  limitation  of  the  struggle  for  existence 
between  the  members  of  the  family  would  involve  in- 
creasing efficiency  as  regards  outside  competition. 

But  there  is  this  vast  and  fundamental  difference  be- 
tween bee  society  and  human  society.  In  the  former, 
the  members  of  the  society  are  each  organically  predes- 
tined to  the  performance  of  one  particular  class  of  func- 
tions only.  If  they  were  endowed  with  desires,  each 
could  desire  to  perform  none  but  those  offices  for  which 
its  organization  specially  fits  it;  and  which,  in  view  of 
the  good  of  the  whole,  it  is  proper  it  should  do.  So  long 
as  a  new  queen  does  not  make  her  appearance,  rivalries 
and  competition  are  absent  from  the  bee  polity. 

Among  mankind,  on  the  contrary,  there  is  no  such 
predestination  to  a  sharply  defined  place  in  the  social 
16  Collected  Essays,  vol.  v.,  Prologue,  pp.  5o-54« 


64  PROLEGOMENA 

organism.  However  much  men  may  differ  in  the  quality 
of  their  intellects,  the  intensity  of  their  passions,  and  the 
delicacy  of  their  sensations,  it  cannot  be  said  that  one  is 
fitted  by  his  organization  to  be  an  agricultural  labourer 
and  nothing  else,  and  another  to  be  a  landowner  and 
nothing  else.  Moreover,  with  all  their  enormous  differ- 
ences in  natural  endowment,  men  agree  in  one  thing, 
and  that  is  their  innate  desire  to  enjoy  the  pleasures 
and  to  escape  the  pains  of  life;  and,  in  short,  to  do 
nothing  but  that  which  it  pleases  them  to  do,  without 
the  least  reference  to  the  welfare  of  the  society  into  which 
they  are  born.  That  is  their  inheritance  (the  reality  at 
the  bottom  of  the  doctrine  of  original  sin)  from  the 
long  series  of  ancestors,  human  and  semi-human  and 
brutal,  in  whom  the  strength  of  this  innate  tendency  to 
self-assertion  was  the  condition  of  victory  in  the  struggle 
for  existence.  That  is  the  reason  of  the  aviditas  vitoe^ 
—  the  insatiable  hunger  for  enjoyment  —  of  all  man- 
kind, which  is  one  of  the  essential  conditions  of  success 
in  the  war  with  the  state  of  nature  outside;  and  yet  the 
sure  agent  of  the  destruction  of  society  if  allowed  free 
play  within. 

The  check  upon  this  free  play  of  self-assertion,  or 
natural  liberty,  which  is  the  necessary  condition  for  the 
origin  of  human  society,  is  the  product  of  organic  neces- 
sities of  a  different  kind  from  those  upon  which  the 
constitution  of  the  hive  depends.  One  of  these  is  the 
mutual  affection  of  parent  and  offspring,  intensified  by 
the  long  infancy  of  the  human  species.  But  the  most 
important  is  the  tendency,  so  strongly  developed  in  man, 
to  reproduce  in  himself  actions  and  feelings  similar  to, 
or  correlated  with,  those  of  other  men.  Man  is  the  most 
consummate  of  all  mimics  in  the  animal  world;  none  but 

17  « 'Thirst'  or  'craving  desire'  for  life."  Note  7  to  Evolution 
and  Ethics,  Collected  Essays,  IX 196. 


PROLEGOMENA  65 

himself  can  draw  or  model;  none  comes  near  him  in 
the  scope,  variety,  and  exactness  of  vocal  imitation; 
none  is  such  a  master  of  gesture;  while  he  seems  to  be 
impelled  thus  to  imitate  for  the  pure  pleasure  of  it.  And 
there  is  no  such  another  emotional  chameleon.  By  a 
purely  reflex  operation  of  the  mind,  we  take  the  hue 
of  passion  of  those  who  are  about  us,  or,  it  may  be,  the 
complementary  colour.  It  is  not  by  any  conscious  "put- 
ting one's  self  in  the  place"  of  a  joyful  or  a  suffering 
person  that  the  state  of  mind  we  call  sympathy  usually 
arises;18  indeed,  it  is  often  contrary  to  one's  sense  of 
right,  and  in  spite  of  one's  will,  that  "fellow-feeling 
makes  us  wondrous  kind,"  or  the  reverse.  However 
complete  may  be  the  indifference  to  public  opinion,  in 
a  cool,  intellectual  view,  of  the  traditional  sage,  it  has 
not  yet  been  my  fortune  to  meet  with  any  actual  sage 
who  took  its  hostile  manifestations  with  entire  equa- 
nimity. Indeed,  I  doubt  if  the  philosopher  lives,  or  ever 
has  lived,  who  could  know  himself  to  be  heartily  despised 
by  a  street  boy  without  some  irritation.  And,  though 
one  cannot  justify  Haman  for  wishing  to  hang  Mordecai 
on  such  a  very  high  gibbet,  yet,  really,  the  conscious- 
ness of  the  Vizier  of  Ahasuerus,  as  he  went  in  and  out 
of  the  gate,  that  this  obscure  Jew  had  no  respect  for 
him,  must  have  been  very  annoying.19 

18  Adam  Smith  makes  the  pithy  observation  that  the  man  who 
sympathises  with  a  woman  in  childbed,  cannot  be  said  to  put 
himself  in  her  place.     ("The  Theory  of  the  Moral  Sentiments," 
Part  vii.  sec.  iii.  chap,  i.)     Perhaps  there  is  more  humour  than 
force  in  the  example;  and,  in  spite  of  this  and  other  observations 
of  the  same  tenor,  I  think  that  the  one  defect  of  the  remarkable 
work  in  which  it  occurs  is  that  it  lays  tod  much  stress  on  con- 
scious    substitution,     too     little     on     purely     reflex     sympathy. 
[T.  H.  H.] 

19  Esther  v.  9-13.    "...  but  when  Haman  saw  Mordecai  in 
the  king's  gate,  that  he  stood  not  up,  nor  moved  for  him,  he 
was  full  of  indignation  against  Mordecai.  .   .    .  And  Haman  told 
them  of  the  glory  of  his  riches  .   .   .  and  all  the  things  wherein 


66  PROLEGOMENA 

It  is  needful  only  to  look  around  us,  to  see  that  the 
greatest  restrainer  of  the  anti-social  tendencies  of  men 
is  fear,  not  of  the  law,  but  of  the  opinion  of  their 
fellows.  The  conventions  of  honour  bind  men  who 
break  legal,  moral,  and  religious  bonds;  and,  while 
people  endure  the  extremity  of  physical  pain  rather  than 
part  with  life,  shame  drives  the  weakest  to  suicide. 

Every  forward  step  of  social  progress  brings  men  into 
closer  relations  with  their  fellows,  and  increases  the  im- 
portance of  the  pleasures  and  pains  derived  from  sym- 
pathy. We  judge  the  acts  of  others  by  our  own 
sympathies,  and  we  judge  our  own  acts  by  the  sym- 
pathies of  others,  every  day  and  all  day  long,  from 
childhood  upwards,  until  associations,  as  indissoluble  as 
those  of  language,  are  formed  between  certain  acts  and 
the  feelings  of  approbation  or  disapprobation.  It  be- 
comes impossible  to  imagine  some  acts  without  disap- 
probation, or  others  without  approbation  of  the  actor, 
whether  he  be  one's  self,  or  any  one  else.  We  come  to 
think  in  the  acquired  dialect  of  morals.  An  artificial 
personality,  the  "man  within,"  as  Adam  Smith20  calls 
conscience,  is  built  up  beside  the  natural  personality. 
He  is  the  watchman  of  society,  charged  to  restrain  the 
anti-social  tendencies  of  the  natural  man  within  the 
limits  required  by  social  welfare. 

the  king  had  promoted  him.  .  .  .  Yet  all  this  availeth  me 
nothing,  so  long  as  I  see  Mordecai  the  Jew  sitting  at  the  king's 
gate."  What  a  shrewd  exposure  of  human  weakness  it  is! 
[T.  H.  H.] 

20  "Theory  of  the  Moral  Sentiments,"  Part  iii.  chap  3.  On 
the  influence  and  authority  of  conscience.  [T.  H.  H.] 

Adam  Smith  (1723-1790),  the  Scotch  economist,  published  in 
1759  his  Theory  of  Moral  Sentiments.  He  is  best  known  as  the 
author  of  the  Wealth  of  Nations  and  the  founder  of  the  science 
of  political  economy. 


PROLEGOMENA  67 


XI. 

I  have  termed  this  evolution  of  the  feelings  out  of 
which  the  primitive  bonds  of  human  society  are  so 
largely  forged,  into  the  organized  and  personified  sym- 
pathy we  call  conscience,  the  ethical  process.21  So  far 
as  it  tends  to  make  any  human  society  more  efficient  in 
the  struggle  for  existence  with  the  state  of  nature,  or 
with  other  societies,  it  works  in  harmonious  contrast 
with  the  cosmic  process.  But  it  is  none  the  less  true 
that,  since  law  and  morals  are  restraints  upon  the 
struggle  for  existence  between  men  in  society,  the  ethi- 
cal process  is  in  opposition  to  the  principle  of  the  cos- 
mic process,  and  tends  to  the  suppression  of  the  qualities 
best  fitted  for  success  in  that  struggle.22 

It  is  further  to  be  observed  that,  just  as  the  self- 
assertion,  necessary  to  the  maintenance  of  society  against 
the  state  of  nature,  will  destroy  that  society  if  it  is  al- 
lowed free  operation  within;  so  the  self-restraint,  the 
essence  of  the  ethical  process,  which  is  no  less  an  es- 
sential condition  of  the  existence  of  every  polity,  may, 
by  excess,  become  ruinous  to  it. 

Moralists  of  all  ages  and  of  all  faiths,  attending  only 
to  the  relations  of  men  towards  one  another  in  an  ideal 
society,  have  agreed  upon  the  "golden  rule,"  "Do  as 

21  Worked  out,  in  its  essential  features,  chiefly  by  Hartley  and 
Adam  Smith,  long  before  the  modern  doctrine  of  evolution  was 
thought  of.     [T.  H.  H.] 

David  Hartley  (1705-1757)  was  an  influential  ethical  phil- 
osopher. In  his  Observations  on  Man,  1749,  he  set  forth  his 
doctrine  of  the  gradual  development  of  pure  benevolence  from 
the  simpler  passions. 

22  See  the  essay  "On  the  Struggle  for  Existence  in  Human 
Society,"  and  Collected  Essays,  vol.  i.  p.  276,  for  Kant's  recog- 
nition of  these  facts.     [T.  H.  H.] 


68  PROLEGOMENA 

you  would  be  done  by."  In  other  words,  let  sympathy 
be  your  guide;  put  yourself  in  the  place  of  the  man 
towards  whom  your  action  is  directed;  and  do  to  him 
what  you  would  like  to  have  done  to  yourself  under  the 
circumstances.  However  much  one  may  admire  the  gen- 
erosity of  such  a  rule  of  conduct;  however  confident  one 
may  be  that  average  man  may  be  thoroughly  depended 
upon  not  to  carry  it  out  to  its  full  logical  consequences; 
it  is  nevertheless  desirable  to  recognise  the  fact  that 
these  consequences  are  incompatible  with  the  existence 
of  a  civil  state,  under  any  circumstances  of  this  world 
which  have  obtained,  or,  so  far  as  one  can  see,  are 
likely  to  come  to  pass. 

For  I  imagine  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  great 
desire  of  every  wrongdoer  is  to  escape  from  the  painful 
consequences  of  his  actions.  If  I  put  myself  in  the 
place  of  the  man  who  has  robbed  me,  I  find  that  I  am 
possessed  by  an  exceeding  desire  not  to  be  fined  or  im- 
prisoned; if  in  that  of  the  man  who  has  smitten  me  on 
one  cheek,  I  contemplate  with  satisfaction  the  absence 
of  any  worse  result  than  the  turning  of  the  other  cheek 
for  like  treatment.  Strictly  observed,  the  "golden  rule" 
involves  the  negation  of  law  by  the  refusal  to  put  it  in 
motion  against  law-breakers;  and,  as  regards  the  ex- 
ternal relations  of  a  polity,  it  is  the  refusal  to  continue 
the  struggle  for  existence.  It  can  be  obeyed,  even  par- 
tially, only  under  the  protection  of  a  society  which  re- 
pudiates it.  Without  such  shelter,  the  followers  of  the 
"golden  rule"  may  indulge  in  hopes  of  heaven,  but  they 
must  reckon  with  the  certainty  that  other  people  will 
be  masters  of  the  earth. 

What  would  become  of  the  garden  if  the  gardener 
treated  all  the  weeds  and  slugs  and  birds  and  trespassers 
as  he  would  like  to  be  treated,  if  he  were  in  their  place? 


PROLEGOMENA  69 

XII. 

Under  the  preceding  heads,  I  have  endeavoured  to 
represent  in  broad,  but  I  hope  faithful,  outlines  the 
essential  features  of  the  state  of  nature  and  of  that  cos- 
mic process  of  which  it  is  the  outcome,  so  far  as  was 
needful  for  my  argument;  I  have  contrasted  with  the 
state  of  nature  the  state  of  art,  produced  by  human 
intelligence  and  energy,  as  it  is  exemplified  by  a  garden; 
and  I  have  shown  that  the  state  of  art,  here  and  else- 
where, can  be  maintained  only  by  the  constant  counter- 
action of  the  hostile  influences  of  the  state  of  nature. 
Further,  I  have  pointed  out  that  the  "horticultural  proc- 
ess," which  thus  sets  itself  against  the  "cosmic  process" 
is  opposed  to  the  latter  in  principle,  in  so  far  as  it  tends  to 
arrest  the  struggle  for  existence,  by  restraining  the  mul- 
tiplication which  is  one  of  the  chief  causes  of  that  strug- 
gle, and  by  creating  artificial  conditions  of  life,  better 
adapted  to  the  cultivated  plants  than  are  the  conditions 
of  the  state  of  nature.  And  I  have  dwelt  upon  the  fact 
that,  though  the  progressive  modification,  which  is  the 
consequence  of  the  struggle  for  existence  in  the  state  of 
nature,  is  at  an  end,  such  modification  may  still  be 
effected  by  that  selection,  in  view  of  an  ideal  of  useful- 
ness, or  of  pleasantness,  to  man,  of  which  the  state  of 
nature  knows  nothing. 

I  have  proceeded  to  show  that  a  colony,  set  down  in 
a  country  in  the  state  of  nature,  presents  close  analogies 
with  a  garden ;  and  I  have  indicated  the  course  of  action 
which  an  administrator,  able  and  willing  to  carry  out 
horticultural  principles,  would  adopt,  in  order  to  secure 
the  success  of  such  a  newly  formed  polity,  supposing  it  to 
be  capable  of  indefinite  expansion.  In  the  contrary  case, 
I  have  shown  that  difficulties  must  arise;  that  the  un- 
limited increase  of  the  population  over  a  limited  area 


70  PROLEGOMENA 

must,  sooner  or  later,  reintroduce  into  the  colony  that 
struggle  for  the  means  of  existence  between  the  colonists, 
which  it  was  the  primary  object  of  the  administrator  to 
exclude,  insomuch  as  it  is  fatal  to  the  mutual  peace 
which  is  the  prime  condition  of  the  union  of  men  in 
society. 

I  have  briefly  described  the  nature  of  the  only  radical 
cure,  known  to  me,  for  the  disease  which  would  thus 
threaten  the  existence  of  the  colony;  and,  however  re- 
gretfully, I  have  been  obliged  to  admit  that  this  rigor- 
ously scientific  method  of  applying  the  principles  of  evo- 
lution to  human  society  hardly  comes  within  the  region 
of  practical  politics;  not  for  want  of  will  on  the  part  of 
a  great  many  people;  but  because,  for  one  reason,  there 
is  no  hope  that  mere  human  beings  will  ever  possess 
enough  intelligence  to  select  the  fittest.  And  I  have 
adduced  other  grounds  for  arriving  at  the  same  con- 
clusion. 

I  have  pointed  out  that  human  society  took  its  rise 
in  the  organic  necessities  expressed  by  imitation  and  by 
the  sympathetic  emotions;  and  that,  in  the  struggle  for 
existence  with  the  state  of  nature  and  with  other  so- 
cieties, as  part  of  it,  those  in  which  men  were  thus  led 
to  close  co-operation  had  a  great  advantage.23  But, 
since  each  man  retained  more  or  less  of  the  faculties 
common  to  all  the  rest,  and  especially  a  full  share  of  the 
desire  for  unlimited  self-gratification,  the  struggle  for 
existence  within  society  could  only  be  gradually  elimi- 
nated. So  long  as  any  of  it  remained,  society  continued 
to  be  an  imperfect  instrument  of  the  struggle  for  exist- 
ence, and,  consequently,  was  improvable  by  the  selective 
influence  of  that  struggle.  Other  things  being  alike,  the 
tribe  of  savages  in  which  order  was  best  maintained;  in 
which  there  was  most  security  within  the  tribe  and  the 

23  Collected  Essays,  vol.  v.,  Prologue,  p.  52.  [T.  H.  H.] 


PROLEGOMENA  71 

most  loyal  mutual  support  outside  it,  would  be  the 
survivors. 

I  have  termed  this  gradual  strengthening  of  the  social 
bond,  which,  though  it  arrest  the  struggle  for  existence 
inside  society,  up  to  a  certain  point  improves  the  chances 
of  society,  as  a  corporate  whole,  in  the  cosmic  struggle  — 
the  ethical  process.  I  have  endeavoured  to  show  that, 
when  the  ethical  process  has  advanced  so  far  as  to  secure 
every  member  of  the  society  in  the  possession  of  the 
means  of  existence,  the  struggle  for  existence,  as  between 
man  and  man,  within  that  society  is,  ipso  facto,  at  an 
end.  And,  as  it  is  undeniable  that  the  most  highly  civi- 
lized societies  have  substantially  reached  this  position,  it 
follows  that,  so  far  as  they  are  concerned,  the  struggle 
for  existence  can  play  no  important  part  within  them.24 
In  other  words,  the  kind  of  evolution  which  is  brought 
about  in  the  state  of  nature  cannot  take  place. 

I  have  further  shown  cause  for  the  belief  that  direct 
selection,  after  the  fashion  of  the  horticulturist  and  the 
breeder,  neither  has  played,  nor  can  play,  any  important 
part  in  the  evolution  of  society ;  apart  from  other  reasons, 
because  I  do  not  see  how  such  selection  could  be  prac- 
tised without  a  serious  weakening,  it  may  be  the  de- 
struction, of  the  bonds  which  hold  society  together.  It 
strikes  me  that  men  who  are  accustomed  to  contemplate 
the  active  or  passive  extirpation  of  the  weak,  the  unfor- 
tunate, and  the  superfluous;  who  justify  that  conduct  on 
the  ground  that  it  has  the  sanction  of  the  cosmic  process, 
and  is  the  only  way  of  ensuring  the  progress  of  the  race ; 
who,  if  they  are  consistent,  must  rank  medicine  among 

24  Whether  the  struggle  for  existence  with  the  state  of  nature 
and  with  other  societies,  so  far  as  they  stand  in  the  relation  of 
the  state  of  nature  with  it,  exerts  a  selective  influence  upon  mod- 
ern society,  and  in  what  direction,  are  questions  not  easy  to 
answer.  The  problem  of  the  effect  of  military  and  industrial  war- 
fare upon  those  who  wage  it  is  very  complicated.  [T.  H.  H.] 


72  PROLEGOMENA 

the  black  arts  and  count  the  physician  a  mischievous 
preserver  of  the  unfit;  on  whose  matrimonial  under- 
takings the  principles  of  the  stud  have  the  chief  influ- 
ence; whose  whole  lives,  therefore,  are  an  education 
in  the  noble  art  of  suppressing  natural  affection  and 
sympathy,  are  not  likely  to  have  any  large  stock  of  these 
commodities  left.  But,  without  them,  there  is  no  con- 
science, nor  any  restraint  on  the  conduct  of  men,  except 
the  calculation  of  self-interest,  the  balancing  of  certain 
present  gratifications  against  doubtful  future  pains;  and 
experience  tells  us  how  much  that  is  worth.  Every  day, 
we  see  firm  believers  in  the  hell  of  the  theologians  com- 
mit acts  by  which,  as  they  believe  when  cool,  they  risk 
eternal  punishment;  while  they  hold  back  from  those 
which  are  opposed  to  the  sympathies  of  their  associates. 


XIII. 

That  progressive  modification  of  civilization  which 
passes  by  the  name  of  the  "evolution  of  society,"  is,  in 
fact,  a  process  of  an  essentially  different  character,  both 
from  that  which  brings  about  the  evolution  of  species,  in 
the  state  of  nature,  and  from  that  which  gives  rise  to  the 
evolution  of  varieties,  in  the  state  of  art. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  vast  changes  have  taken 
place  in  English  civilization  since  the  reign  of  the  Tudors. 
But  I  am  not  aware  of  a  particle  of  evidence  in  favour 
of  the  conclusion  that  this  evolutionary  process  has  been 
accompanied  by  any  modification  of  the  physical,  or  the 
mental,  characters  of  the  men  who  have  been  the  sub- 
jects of  it.  I  have  not  met  with  any  grounds  for  sus- 
pecting that  the  average  Englishmen  of  today  are  sen- 
sibly different  from  those  that  Shakespeare  knew  and 
drew.  We  look  into  his  magic  mirror  of  the  Elizabethan 


PROLEGOMENA  73 

age,  and  behold,  nowise  darkly,  the  presentment  of  our- 
selves. 

During  these  three  centuries,  from  the  reign  of  Eliza- 
beth to  that  of  Victoria,  the  struggle  for  existence  be- 
tween man  and  man  has  been  so  largely  restrained 
among  the  great  mass  of  the  population  (except  for  one 
or  two  short  intervals  of  civil  war),  that  it  can  have  had 
little,  or  no,  selective  operation.  As  to  anything  com- 
parable to  direct  selection,  it  has  been  practised  on  so 
small  a  scale  that  it  may  also  be  neglected.  The  criminal 
law,  in  so  far  as  by  putting  to  death  or  by  subjecting  to 
long  periods  of  imprisonment,  those  who  infringe  its 
provisions,  prevents  the  propagation  of  hereditary  crim- 
inal tendencies;  and  the  poor-law,  in  so  far  as  it  sepa- 
rates married  couples  whose  destitution  arises  from 
hereditary  defects  of  character,  are  doubtless  selective 
agents  operating  in  favour  of  the  non-criminal  and  the 
more  effective  members  of  society.  But.  the  proportion 
of  the  population  which  they  influence  is  very  small ;  and, 
generally,  the  hereditary  criminal  and  the  hereditary 
pauper  have  propagated  their  kind  before  the  law  affects 
them.  In  a  large  proportion  of  cases,  crime  and  pauper- 
ism have  nothing  to  do  with  heredity;  but  are  the  con- 
sequence, partly,  of  circumstances  and,  partly,  of  the 
possession  of  qualities,  which,  under  different  conditions 
of  life,  might  have  excited  esteem  and  even  admiration. 
It  was  a  shrewd  man  of  the  world  who,  in  discussing 
sewage  problems,  remarked  that  dirt  is  riches  in  the 
wrong  place;  and  that  sound  aphorism  has  moral  appli- 
cations. The  benevolence  and  open-handed  generosity 
which  adorn  a  rich  man,  may  make  a  pauper  of  a  poor 
one;  the  energy  and  courage  to  which  the  successful  sol- 
dier owes  his  rise,  the  cool  and  daring  subtlety  to  which 
the  great  financier  owes  his  fortune,  may  very  easily, 
under  unfavourable  conditions,  lead  their  possessors 


74  PROLEGOMENA 

to  the  gallows,  or  to  the  hulks.  Moreover,  it  is  fairly 
probable  that  the  children  of  a  "failure"  will  receive 
from  their  other  parent  just  that  little  modification  of 
character  which  makes  all  the  difference.  I  sometimes 
wonder  whether  people,  who  talk  so  freely  about  extir- 
pating the  unfit,  ever  dispassionately  consider  their  own 
history.  Surely,  one  must  be  very  "fit,"  indeed,  not  to 
know  of  an  occasion,  or  perhaps  two,  in  one's  life,  when 
it  would  have  been  only  too  easy  to  qualify  for  a  place 
among  the  "unfit." 

In  my  belief  the  innate  qualities,  physical,  intellectual, 
and  moral,  of  our  nation  have  remained  substantially  the 
same  for  the  last  four  or  five  centuries.  If  the  struggle 
for  existence  has  affected  us  to  any  serious  extent  (and 
I  doubt  it)  it  has  been,  indirectly,  through  our  military 
and  industrial  wars  with  other  nations. 


XIV. 

What  is  often  called  the  struggle  for  existence  in  so- 
ciety (I  plead  guilty  to  having  used  the  term  too  loosely 
myself),  is  a  contest,  not  for  the  means  of  existence,  but 
for  the  means  of  enjoyment.  Those  who  occupy  the 
first  places  in  this  practical  competitive  examination  are 
the  rich  and  the  influential ;  those  who  fail,  more  or  less, 
occupy  the  lower  places,  down  to  the  squalid  obscurity 
of  the  pauper  and  the  criminal.  Upon  the  most  liberal 
estimate,  I  suppose  the  former  group  will  not  amount  to 
two  per  cent,  of  the  population.  I  doubt  if  the  latter 
exceeds  another  two  per  cent. ;  but  let  it  be  supposed,  for 
the  sake  of  argument,  that  it  is  as  great  as  five  per  cent.25 

25  Those  who  read  the  last  Essay  in  this  volume  will  not 
accuse  me  of  wishing  to  attenuate  the  evil  of  the  existence  of 
this  group,  whether  great  or  small.  [T.  H.  H.] 

The  essay  referred  to  is  Social  Diseases  and  Worse  Remedies, 
which  includes  The  Struggle  for  Existence  and  Letters  to  the 
"Times"  on  the  "Darkest  England  Scheme,"  a  condemnation  of  the 
constitution  of  the  Salvation  Army. 


PROLEGOMENA  75 

As  it  is  only  in  the  latter  group  that  any  thing  com- 
parable to  the  struggle  for  existence  in  the  state  of  nature 
can  take  place;  as  it  is  only  among  this  twentieth 
of  the  whole  people  that  numerous  men,  women,  and 
children  die  of  rapid  or  slow  starvation,  or  of  the  diseases 
incidental  to  permanently  bad  conditions  of  life;  and 
as  there  is  nothing  to  prevent  their  multiplication  before 
they  are  killed  off,  while,  in  spite  of  greater  infant  mor- 
tality, they  increase  faster  than  the  rich;  it  seems 
clear  that  the  struggle  for  existence  in  this  class  can  have 
no  appreciable  selective  influence  upon  the  other  95  per 
cent,  of  the  population. 

What  sort  of  a  sheep  breeder  would  he  be  who  should 
content  himself  with  picking  out  the  worst  fifty  out  of  a 
thousand,  leaving  them  on  a  barren  common  till  the 
weakest  starved,  and  then  letting  the  survivors  go  back 
to  mix  with  the  rest?  And  the  parallel  is  too  favourable; 
since  in  a  large  number  of  cases,  the  a£tual  poor  and 
the  convicted  criminals  are  neither  the  weakest  nor  the 
worst. 

In  the  struggle  for  the  means  of  enjoyment,  the  qual- 
ities which  insure  success  are  energy,  industry,  intellec- 
tual capacity,  tenacity  of  purpose,  and,  at  least,  as  much 
sympathy  as  is  necessary  to  make  a  man  understand  the 
feelings  of  his  fellows.  Were  there  none  of  those  arti- 
ficial arrangements  by  which  fools  and  knaves  are  kept 
at  the  top  of  society  instead  of  sinking  to  their  natural 
place  at  the  bottom,26  the  struggle  for  the  means  of 
enjoyment  would  ensure  a  constant  circulation  of  the 
human  units  of  the  social  compound,  from  the  bottom 
to  the  top  and  from  the  top  to  the  bottom.  The  sur- 
vivors of  the  contest,  those  who  continued  to  form  the 

26  I  have  elsewhere  lamented  the  absence  from  society  of  a 
machinery  for  facilitating  the  descent  of  incapacity.  "Admin- 
istrative Nihilism."  Collected  Essays,  vol.  i.  p.  54.  [T.  H.  H.] 


76  PROLEGOMENA 

great  bulk  of  the  polity,  would  not  be  those  "fittest"  who 
got  to  the  very  top,  but  the  great  body  of  the  moderately 
"fit,"  whose  numbers  and  superior  propagative  power, 
enable  them  always  to  swamp  the  exceptionally  endowed 
minority. 

I  think  it  must  be  obvious  to  every  one,  that,  whether 
we  consider  the  internal  or  the  external  interests  of  so- 
ciety, it  is  desirable  they  should  be  in  the  hands  of  those 
who  are  endowed  with  the  largest  share  of  energy,  of 
industry,  of  intellectual  capacity,  of  tenacity  of  purpose, 
while  they  are  not  devoid  of  sympathetic  humanity;  and, 
in  so  far  as  the  struggle  for  the  means  of  enjoyment 
tends  to  place  such  men  in  possession  of  wealth  and  in- 
fluence, it  is  a  process  which  tends  to  the  good  of  society. 
But  the  process,  as  we  have  seen,  has  no  real  resemblance 
to  that  which  adapts  living  beings  to  current  conditions 
in  the  state  of  nature;  nor  any  to  the  artificial  selection 
of  the  horticulturist. 


xv. 

To  return,  once  more,  to  the  parallel  of  horticulture. 
In  the  modern  world,  the  gardening  of  men  by  them- 
selves is  practically  restricted  to  the  performance,  not 
of  selection,  but  of  that  other  function  of  the  gardener, 
the  creation  of  conditions  more  favourable  than  those 
of  the  state  of  nature;  to  the  end  of  facilitating  the  free 
expansion  of  the  innate  faculties  of  the  citizen,  so  far 
as  it  is  consistent  with  the  general  good.  And  the  busi- 
ness of  the  moral  and  political  philosopher  appears  to 
me  to  be  the  ascertainment,  by  the  same  method  of  ob- 
servation, experiment,  and  ratiocination,  as  is  practised 
in  other  kinds  of  scientific  work,  of  the  course  of  conduct 
which  will  best  conduce  to  that  end. 

But,  supposing  this  course  of  conduct  to  be  scientifi- 


PROLEGOMENA  77 

cally  determined  and  carefully  followed  out,  it  cannot 
put  an  end  to  the  struggle  for  existence  in  the  state  of 
nature;  and  it  will  not  so  much  as  tend,  in  any  way, 
to  the  adaptation  of  man  to  that  state.  Even  should  the 
whole  human  race  be  absorbed  in  one  vast  polity,  within 
which  "absolute  political  justice"  reigns,  the  struggle 
for  existence  with  the  state  of  nature  outside  it,  and  the 
tendency  to  the  return  to  the  struggle  within,  in  conse- 
quence of  over-multiplication,  will  remain;  and,  unless 
men's  inheritance  from  the  ancestors  who  fought  a  good 
fight  in  the  state  of  nature,  their  dose  of  original  sin,  is 
rooted  out  by  some  method  at  present  unrevealed,  at  any 
rate  to  disbelievers  in  supernaturalism,  every  child  born 
into  the  world  will  still  bring  with  him  the  instinct  of 
unlimited  self-assertion.  He  will  have  to  learn  the  les- 
son of  self-restraint  and  renunciation.  But  the  practice 
of  self-restraint  and  renunciation  is  not  happiness,  though 
it  may  be  something  much  better. 

That  man,  as  a  "political  animal,"  is  susceptible  of 
a  vast  amount  of  improvement,  by  education,  by  instruc- 
tion, and  by  the  application  of  his  intelligence  to  the 
adaptation  of  the  conditions  of  life  to  his  higher  needs,  I 
entertain  not  the  slightest  doubt.  But  so  long  as  he  re- 
mains liable  to  error,  intellectual  or  moral;  so  long  as 
he  is  compelled  to  be  perpetually  on  guard  against  the 
cosmic  forces,  whose  ends  are  not  his  ends,  without  and 
within  himself;  so  long  as  he  is  haunted  by  inexpugnable 
memories  and  hopeless  aspirations;  so  long  as  the  recog- 
nition of  his  intellectual  limitations  forces  him  to  ac- 
knowledge his  incapacity  to  penetrate  the  mystery  of 
existence;  the  prospect  of  attaining  untroubled  happi- 
ness, or  of  a  state  which  can,  even  remotely,  deserve  the 
title  of  perfection,  appears  to  me  to  be  as  misleading  an 
illusion  as  ever  was  dangled  before  the  eyes  of  poor 
humanity.  And  there  have  been  many  of  them. 


78  PROLEGOMENA 

.  That  which  lies  before  the  human  race  is  a  constant 
struggle  to  maintain  and  improve,  in  opposition  to  the 
State  of  Nature,  the  State  of  Art  of  an  organized  polity ; 
in  which,  and  by  which,  man  may  develop  a  worthy  civi- 
lization, capable  of  maintaining  and  constantly  improv- 
ing itself,  until  the  evolution  of  our  globe  shall  have  en- 
tered so  far  upon  its  downward  course  that  the  cosmic 
process  resumes  its  sway;  and,  once  more,  the  State  of 
Nature  prevails  over  the  surface  of  our  planet. 

Note  (see  p.  30).  —  It  seems  the  fashion  nowadays  to  ignore 
Hartley;  though,  a  century  and  a  half  ago,  he  not  only  laid  the 
foundations  but  built  up  much  of  the  superstructure  of  a  true 
theory  of  the  Evolution  of  the  intellectual  and  moral  faculties. 
He  speaks  of  what  I  have  termed  the  ethical  process  as  "our 
Progress  from  Self-interest  to  Self-annihilation."  Observations  on 
Man  (1749),  vol.  ii.  p.  281.  [T.  H.  H.] 


THE  STRUGGLE  FOR  EXISTENCE 
IN  HUMAN  SOCIETY1 

THE  vast  and  varied  procession  of  events,  which  we 
call  Nature,  affords  a  sublime  spectacle  and  an  inexhaus- 
tible wealth  of  attractive  problems  to  the  speculative 
observer.  If  we  confine  our  attention  to  that  aspect 
which  engages  the  attention  of  the  intellect,  nature  ap- 
pears a  beautiful  and  harmonious  whole,  the  incarnation 
of  a  faultless  logical  process,  from  certain  premises  in 
the  past  to  an  inevitable  conclusion  in  the  future.  But 
if  it  be  regarded  from  a  less  elevated,  though  more  hu- 
man, point  of  view;  if  our  moral  sympathies  are  allowed 

1  This  essay  appeared  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  for  February, 
1888,  and  was  prefixed  as  an  introductory  essay  to  a  pamphlet, 
Social  Diseases  and  Worse  Remedies,  1891.  Huxley  said  that 
the  purpose  of  the  essay  was  to  state  the  principles  that  in  his 
opinion  lay  at  the  bottom  of  the  "social  question."  "So  far  as 
Individualism  and  Regimental  Socialism  are  concerned,  this  paper 
simply  emphasizes  and  expands  the  opinions  expressed  in  an 
address  to  the  members  of  the  Midland  Institute,  delivered  seven- 
teen years  earlier,  and  still  more  fully  developed  in  several  essays 
published  in  the  "Nineteenth  Century"  in  1889,  which  I  hope, 
before  long,  to  republish. 

"The  fundamental  proposition  which  runs  through  the  writings, 
which  thus  extend  over  a  period  of  twenty  years,  is,  that  the 
common  a  priori  doctrines  and  methods  of  reasoning  about 
political  and  social  questions  are  essentially  vicious;  and  that 
argumentation  on  this  basis  leads,  with  equal  force,  to  two  con- 
tradictory and  extremely  mischievous  systems,  the  one  that  of 
Anarchaic  Individualism,  the  other  that  of  despotic  or  Regi- 
mental Socialism."  Evol.  and  Ethics,  189-190.  Administrative, 
Nihilism  was  the  address  to  the  members  of  the  Midland  Institute. 
The  essays  from  the  Nineteenth  Century  referred  to  were  published 
in  Collected  Essays  1:290-430  and  1X1147-187. 

79 


8o         THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

to  influence  our  judgment,  and  we  permit  ourselves  to 
criticise  our  great  mother  as  we  criticise  one  another; 
then  our  verdict,  at  least  so  far  as  sentient  nature  is 
concerned,  can  hardly  be  so  favourable. 

In  sober  truth,  to  those  who  have  made  a  study  of 
the  phenomena  of  life  as  they  are  exhibited  by  the  higher 
forms  of  the  animal  world,  the  optimistic  dogma,  that 
this  is  the  best  of  all  possible  worlds,  will  seem  little 
better  than  a  libel  upon  possibility.  It  is  really  only 
another  instance  to  be  added  to  the  many  extant,  of  the 
audacity  of  a  priori  speculators  who,  having  created  God 
in  their  own  image,  find  no  difficulty  in  assuming  that  the 
Almighty  must  have  been  actuated  by  the  same  motives 
as  themselves.  They  are  quite  sure  that,  had  any  other 
course  been  practicable,  He  would  no  more  have  made 
infinite  suffering  a  necessary  ingredient  of  His  handi- 
work than  a  respectable  philosopher  would  have  done 
the  like. 

But  even  the  modified  optimism  of  the  time-honoured 
thesis  of  physico- theology,  that  the  sentient  world  is, 
on  the  whole,  regulated  by  principles  of  benevolence, 
does  but  ill  stand  the  test  of  impartial  confrontation  with 
the  facts  of  the  case.  No  doubt  it  is  quite  true  that 
sentient  nature  affords  hosts  of  examples  of  subtle  con- 
trivances directed  towards  the  production  of  pleasure  or 
the  avoidance  of  pain;  and  it  may  be  proper  to  say 
that  these  are  evidences  of  benevolence.  But  if  so,  why 
is  it  not  equally  proper  to  say  of  the  equally  numerous 
arrangements,  the  no  less  necessary  result  of  which  is  the 
production  of  pain,  that  they  are  evidences  of  malevo- 
lence? 

If  a  vast  amount  of  that  which,  in  a  piece  of  human 
workmanship,  we  should  call  skill,  is  visible  in  those 
parts  of  the  organization  of  a  deer  to  which  it  owes  its 
ability  to  escape  from  beasts  of  prey,  there  is  at  least 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR   EXISTENCE         81 

equal  skill  displayed  in  that  bodily  mechanism  of  the 
wolf  which  enables  him  to  track,  and  sooner  or  later 
to  bring  down,  the  deer.  Viewed  under  the  dry  light  of 
science,  deer  and  wolf  are  alike  admirable;  and,  if  both 
were  non-sentient  automata,  there  would  be  nothing  to 
qualify  our  admiration  of  the  action  of  the  one  on  the 
other.  But  the  fact  that  the  deer  suffers,  while  the  wolf 
inflicts  suffering,  engages  our  moral  sympathies.  We 
should  call  men  like  the  deer  innocent  and  good,  men  such 
as  the  wolf  malignant  and  bad ;  we  should  call  those  who 
defended  the  deer  and  aided  him  to  escape  brave  and  com- 
passionate, and  those  who  helped  the  wolf  in  his  bloody 
work  base  and  cruel.  Surely,  if  we  transfer  these  judg- 
ments to  nature  outside  the  world  of  man  at  all,  we 
must  do  so  impartially.  In  that  case,  the  goodness  of  the 
right  hand  which  helps  the  deer,  and  the  wickedness  of 
the  left  hand  which  eggs  on  the  wolf,  will  neutralize  one 
another:  and  the  course  of  nature  will  appear  to  be 
neither  moral  nor  immoral,  but  non-moral. 

This  conclusion  is  thrust  upon  us  by  analogous  facts 
in  every  part  of  the  sentient  world;  yet,  inasmuch  as  it 
not  only  jars  upon  prevalent  prejudices,  but  arouses  the 
natural  dislike  to  that  which  is  painful,  much  ingenuity 
has  been  exercised  in  devising  an  escape  from  it. 

From  the  theological  side,  we  are  told  that  this  is  a 
state  of  probation,  and  that  the  seeming  injustices  and 
immoralities  of  nature  will  be  compensated  by  and  by. 
But  how  this  compensation  is  to  be  effected,  in  the  case 
of  the  great  majority  of  sentient  things,  is  not  clear.  I 
apprehend  that  no  one  is  seriously  prepared  to  maintain 
that  the  ghosts  of  all  the  myriads  of  generations  of  her- 
bivorous animals  which  lived  during  the  millions  of  years 
of  the  earth's  duration,  before  the  appearance  of  man, 
and  which  have  all  that  time  been  tormented  and  de- 
voured by  carnivores,  are  to  be  compensated  by  a  peren- 


82         THE    STRUGGLE    FOR   EXISTENCE 

nial  existence  in  clover;  while  the  ghosts  of  carnivores 
are  to  go  to  some  kennel  where  there  is  neither  a  pan  of 
water  nor  a  bone  with  any  meat  on  it.  Besides,  from 
the  point  of  view  of  morality,  the  last  stage  of  things 
would  be  worse  than  the  first.  For  the  carnivores,  how- 
ever brutal  and  sanguinary,  have  only  done  that  which, 
if  there  is  any  evidence  of  contrivance  in  the  world,  they 
were  expressly  constructed  to  do.  Moreover,  carnivores 
and  herbivores  alike  have  been  subject  to  all  the  miseries 
incidental  to  old  age,  disease,  and  over-multiplication, 
and  both  might  well  put  in  a  claim  for  "compensation" 
on  this  score. 

On  the  evolutionist  side,  on  the  other  hand,  we  are 
told  to  take  comfort  from  the  reflection  that  the  terrible 
struggle  for  existence  tends  to  final  good,  and  that  the 
suffering  of  the  ancestor  is  paid  for  by  the  increased  per- 
fection of  the  progeny.  There  would  be  something  in 
this  argument  if,  in  Chinese  fashion,  the  present  genera- 
tion could  pay  its  debts  to  its  ancestors;  otherwise  it  is 
not  clear  what  compensation  the  Eohippus  gets  for  his 
sorrows  in  the  fact  that,  some  millions  of  years  after- 
wards, one  of  his  descendants  wins  the  Derby.  And, 
again,  it  is  an  error  to  imagine  that  evolution  signifies  a 
constant  tendency  to  increased  perfection.  That  process 
undoubtedly  involves  a  constant  remodelling  of  the 
organism  in  adaptation  to  new  conditions ;  but  it  depends 
on  the  nature  of  these  conditions  whether  the  direction  of 
the  modifications  effected  shall  be  upward  or  downward. 
Retrogressive  is  as  practical  as  progressive  metamorpho- 
sis. If  what  the  physical  philosophers  tell  us,  that  our 
globe  has  been  in  a  state  of  fusion,  and,  like  the  sun,  is 
gradually  cooling  down,  is  true;  then  the  time  must 
come  when  evolution  will  mean  adaptation  to  an  universal 
winter,  and  all  forms  of  life  will  die  out,  except  such  low 
and  simple  organisms  as  the  Diatom  of  the  arctic  and 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE         83 

antarctic  ice  and  the  Protococcus  of  the  red  snow.  If  our 
globe  is  proceeding  from  a  condition  in  which  it  was  too 
hot  to  support  any  but  the  lowest  living  thing  to  a  con- 
dition in  which  it  will  be  too  cold  to  permit  of  the  exist- 
ence of  any  others,  the  course  of  life  upon  its  surface 
must  describe  a  trajectory  like  that  of  a  ball  fired  from 
a  mortar;  and  the  sinking  half  of  that  course  is  as  much 
a  part  of  the  general  process  of  evolution  as  the  rising. 
From  the  point  of  view  of  the  moralist  the  animal 
world  is  on  about  the  same  level  as  a  gladiator's  show. 
The  creatures  are  fairly  well  treated,  and  set  to  fight  — 
whereby  the  strongest,  the  swiftest,  and  the  cunningest 
live  to  fight  another  day.  The  spectator  has  no  need  to 
turn  his  thumbs  down,  as  no  quarter  is  given.  He 
must  admit  that  the  skill  and  training  displayed  are  won- 
derful. But  he  must  shut  his  eyes  if  he  would  not  see 
that  more  or  less  enduring  suffering  is  the  meed  of  both 
vanquished  and  victor.  And  since  the  great  gams  is 
going  on  in  every  corner  of  the  world,  thousands  of  times 
a  minute;  since,  were  our  ears  sharp  enough,  we  need 
not  descend  to  the  gates  of  hell  to  hear  — 

sospiri,  pianti,  ed  alti  guai. 
Voci  alte  e  fioche,  e  suon  di  man  con  elle2 

—  it  seems  to  follow  that,  if  the  world  is  governed  by 
benevolence,  it  must  be  a  different  sort  of  benevolence 
from  that  of  John  Howard.3 

But  the  old  Babylonians  wisely  symbolized  Nature  by 
their  great  goddess  Istar,  who  combined  the  attributes  of 

2  ...  Sighs,  complaints,  and  ululations  loud 

And   voices  high   and   hoarse,   with   sound    of  hands, 
Dante,  Inferno,  Canto  111:22,  27.     Longfellow's  translation. 

3  John  Howard  was  an  eighteenth  century  British  philanthro- 
pist who  brought  about  important   reforms  in   British   prisons. 


84         THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

Aphrodite  with  those  of  Ares.  Her  terrible  aspect  is  not 
to  be  ignored  or  covered  up  with  shams ;  but  it  is  not  the 
only  one.  If  the  optimism  of  Leibnitz4  is  a  foolish  though 
pleasant  dream,  the  pessimism  of  Schopenhauer5  is  a 
nightmare,  the  more  foolish  because  of  its  hideousness. 
Error  which  is  not  pleasant  is  surely  the  worst  form  of 
wrong. 

This  may  not  be  the  best  of  all  possible  worlds,  but 
to  say  that  it  is  the  worst  is  mere  petulant  nonsense. 
A  worn-out  voluptuary  may  find  nothing  good  under  the 
sun,  or  a  vain  and  inexperienced  youth,  who  cannot  get 
the  moon  he  cries  for,  may  vent  his  irritation  in  pessimis- 
tic moanings;  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  in  the  mind  of 
any  reasonable  person  that  mankind  could,  would,  and 
in  fact  do,  get  on  fairly  well  with  vastly  less  happiness 
and  far  more  misery  than  find  their  way  into  the  lives  of 
nine  people  out  of  ten.  If  each  and  all  of  us  had  been 
visited  by  an  attack  of  neuralgia,  or  of  extreme  mental 
depression,  for  one  hour  in  every  twenty- four  —  a  sup- 
position which  many  tolerably  vigorous  people  know,  to 
their  cost,  is  not  extravagant  —  the  burden  of  life  would 
have  been  immensely  increased  without  much  practical 
hindrance  to  its  general  course.  Men  with  any  manhood 
in  them  find  life  quite  worth  living  under  worse  condi- 
tions than  these. 

There  is  another  sufficiently  obvious  fact,  which  ren- 
ders the  hypothesis  that  the  course  of  sentient  nature  is 

4  Gottfried    Wilhelm    Leibnitz    (1646-1716)     was    a    German 
philosopher    and    mathematician    who    developed    a    complicated 
system  of  idealism.    He  believed  that  this  is  the  best  of  all  pos- 
sible worlds,  that  perfection  is  its  ethical  end,  and  that  God  is  its 
efficient  cause  and  final  harmony. 

5  Arthur  Schopenhauer  (1788-1860)  was  a  German  philosopher 
who  held  that  since  blind  force  rules  the  world,  there  is  no  hope 
of  the  world  growing  better,  and  that  happiness  is  secured  only 
by  the  suppression  of  all  desires  and  the  attainment  of  a  purely 
passive  state. 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE         85 

dictated  by  malevolence  quite  untenable.  A  vast  multi- 
tude of  pleasures,  and  these  among  the  purest  and  the 
best,  are  superfluities,  bits  of  good  which  are  to  all 
appearances  unnecessary  as  inducements  to  live,  and  are, 
so  to  speak,  thrown  into  the  bargain  of  life.  To  those 
who  experience  them,  few  delights  can  be  more  en- 
trancing than  such  as  are  afforded  by  natural  beauty,  or 
by  the  arts,  and  especially  by  music;  but  they  are 
products  of,  rather  than  factors  in,  evolution,  and  it  is 
probable  that  they  are  known,  in  any  considerable  de- 
gree, to  but  a  very  small  proportion  of  mankind. 

The  conclusion  of  the  whole  matter  seems  to  be  that, 
if  Ormuzd  has  not  had  his  way  in  this  world,  neither 
has  Ahriman.  Pessimism  is  as  little  consonant  with  the 
facts  of  sentient  existence  as  optimism.  If  we  desire  to 
represent  the  course  of  nature  in  terms  of  human  thought, 
and  assume  that  it  was  intended  to  be  that  which  it  is, 
we  must  say  that  its  governing  principle  is  intellectual 
and  not  moral;  that  it  is  a  materialized  logical  process, 
accompanied  by  pleasures  and  pains,  the  incidence  of 
which,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  has  not  the  slightest 
reference  to  moral  desert.  That  the  rain  falls  alike  upon 
the  just  and  the  unjust,  and  that  those  upon  whom  the 
Tower  of  Siloam  fell  were  no  worse  than  their  neighbours, 
seem  to  be  Oriental  modes  of  expressing  the  same  con- 
clusion. 


In  the  strict  sense  of  the  word  "nature,"  it  denotes 
the  sum  of  the  phenomenal  world,  of  that  which  has 
been,  and  is,  and  will  be;  and  society,  like  art,  is  there- 
fore a  part  of  nature.  But  it  is  convenient  to  distinguish 
those  parts  of  nature  in  which  man  plays  the  part  of 
immediate  cause,  as  something  apart;  and,  therefore, 
society,  like  art,  is  usefully  to  be  considered  as  distinct 


86         THE    STRUGGLE    FOR   EXISTENCE 

from  nature.  It  is  the  more  desirable,  and  even  necessary, 
to  make  this  distinction,  since  society  differs  from  nature 
in  having  a  definite  moral  object;  whence  it  comes  about 
that  the  course  shaped  by  the  ethical  man  —  the  member 
of  society  or  citizen  —  necessarily  runs  counter  to  that 
which  the  non-ethical  man  —  the  primitive  savage,  or 
man  as  a  mere  member  of  the  animal  kingdom  —  tends 
to  adopt.  The  latter  fights  out  the  struggle  for  exist- 
ence to  the  bitter  end,  like  any  other  animal ;  the  former 
devotes  his  best  energies  to  the  object  of  setting  limits  to 
the  struggle.6 

In  the  cycle  of  phenomena  presented  by  the  life  of 
man,  the  animal,  no  more  moral  end  is  discernible  than 
in  that  presented  by  the  lives  of  the  wolf  and  of  the  deer. 
However  imperfect  the  relics  of  prehistoric  men  may  be, 
the  evidence  which  they  afford  clearly  tends  to  the  con- 
clusion that,  for  thousands  and  thousands  of  years,  be- 
fore the  origin  of  the  oldest  known  civilizations,  men 
were  savages  of  a  very  low  type.  They  strove  with  their 
enemies  and  their  competitors;  they  preyed  upon  things 
weaker  or  less  cunning  than  themselves;  they  were  born, 
multiplied  without  stint,  and  died,  for  thousands  of  gen- 
erations alongside  the  mammoth,  the  urus,  the  lion,  and 
the  hyaena,  whose  lives  were  spent  in  the  same  way;  and 
they  were  no  more  to  be  praised  or  blamed,  on  moral 
grounds,  than  their  less  erect  and  more  hairy  compatriots. 

As  among  these,  so  among  primitive  men,  the  weakest 
and  stupidest  went  to  the  wall,  while  the  toughest  and 
shrewdest,  those  who  were  best  fitted  to  cope  with  their 
circumstances,  but  not  the  best  in  any  other  sense,  sur- 
vived. Life  was  a  continual  free  fight,  and  beyond  the 
limited  and  temporary  relations  of  the  family,  the  Hob- 

6  [The  reader  will  observe  that  this  is  the  argument  of  the  Ro« 
manes  Lecture,  in  brief.  — 1894.     T.  H.  H.] 
Evolution  and  Ethics  was  the  second  Romanes  Lecture. 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR   EXISTENCE         87 

besian7  war  of  each  against  all  was  the  normal  state 
of  existence.  The  human  species,  like  others,  plashed 
and  floundered  amid  the  general  stream  of  evolution, 
keeping  its  head  above  water  as  it  best  might,  and  think- 
ing neither  of  whence  nor  whither. 

The  history  of  civilization  —  that  is,  of  society  —  on 
the  other  hand,  is  the  record  of  the  attempts  which  the 
human  race  has  made  to  escape  from  this  position.  The 
first  men  who  substituted  the  state  of  mutual  peace  for 
that  of  mutual  war,  whatever  the  motive  which  impelled 
them  to  take  that  step,  created  society.  But,  in  establish- 
ing peace,  they  obviously  put  a  limit  upon  the  struggle  for 
existence.  Between  the  members  of  that  society,  at  any 
rate,  it  was  not  to  be  pursued  a  outrance.8  And  of  all 
the  successive  shapes  which  society  has  taken,  that  most 
nearly  approaches  perfection  in  which  the  war  of  indi- 
vidual against  individual  is  most  strictly  limited.  The 
primitive  savage,  tutored  by  Istar,  appropriated  whatever 
took  his  fancy,  and  killed  whomsoever  opposed  him,  if 
he  could.  On  the  contrary,  the  ideal  of  the  ethical  man 
is  to  limit  his  freedom  of  action  to  a  sphere  in  which  he 
does  not  interfere  with  the  freedom  of  others;  he  seeks 
the  common  weal  as  much  as  his  own;  and,  indeed,  as  an 
essential  part  of  his  own  welfare.  Peace  is  both  end  and 
means  with  him ;  and  he  founds  his  life  on  a  more  or  less 
complete  self-restraint,  which  is  the  negation  of  the 
unlimited  struggle  for  existence.  He  tries  to  escape  from 

7  Thomas    Hobbes    (1588-1679),   an   important   political   phil- 
osopher, in  his  Leviathan;  or  the  Matter,  Form,  and  Power  of 
a    Common-wealth,   Ecclesiastical   and   Civil,    1651,   described   the 
state  of  nature  as  one  in  which  complete  anarchy  and  barbarism 
prevailed.     The   only  alternative  he  proposed  was  a  state  over 
which  the  sovereign  had  absolute  power,  and  in  which  the  sub- 
jects were  bound  to  obedience  by  a  "social  contract"  which  de- 
rived its  sanction  from  their  fear  of  force  and  hope  of  personal 
advantage. 

8  "To   the  death." 


88         THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

his  place  in  the  animal  kingdom,  founded  on  the  free 
development  of  the  principle  of  non-moral  evolution,  and 
to  establish  a  kingdom  of  Man,  governed  upon  the 
principle  of  moral  evolution.  For  society  not  only  has 
a  moral  end,  but  in  its  perfection,  social  life,  is  embodied 
morality. 

But  the  effort  of  ethical  man  to  work  towards  a  moral 
end  by  no  means  abolished,  perhaps  has  hardly  modified, 
the  deep-seated  organic  impulses  which  impel  the  natu- 
ral man  to  follow  his  non-moral  course.  One  of  the  most 
essential  conditions,  if  not  the  chief  cause,  of  the  strug- 
gle for  existence,  is  the  tendency  to  multiply  without 
limit,  which  man  shares  with  all  living  things.  It  is 
notable  that  "increase  and  multiply"  is  a  commandment 
traditionally  much  older  than  the  ten;  and  that  it  is, 
perhaps,  the  only  one  which  has  been  spontaneously  and 
ex  animo9  obeyed  by  the  great  majority  of  the  human 
race.  But,  in  civilized  society,  the  inevitable  result  of 
such  obedience  is  the  re-establishment,  in  all  its  inten- 
sity, of  that  struggle  for  existence — the  war  of  each 
against  all  —  the  mitigation  or  abolition  of  which  was  the 
chief  end  of  social  organization. 

It  is  conceivable  that,  at  some  period  in  the  history  of 
the  fabled  Atlantis,10  the  production  of  food  should  have 
been  exactly  sufficient  to  meet  the  wants  of  the  popula- 
tion, that  the  makers  of  the  commodities  of  the  artificer 
should  have  amounted  to  just  the  number  supportable  by 
the  surplus  food  of  the  agriculturists.  And,  as  there 
is  no  harm  in  adding  another  monstrous  supposition  to 
the  foregoing,  let  it  be  imagined  that  every  man,  woman, 
and  child  was  perfectly  virtuous,  and  aimed  at  the  good 

9  "From  the  heart,"  "sincerely." 

10  Atlantis  was  a  fabled  island  in  the  western  ocean  mentioned 
by   classical   writers.     Bacon's   New   Atlantis   described   an   ideal 
commonwealth  on  an  island  in  the  mid-Atlantic. 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE         89 

of  all  as  the  highest  personal  good.  In  that  happy  land, 
the  natural  man  would  have  been  finally  put  down  by 
the  ethical  man.  There  would  have  been  no  competition, 
but  the  industry  of  each  would  have  been  serviceable  to 
all;  nobody  being  vain  and  nobody  avaricious,  there 
would  have  been  no  rivalries;  the  struggle  for  existence 
would  have  been  abolished,  and  the  millennium  would 
have  finally  set  in.  But  it  is  obvious  that  this  state  of 
things  could  have  been  permanent  only  with  a  station- 
ary population.  Add  ten  fresh  mouths;  and  as,  by  the 
supposition,  there  was  only  exactly  enough  before,  some- 
body must  go  on  short  rations.  The  Atlantis  society 
might  have  been  a  heaven  upon  earth,  the  whole  nation 
might  have  consisted  of  just  men,  needing  no  repen- 
tance, and  yet  somebody  must  starve.  Reckless  Istar, 
non-moral  Nature,  would  have  riven  the  ethical  fabric.  I 
was  once  talking  with  a  very  eminent  physician11  about 
the  vis  medicatrix  natures.12  "Stuff!"  said  he;  "nine 
times  out  of  ten  nature  does  not  want  to  cure  the  man: 
she  wants  to  put  him  in  his  coffin."  And  Istar-Nature 
appears  to  have  equally  little  sympathy  with  the  ends 
of  society.  "Stuff!  she  wants  nothing  but  a  fair  field  and 
free  play  for  her  darling  the  strongest." 

Our  Atlantis  may  be  an  impossible  figment,  but  the 
antagonistic  tendencies  which  the  fable  adumbrates  have 
existed  in  every  society  which  was  ever  established,  and, 
to  all  appearance,  must  strive  for  the  victory  in  all  that 
will  be.  Historians  point  to  the  greed  and  ambition  of 
rulers,  to  the  reckless  turbulence  of  the  ruled,  to  the 
debasing  effects  of  wealth  and  luxury,  and  to  the  dev- 
astating wars  which  have  formed  a  great  part  of  the 
occupation  of  mankind,  as  the  causes  of  the  decay  of 
states  and  the  foundering  of  old  civilizations,  and  thereby 

11  The  late  Sir  W.  Gull.     [T.  H.  H.] 

12  "Healing  power  of  nature." 


9o        THE    STRUGGLE    FOR   EXISTENCE 

point  their  story  with  a  moral.  No  doubt  immoral  mo- 
tives of  all  sorts  have  figured  largely  among  the  minor 
causes  of  these  events.  But  beneath  all  this  superficial 
turmoil  lay  the  deep-seated  impulse  given  by  unlimited 
multiplication.  In  the  swarms  of  colonies  thrown  out  by 
Phoenicia  and  by  old  Greece;  in  the  ver  sacrum13  of  the 
Latin  races ;  in  the  floods  of  Gauls  and  of  Teutons  which 
burst  over  the  frontiers  of  the  old  civilization  of  Europe ; 
in  the  swaying  to  and  fro  of  the  vast  Mongolian  hordes 
in  late  times,  the  population  problem  comes  to  the  front 
in  a  very  visible  shape.  Nor  is  it  less  plainly  manifest  in 
the  everlasting  agrarian  questions  of  ancient  Rome  than 
in  the  Arreoi  societies  of  the  Polynesian  Islands. 

In  the  ancient  world,  and  in  a  large  part  of  that  in 
which  we  live,  the  practice  of  infanticide  was,  or  is,  a 
regular  and  legal  custom;  famine,  pestilence,  and  war 
were  and  are  normal  factors  in  the  struggle  for  existence, 
and  they  have  served,  in  a  gross  and  brutal  fashion,  to 
mitigate  the  intensity  of  the  effects  of  its  chief  cause. 

But,  in  the  more  advanced  civilizations,  the  progress 
of  private  and  public  morality  has  steadily  tended  to 
remove  all  these  checks.  We  declare  infanticide  murder, 
and  punish  it  as  such;  we  decree,  not  quite  so  success- 
fully, that  no  one  shall  die  of  hunger;  we  regard  death 
from  preventable  causes  of  other  kinds  as  a  sort 
of  constructive  murder,  and  eliminate  pestilence  to  the 
best  of  our  ability;  we  declaim  against  the  curse  of  war, 
and  the  wickedness  of  the  military  spirit,  and  we  are 
never  weary  of  dilating  on  the  blessedness  of  peace  and 
the  innocent  beneficence  of  Industry.  In  their  moments 
of  expansion,  even  statesmen  and  men  of  business  go 
thus  far.  The  finer  spirits  to  an  ideal  civitas  Dei;  14 
a  state  when,  every  man  having  reached  the  point  of  ab- 

13  "  A  special  offering  presented  from  the  firstlings  of  spring." 

14  "City  of  God." 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE         91 

solute  self-negation,  and  having  nothing  but  moral  per- 
fection to  strive  after,  peace  will  truly  reign,  not  merely 
among  nations,  but  among  men,  and  the  struggle  for 
existence  will  be  at  an  end. 

Whether  human  nature  is  competent,  under  any  cir- 
cumstances, to  reach,  or  even  seriously  advance  towards, 
this  ideal  condition,  is  a  question  which  need  not  be  dis- 
cussed. It  will  be  admitted  that  mankind  has  not  yet 
reached  this  stage  by  a  very  long  way,  and  my  business  is 
with  the  present.  And  that  which  I  wish  to  point  out  is 
that,  so  long  as  the  natural  man  increases  and  multi- 
plies without  restraint,  so  long  will  peace  and  industry 
not  only  permit,  but  they  will  necessitate,  a  struggle  for 
existence  as  sharp  as  any  that  ever  went  on  under  the 
regime  of  war.  If  Istar  is  to  reign  on  the  one  hand, 
she  will  demand  her  human  sacrifices  on  the  other. 

Let  us  look  at  home.  For  seventy  years  peace  and 
industry  have  had  their  way  among  us  with  less  inter- 
ruption and  under  more  favourable  conditions  than  in 
any  other  country  on  the  face  of  the  earth.  The  wealth 
of  Croesus  was  nothing  to  that  which  we  have  accumu- 
lated, and  our  prosperity  has  filled  the  world  with  envy. 
But  Nemesis  did  not  forget  Croesus:  has  she  forgotten  us? 

I  think  not.  There  are  now  36,000,000  of  people  in 
our  islands,  and  every  year  considerably  more  than 
300,000  are  added  to  our  numbers.15  That  is  to  say, 
about  every  hundred  seconds,  or  so,  a  new  claimant  to 
a  share  in  the  common  stock  or  maintenance  presents 
him  or  herself  among  us.  At  the  present  time,  the  prod- 
uce of  the  soil  does  not  suffice  to  feed  half  its  popula- 
tion. The  other  moiety  has  to  be  supplied  with  food 

15  These  numbers  are  only  approximately  accurate.  In  1881, 
our  population  amounted  to  35,241,482,  exceeding  the  number  in 
1871  by  3,396,103.  The  average  annual  increase  in  the  decennial 
period  1871-1881  is  therefore  339,6io.  The  number  of  minutes  in 
a  calendar  year  is  525,600.  [T.  H.  H.] 


92         THE    STRUGGLE    FOR   EXISTENCE 

which  must  be  bought  from  the  people  of  food-producing 
countries.  That  is  to  say,  we  have  to  offer  them  the 
things  which  they  want  in  exchange  for  the  things  we 
want.  And  the  things  they  want  and  which  we  can  pro- 
duce better  than  they  are  mainly  manufactures  —  indus- 
trial products. 

The  insolent  reproach  of  the  first  Napoleon  had  a 
very  solid  foundation.  We  not  only  are,  but,  under 
penalty  of  starvation,  we  are  bound  to  be,  a  nation  of 
shopkeepers.  But  other  nations  also  lie  under  the  same 
necessity  of  keeping  shop,  and  some  of  them  deal  in  the 
same  goods  as  ourselves.  Our  customers  naturally  seek 
to  get  the  most  and  the  best  in  exchange  for  their  prod- 
uce. If  our  goods  are  inferior  to  those  of  our  competi- 
tors, there  is  no  ground,  compatible  with  the  sanity  of 
the  buyers,  which  can  be  alleged,  why  they  should  not 
prefer  the  latter.  And,  if  that  result  should  ever  take 
place  on  a  large  and  general  scale,  five  or  six  millions  of 
us  would  soon  have  nothing  to  eat.  We  know  what  the 
cotton  famine16  was;  and  we  can  therefore  form  some 
notion  of  what  a  dearth  of  customers  would  be. 

Judged  by  an  ethical  standard,  nothing  can  be  less 
satisfactory  than  the  position  in  which  we  find  ourselves. 
In  a  real,  though  incomplete,  degree  we  have  attained 
the  condition  of  peace  which  is  the  main  object  of  social 
organization;  and,  for  argument's  sake,  it  may  be  as- 
sumed that  we  desire  nothing  but  that  which  is  in  itself 
innocent  and  praiseworthy  —  namely,  the  enjoyment  of 
the  fruits  of  honest  industry.  And  lo!  in  spite  of  our- 
selves, we  are  in  reality  engaged  in  an  internecine  strug- 
gle for  existence  with  our  presumably  no  less  peaceful 
and  well-meaning  neighbours.  We  seek  peace  and  we  do 

16  During  the  American  Civil  War  importations  of  cotton  to 
England  were  cut  off,  and  thousands  of  cotton  workers  were 
thrown  out  of  work  and  into  destitution. 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE         93 

not  ensue  it.  The  moral  nature  in  us  asks  for  no  more 
than  is  compatible  with  the  general  good;  the  non-moral 
nature  proclaims  and  acts  upon  that  fine  old  Scottish 
family  motto,  "Thou  shalt  starve  ere  I  want."  Let  us 
be  under  no  illusions,  then.  So  long  as  unlimited  multi- 
plication goes  on,  no  social  organization  which  has  ever 
been  devised,  or  is  likely  to  be  devised,  no  fiddle-faddling 
with  the  distribution  of  wealth,  will  deliver  society  from 
the  tendency  to  be  destroyed  by  the  reproduction  within 
itself,  in  its  intensest  form,  of  that  struggle  for  existence 
the  limitation  of  which  is  the  object  of  society.  And 
however  shocking  to  the  moral  sense  this  eternal  compe- 
tition of  man  against  man  and  of  nation  against  nation 
may  be;  however  revolting  may  be  the  accumulation  of 
misery  at  the  negative  pole  of  society,  in  contrast  with 
that  of  monstrous  wealth  at  the  positive  pole;17  this 
state  of  things  must  abide,  and  grow  continually  worse, 
so  long  as  Is  tar  holds  her  way  unchecked.  It  is  the 
true  riddle  of  the  Sphinx;  and  every  nation  which  does 
not  solve  it  will  sooner  or  later  be  devoured  by  the  mon- 
ster itself  has  generated. 

The  practical  and  pressing  question  for  us,  just  now, 
seems  to  me  to  be  how  to  gain  time.  "Time  brings 
counsel,"  as  the  Teutonic  proverb  has  it;  and  wiser  folk 
among  our  posterity  may  see  their  way  out  of  that  which 
at  present  looks  like  an  impasse. 

It  would  be  folly  to  entertain  any  ill-feeling  towards 
those  neighbours  and  rivals  who,  like  ourselves,  are  slaves 
of  Istar;  but,  if  somebody  is  to  be  starved,  the  modern 
world  has  no  Oracle  of  Delphi  to  which  the  nations  can 
appeal  for  an  indication  of  the  victim.  It  is  open  to  us 

17  [It  is  hard  to  say  whether  the  increase  of  the  unemployed 
poor,  or  that  of  the  unemployed  rich,  is  the  greater  social  evil. 
—  1894.  T.  H.  H.] 


94        THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

to  try  our  fortune;  and,  if  we  avoid  impending  fate, 
there  will  be  a  certain  ground  for  believing  that  we  are 
the  right  people  to  escape.  Securus  judicat  or  bis.™ 

To  this  end,  it  is  well  to  look  into  the  necessary  con- 
dition of  our  salvation  by  works.  They  are  two,  one 
plain  to  all  the  world  and  hardly  needing  insistence; 
the  other  seemingly  not  so  plain,  since  too  often  it  has 
been  theoretically  and  practically  left  out  of  sight.  The 
obvious  condition  is  that  our  produce  shall  be  better 
than  that  of  others.  There  is  only  one  reason  why  our 
goods  should  be  preferred  to  those  of  our  rivals  —  our 
customers  must  find  them  better  at  the  price.  That 
means  that  we  must  use  more  knowledge,  skill,  and  in- 
dustry in  producing  them,  without  a  proportionate  in- 
crease in  the  cost  of  production;  and,  as  the  price  of 
labour  constitutes  a  large  element  in  that  cost,  the  rate 
of  wages  must  be  restricted  within  certain  limits.  It  is 
perfectly  true  that  cheap  production  and  cheap  labour 
are  by  no  means  synonymous;  but  it  is  also  true  that 
wages  cannot  increase  beyond  a  certain  proportion  with- 
out destroying  cheapness.  Cheapness,  then,  with,  as 
part  and  parcel  of  cheapness,  a  moderate  price  of  labour, 
is  essential  to  our  success  as  competitors  in  the  markets 
of  the  world. 

The  second  condition  is  really  quite  as  plainly  indispen- 
sable as  the  first,  if  one  thinks  seriously  about  the  mat- 
ter. It  is  social  stability.  Society  is  stable,  when  the 
wants  of  its  members  obtain  as  much  satisfaction  as,  life 
being  what  it  is,  common  sense  and  experience  show  may 
be  reasonably  expected.  Mankind,  in  general,  care  very 
little  for  forms  of  government  or  ideal  considerations  of 
any  sort;  and  nothing  really  stirs  the  great  multitude  to 
break  with  custom  and  incur  the  manifest  perils  of 
revolt  except  the  belief  that  misery  in  this  world,  or 

18  "Unconcerned  about  the  world,  he  rules." 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE         95 

damnation  in  the  next,  or  both,  are  threatened  by  the 
continuance  of  the  state  of  things  in  which  they  have 
been  brought  up.  But  when  they  do  attain  that  convic- 
tion, society  becomes  as  unstable  as  a  package  of  dyna- 
mite, and  a  very  small  matter  will  produce  the  explosion 
which  sends  it  back  to  the  chaos  of  savagery. 

It  needs  no  argument  to  prove  that  when  the  price 
of  labour  sinks  below  a  certain  point,  the  worker  in- 
fallibly falls  into  that  condition  which  the  French  em- 
phatically call  la  miser e  —  a  word  for  which  I  do  not 
think  there  is  any  exact  English  equivalent.  It  is  a  con- 
dition in  which  the  food,  warmth,  and  clothing  which  are 
necessary  for  the  mere  maintenance  of  the  functions  of 
the  body  in  their  normal  state  cannot  be  obtained;  in 
which  men,  women,  and  children  are  forced  to  crowd 
into  dens  wherein  decency  is  abolished  and  the  most 
ordinary  conditions  of  healthful  existence  are  impossible 
of  attainment;  in  which  the  pleasures  within  reach  are 
reduced  to  bestiality  and  drunkenness;  in  which  the 
pains  accumulate  at  compound  interest,  in  the  shape  of 
starvation,  disease,  stunted  development,  and  moral  deg- 
radation; in  which  the  prospect  of  even  steady  and 
honest  industry  is  a  life  of  unsuccessful  battling  with 
hunger,  rounded  by  a  pauper's  grave. 

That  a  certain  proportion  of  the  members  of  every 
great  aggregation  of  mankind  should  constantly  tend  to 
establish  and  populate  such  a  Slough  of  Despond  as  this 
is  inevitable,  so  long  as  some  people  are  by  nature  idle 
and  vicious,  while  others  are  disabled  by  sickness  or 
accident,  or  thrown  upon  the  world  by  the  death  of 
their  bread-winners.  So  long  as  that  proportion  is  re- 
stricted within  tolerable  limits,  it  can  be  dealt  with; 
and,  so  far  as  it  arises  only  from  such  causes,  its  exist- 
ence may  and  must  be  patiently  borne.  But,  when  the 
organization  of  society,  instead  of  mitigating  this  ten- 


96        THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

dency,  tends  to  continue  and  intensify  it;  when  a  given 
social  order  plainly  makes  for  evil  and  not  for  good, 
men  naturally  enough  begin  to  think  it  high  time  to  try 
a  fresh  experiment.  The  animal  man,  finding  that  the 
ethical  man  has  landed  him  in  such  a  slough,  resumes 
his  ancient  sovereignty,  and  preaches  anarchy;  which 
is,  substantially,  a  proposal  to  reduce  the  social  cosmos 
to  chaos,  and  begin  the  brute  struggle  for  existence 
once  again. 

Any  one  who  is  acquainted  with  the  state  of  the  popu- 
lation of  all  great  industrial  centres,  whether  in  this  or 
other  countries,  is  aware  that,  amidst  a  large  and  increas- 
ing body  of  that  population,  la  misere  reigns  supreme.  I 
have  no  pretensions  to  the  character  of  a  philanthropist, 
and  I  have  a  special  horror  of  all  sorts  of  sentimental 
rhetoric;  I  am  merely  trying  to  deal  with  facts,  to  some 
extent  within  my  own  knowledge,  and  further  evidenced 
by  abundant  testimony,  as  a  naturalist;  and  I  take  it  to 
be  a  mere  plain  truth  that,  throughout  industrial  Eu- 
rope, there  is  not  a  single  large  manufacturing  city 
which  is  free  from  a  vast  mass  of  people  whose  condi- 
tion is  exactly  that  described;  and  from  a  still  greater 
mass  who,  living  just  on  the  edge  of  the  social  swamp, 
are  liable  to  be  precipitated  into  it  by  any  lack  of  de- 
mand for  their  produce.  And,  with  every  addition  to 
the  population,  the  multitude  already  sunk  in  the  pit 
and  the  number  of  the  host  sliding  towards  it  continually 
increase. 

Argumentation  can  hardly  be  needful  to  make  it 
clear  that  no  society  in  which  the  elements  of  decompo- 
sition are  thus  swiftly  and  surely  accumulating  can 
hope  to  win  in  the  race  of  industries. 

Intelligence,  knowledge,  and  skill  are  undoubtedly 
conditions  of  success;  but  of  what  avail  are  they  likely 
to  be  unless  they  are  backed  up  by  honesty,  energy,  good- 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE         97 

will,  and  all  the  physical  and  moral  faculties  that  go  to 
the  making  of  manhood,  and  unless  they  are  stimulated 
by  hope  of  such  reward  as  men  may  fairly  look  to?  And 
what  dweller  in  the  slough  of  want,  dwarfed  in  body 
and  soul,  demoralized,  hopeless,  can  reasonably  be  ex- 
pected to  possess  these  qualities? 

Any  full  and  permanent  development  of  the  produc- 
tive powers  of  an  industrial  population,  then,  must  be 
compatible  with  and,  indeed,  based  upon  a  social  or- 
ganization which  will  secure  a  fair  amount  of  physical 
and  moral  welfare  to  that  population;  which  will  make 
for  good  and  not  for  evil.  Natural  science  and  religious 
enthusiasm  rarely  go  hand  in  hand,  but  on  this  matter 
their  concord  is  complete;  and  the  least  sympathetic 
of  naturalists  can  but  admire  the  insight  and  the  devo- 
tion of  such  social  reformers  as  the  late  Lord  Shaftes- 
bury,19  whose  recently  published  "Life  and  Letters" 
gives  a  vivid  picture  of  the  condition  of  the  working 
classes  fifty  years  ago,  and  of  the  pit  which  our  indus- 
try, ignoring  these  plain  truths,  was  then  digging  under 
its  own  feet. 

There  is,  perhaps,  no  more  hopeful  sign  of  progress 
among  us,  in  the  last  half-century,  than  the  steadily 
increasing  devotion  which  has  been  and  is  directed  to 
measures  for  promoting  physical  and  moral  welfare 
among  the  poorer  classes.  Sanitary  reformers,  like  most 
other  reformers  whom  I  have  had  the  advantage  of 
knowing,  seem  to  need  a  good  dose  of  fanaticism,  as 
a  sort  of  moral  coca,  to  keep  them  up  to  the  mark,  and, 
doubtless,  they  have  made  many  mistakes;  but  that  the 
endeavour  to  improve  the  condition  under  which  our 
industrial  population  live,  to  amend  the  drainage  of 

19  Anthony  Ashley  Cooper,  seventh  Lord  Shaftesbury  (1801- 
1885),  was  a  philanthropist  who  was  active  in  improving  the 
conditions  of  the  working  classes. 


98         THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

densely  peopled  streets,  to  provide  baths,  washhouses, 
and  gymnasia,  to  facilitate  habits  of  thrift,  to  furnish 
some  provision  for  instruction  and  amusement  in  public 
libraries  and  the  like,  is  not  only  desirable  from  a  philan- 
thropic point  of  view,  but  an  essential  condition  of  safe 
industrial  development,  appears  to  me  to  be  indisputable. 
It  is  by  such  means  alone,  so  far  as  I  can  see,  that  we 
can  hope  to  check  the  constant  gravitation  of  industrial 
society  towards  la  misere,  until  the  general  progress  of 
intelligence  and  morality  leads  men  to  grapple  with  the 
sources  of  that  tendency.  If  it  is  said  that  the  carrying 
out  of  such  arrangements  as  those  indicated  must  en- 
hance the  cost  of  production,  and  thus  handicap  the 
producer  in  the  race  of  competition,  I  venture,  in  the 
first  place,  to  doubt  the.  fact ;  but  if  it  be  so,  it  results 
that  industrial  society  has  to  face  a  dilemma,  either 
alternative  of  which  threatens  destruction. 

On  the  one  hand,  a  population  the  labour  of  which 
is  sufficiently  remunerated  may  be  physically  and 
morally  healthy  and  socially  stable,  but  may  fail  in 
industrial  competition  by  reason  of  the  dearness  of  its 
produce.  On  the  other  hand,  a  population  the  labour 
of  which  is  insufficiently  remunerated  must  become 
physically  and  morally  unhealthy,  and  socially  unstable; 
and  though  it  may  succeed  for  a  while  in  industrial 
competition,  by  reason  of  the  cheapness  of  its  produce, 
it  must  in  the  end  fall,  through  hideous  misery  and 
degradation,  to  utter  ruin. 

Well,  if  these  are  the  only  possible  alternatives,  let 
us  for  ourselves  and  our  children  choose  the  former, 
and,  if  need  be,  starve  like  men.  But  I  do  not  believe 
that  the  stable  society  made  up  of  healthy,  vigorous, 
instructed,  and  self-ruling  people  would  ever  incur 
serious  risk  of  that  fate.  They  are  not  likely  to  be 
troubled  with  many  competitors  of  the  same  character, 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE         99 

just  yet;  and  they  may  be  safely  trusted  to  find  ways 
of  holding  their  own. 

Assuming  that  the  physical  and  moral  well-being  and 
the  stable  social  order,  which  are  the  indispensable  con- 
ditions of  permanent  industrial  development,  are  secured, 
there  remains  for  consideration  the  means  of  attaining 
that  knowledge  and  skill  without  which,  even  then,  the 
battle  of  competition  cannot  be  successfully  fought.  Let 
us  consider  how  we  stand.  A  vast  system  of  elementary 
education  has  now  been  in  operation  among  us  for  six- 
teen years,20  and  has  reached  all  but  a  very  small  frac- 
tion of  the  population.  I  do  not  think  that  there  is 
any  room  for  doubt  that,  on  the  whole,  it  has  worked 
well,  and  that  its  indirect  no  less  than  its  direct  benefits 
have  been  immense.  But,  as  might  be  expected,  it 
exhibits  the  defects  of  all  our  educational  systems  — 
fashioned  as  they  were  to  meet  the  wants  of  a  bygone 
condition  of  society.  There  is  a  widespread  and,  I 
think,  well-justified  complaint  that  it  has  too  much  to 
do  with  books  and  too  little  to  do  with  things.  I  am 
as  little  disposed  as  any  one  can  well  be  to  narrow  early 
education  and  to  make  the  primary  school  a  mere  an- 
nexe of  the  shop.  And  it  is  not  so  much  in  the  interests 
of  industry,  as  in  that  of  breadth  of  culture,  that  I 
echo  the  common  complaint  against  the  bookish  and 
theoretical  character  of  our  primary  instruction. 

If  there  were  no  such  things  as  industrial  pursuits,  a 
system  of  education  which  does  nothing  for  the  faculties 
of  observation,  which  trains  neither  the  eye  nor  the 
hand,  and  is  compatible  with  utter  ignorance  of  the 

20  The  Education  Bill  of  1870  was  the  beginning  of  the  pres- 
ent organized  system  of  popular  education  in  England.  Huxley 
has  a  number  of  addresses  on  the  general  subject  of  education, 
one  of  which,  Science  and  Art,  and  an  extract  from  another,  A 
Liberal  Education,  appear  in  this  volume.  These  and  others  com- 
pose Science  and  Education,  Collected  Essays,  volume  III. 


ioo       THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

commonest  natural  truths,  might  still  be  reasonably  re- 
garded as  strangely  imperfect.  And  when  we  consider 
that  the  instruction  and  training  which  are  lacking  are 
exactly  those  which  are  of  most  importance  for  the 
great  mass  of  our  population,  the  fault  becomes  almost 
a  crime,  the  more  that  there  is  no  practical  difficulty  in 
making  good  these  defects.  There  really  is  no  reason 
why  drawing  should  not  be  universally  taught,  and  it 
is  an  admirable  training  for  both  eye  and  hand.  Ar- 
tists are  born,  not  made;  but  everybody  may  be  taught 
to  draw  elevations,  plans,  and  sections;  and  pots  and 
pans  are  as  good,  indeed  better,  models  for  this  purpose 
than  the  Apollo  Belvedere.  The  plant  is  not  expensive; 
and  there  is  this  excellent  quality  about  drawing  of  the 
kind  indicated,  that  it  can  be  tested  almost  as  easily  and 
severely  as  arithmetic.  Such  drawings  are  either  right 
or  wrong,  and  if  they  are  wrong  the  pupil  can  be  made 
to  see  that  they  are  wrong.  From  the  industrial  point 
of  view,  drawing  has  the  further  merit  that  there  is 
hardly  any  trade  in  which  the  power  of  drawing  is  not 
of  daily  and  hourly  utility.  In  the  next  place,  no  good 
reason,  except  the  want  of  capable  teachers,  can  be 
assigned  why  elementary  notions  of  science  should  not 
be  an  element  in  general  instruction.  In  this  case,  again, 
no  expensive  or  elaborate  apparatus  is  necessary.  The 
commonest  thing  —  a  candle,  a  boy's  squirt,  a  piece  of 
chalk  —  in  the  hands  of  a  teacher  who  knows  his  busi- 
ness, may  be  made  the  starting-point  whence  children 
may  be  led  into  the  regions  of  science  as  far  as  their 
capacity  permits,  with  efficient  exercise  of  their  obser- 
vational and  reasoning  faculties  on  the  road.  If  object 
lessons  often  prove  trivial  failures,  it  is  not  the  fault 
of  object  lessons,  but  that  of  the  teacher,  who  has  not 
found  out  how  much  the  power  of  teaching  a  little 
depends  on  knowing  a  great  deal,  and  that  thoroughly; 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE       101 

and  that  he  has  not  made  that  discovery  is  not  the 
fault  of  the  teachers,  but  of  the  detestable  system  of 
training  them  which  is  widely  prevalent.21 

As  I  have  said,  I  do  not  regard  the  proposal  to  add 
these  to  the  present  subjects  of  universal  instruction  as 
made  merely  in  the  interests  of  industry.  Elementary 
science  and  drawing  are  just  as  needful  at  Eton2-  (where 
I  am  happy  to  say  both  are  now  parts  of  the  regular 
course)  as  in  the  lowest  primary  school.  But  their  im- 
portance in  the  education  of  the  artisan  is  enhanced, 
not  merely  by  the  fact  that  the  knowledge  and  skill  thus 
gained  —  little  as  they  may  amount  to  —  will  still  be 
of  practical  utility  to  him;  but,  further,  because  they 
constitute  an  introduction  to  that  special  training  which 
is  commonly  called  "technical  education." 

I  conceive  that  our  wants  in  this  last  direction  may 
be  grouped  under  three  heads:  (i)  Instruction  in  the 
principles  of  those  branches  of  science  and  of  art  which 
are  peculiarly  applicable  to  industrial  pursuits,  which 
may  be  called  preliminary  scientific  education.  ( 2 )  In- 
struction in  the  special  branches  of  such  applied  science 
and  art,  as  technical  education  proper.  (3)  Instruction 
of  teachers  in  both  these  branches.  (4)  Capacity- 
catching  machinery. 

A  great  deal  has  already  been  done  in  each  of  these 
directions,  but  much  remains  to  be  done.  If  elementary 
education  is  amended  in  the  way  that  has  been  sug- 


21  Training  in  the  use  of  simple  tools  is  no  doubt  very  de- 
sirable, on  all  grounds.     From  the  point  of  view  of  "culture," 
the  man  whose  "fingers  are  all  thumbs"  is  but  a  stunted  crea- 
ture.    But  the   practical  difficulties   in   the  way   of  introducing 
handiwork  of  this  kind  into  elementary  schools  appear  to  me  to 
be  considerable.     [T.  H.  H.] 

22  Eton  College  is  perhaps  the  best  of  the  great  English  "pub- 
lic schools."     Huxley  was  a  governor  of  the  college  from  1879 
to  1888. 


102       THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

gested,  I  think  that  the  school-boards  will  have  quite 
as  much  on  their  hands  as  they  are  capable  of  doing 
well.  The  influences  under  which  the  members  of  these 
bodies  are  elected  do  not  tend  to  secure  fitness  for 
dealing  with  scientific  or  technical  education;  and  it  is 
the  less  necessary  to  burden  them  with  an  uncongenial 
task,  as  there  are  other  organizations,  not  only  much 
better  fitted  to  do  the  work,  but  already  actually  doing  it. 
In  the  matter  of  preliminary  scientific  education,  the 
chief  of  these  is  the  Science  and  Art  Department,23 
which  has  done  more  during  the  last  quarter  of  a  century 
for  the  teaching  of  elementary  science  among  the  masses 
of  the  people  than  any  organization  which  exists  either 
in  this  or  in  any  other  country.  It  has  become  veritably 
a  people's  university,  so  far  as  physical  science  is  con- 
cerned. At  the  foundation  of  our  old  universities  they 
were  freely  open  to  the  poorest,  but  the  poorest  must 
come  to  them.  In  the  last  quarter  of  a  century,  the 
Science  and  Art  Department,  by  means  of  its  classes 
spread  all  over  the  country  and  open  to  all,  has  con- 
veyed instruction  to  the  poorest.  The  University  Ex- 
tension movement24  shows  that  our  older  learned  cor- 

23  The  Science  and  Art  Department,  now  the  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, was  created  in  1853  and  in  1857  established  at  South  Ken- 
sington.   It  is  a  department  of  government  having  general  charge 
of   education.      Huxley    speaks    of    this    department,    which    he 
served  as  examiner,   as  "a  measure  which  came  into  existence 
unnoticed,  but  which  will,  I  believe,  turn  out  to  be  of  more  im- 
portance   to    the    welfare    of    the    people    than    many    political 
changes  over  which  the  noise  of  battle  has  rent  the  air."    Scien- 
tific Education  1869,  Collected  Essays,  III:i3i. 

24  The   University    Extension   movement   was   commenced   by 
James  Stuart,  of  the  University  of  Cambridge,  who  wished  to 
establish    "a    sort    of    peripatetic    university,    the    professors    of 
which   would   circulate   among   the   big  towns  and   thus  give  a 
wider  opportunity   for  receiving  such   a  teaching."     His  system 
was  officially  adopted  by  the  University  of  Cambridge  in  1873, 
and  by  London  University  and  the  University  of  Oxford  soon 
after. 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE       103 

porations  have  discovered  the  propriety  of  following 
suit. 

Technical  education,  in  the  strict  sense,  has  become 
a  necessity  for  two  reasons.  The  old  apprenticeship 
system  has  broken  down,  partly  by  reason  of  the  changed 
conditions  of  industrial  life,  and  partly  because  trades 
have  ceased  to  be  "crafts,"  the  traditional  secrets  where- 
of the  master  handed  down  to  his  apprentices.  Inven- 
tion is  constantly  changing  the  face  of  our  industries, 
so  that  "use  and  wont,"  "rule  of  thumb,"  and  the  like, 
are  gradually  losing  their  importance,  while  that  knowl- 
edge of  principles  which  alone  can  deal  successfully  with 
changed  conditions  is  becoming  more  and  more  valuable. 
Socially,  the  "master"  of  four  or  five  apprentices  is  dis- 
appearing in  favour  of  the  "employer"  of  forty,  or  four 
hundred,  or  four  thousands,  "hands,"  and  the  odds  and 
ends  of  technical  knowledge,  formerly  picked  up  in  a 
shop,  are  not,  and  cannot  be,  supplied  in  the  factory. 
The  instruction  formerly  given  by  the  master  must  there- 
fore be  more  than  replaced  by  the  systematic  teaching 
of  the  technical  school. 

Institutions  of  this  kind  on  varying  scales  of  magni- 
tude and  completeness,  from  the  splendid  edifice  set  up 
by  the  City  and  Guilds  Institute25  to  the  smallest  local 
technical  school,  to  say  nothing  of  classes,  such  as  those 
in  technology  instituted  by  the  Society  of  Arts26  (sub- 
sequently taken  over  by  the  City  Guilds),  have  been 


25  The   City  and  Guilds  of  London  Institute  exists  "for  the 
establishment  of,  or  for  the  assistance  to,  trade  schools,  for  the 
conduct  of  examinations,  and  for  subsidizing  other  institutions, 
in  London  or  in  the  provinces,  having  cognate  subjects."     The 
Institute  provides  instruction  in  lower  technical  and  trade  sub- 
jects, in  engineering,  and  in  pure  science.     Much  of  its  work  is 
carried  on  by  evening  classes  and  "extension"  lectures. 

26  The   Society   of  Arts,   founded  in   1754,  has  for  its  object 
education  of  various  kinds,  especially  in  pure  and  applied  arts. 


104      THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

established  in  various  parts  of  the  country,  and  the 
movement  in  favour  of  their  increase  and  multiplication 
is  rapidly  growing  in  breadth  and  intensity.  But  there 
is  muth  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  best  way  in 
which  the  technical  instruction,  so  generally  desired, 
should  be  given.  Two  courses  appear  to  be  practicable: 
the  one  is  the  establishment  of  special  technical  schools 
with  a  systematic  and  lengthened  course  of  instruction 
demanding  the  employment  of  the  whole  time  of  the 
pupils.  The  other  is  the  setting  afoot  of  technical 
classes,  especially  evening  classes,  comprising  a  short 
series  of  lessons  on  some  special  topic,  which  may  be 
attended  by  persons  already  earning  wages  in  some 
branch  of  trade  or  commerce. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  technical  schools,  on  the  plan 
indicated  under  the  first  head,  are  extremely  costly; 
and,  so  far  as  the  teaching  of  artisans  is  concerned,  it 
is  very  commonly  objected  to  them  that,  as  the  learners 
do  not  work  under  trade  conditions,  they  are  apt  to 
fall  into  amateurish  habits,  which  prove  of  more  hin- 
drance than  service  in  the  actual  business  of  life.  When 
such  schools  are  attached  to  factories  under  the  direc- 
tion of  an  employer  who  desires  to  train  up  a  supply  of 
intelligent  workmen,  of  course  this  objection  does  not 
apply;  nor  can  the  usefulness  of  such  schools  for  the 
training  of  future  employers  and  for  the  higher  grade  of 
the  employed  be  doubtful;  but  they  are  clearly  out  of 
the  reach  of  the  great  mass  of  the  people,  who  have  to 
earn  their  bread  as  soon  as  possible.  We  must  therefore 
look  to  the  classes,  and  especially  to  evening  classes,  as 
the  great  instrument  for  the  technical  education  of  the 
artisan.  The  utility  of  such  classes  has  now  been  placed 
beyond  all  doubt;  the  only  question  which  remains  is 
to  find  the  ways  and  means  of  extending  them. 

We  are  here,  as  in  all  other  questions  of  social  or- 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE       105 

ganization,  met  by  two  diametrically  opposed  views.  On 
the  one  hand,  the  methods  pursued  in  foreign  countries 
are  held  up  as  our  example.  The  State  is  exhorted  to 
take  the  matter  in  hand,  and  establish  a  great  system  of 
technical  education.  On  the  other  hand,  many  econo- 
mists of  the  individualist  school  exhaust  the  resources  of 
language  in  condemning  and  repudiating,  not  merely  the 
interference  of  the  general  government  in  such  matters, 
but  the  application  of  a  farthing  of  the  funds  raised  by 
local  taxation  to  these  purposes.  I  entertain  a  strong 
conviction  that,  in  this  country,  at  any  rate,  the  State 
had  much  better  leave  purely  technical  and  trade  in- 
struction alone.  But,  although  my  personal  leanings  are 
decidedly  towards  the  individualists,  I  have  arrived  at 
that  conclusion  on  merely  practical  grounds.  In  fact, 
my  individualism  is  rather  of  a  sentimental  sort,  and  I 
sometimes  think  I  should  be  stronger  in  the  faith  if  it 
were  less  vehemently  advocated.27  I  am  unable  to  see 
that  civil  society  is  anything  but  a  corporation  estab- 
lished for  a  moral  object  only  —  namely,  the  good  of 
its  members  —  and  therefore  that  it  may  take  such 
measures  as  seem  fitting  for  the  attainment  of  that  which 
the  general  voice  decides  to  be  the  general  good.  That 
the  suffrage  of  the  majority  is  by  no  means  a  scientific 
test  of  social  good  and  evil  is  unfortunately  too  true; 
but,  in  practice,  it  is  the  only  test  we  can  apply,  and 
the  refusal  to  abide  by  it  means  anarchy.  The  purest 
despotism  that  ever  existed  is  as  much  based  upon  that 
will  of  the  majority  (which  is  usually  submission  to 
the  will  of  a  small  minority)  as  the  freest  republic.  Law 

27  In  what  follows  I  am  only  repeating  and  emphasizing 
opinions  which  I  expressed  seventeen  years  ago,  in  an  Address 
to  the  members  of  the  Midland  Institute  (republished  in  Critiques 
and  Addresses  in  1873,  and  in  Vol.  I,  of  these  Essays).  I  have 
seen  no  reason  to  modify  them,  notwithstanding  high  authority 
on  the  other  side.  [T.  H.  H.] 


io6      THE    STRUGGLE    FOR   EXISTENCE 

is  the  expression  of  the  opinion  of  the  majority;  and 
it  is  law,  and  not  mere  opinion,  because  the  many  are 
strong  enough  to  enforce  it. 

I  am  as  strongly  convinced  as  the  most  pronounced 
individualist  can  be,  that  it  is  desirable  that  every  man 
should  be  free  to  act  in  every  way  which  does  not  limit 
the  corresponding  freedom  of  his  fellow-man.  But  I 
fail  to  connect  that  great  induction  of  political  science 
with  the  practical  corollary  which  is  frequently  drawn 
from  it:  that  the  State  —  that  is,  the  people  in  their 
corporate  capacity  —  has  no  business  to  meddle  with 
anything  but  the  administration  of  justice  and  external 
defence.  It  appears  to  me  that  the  amount  of  freedom 
which  incorporate  society  may  fitly  leave  to  its  members 
is  not  a  fixed  quantity,  to  be  determined  a  priori  by 
deduction  from  the  fiction  called  "natural  rights";  but 
that  it  must  be  determined  by,  and  vary  with,  circum- 
stances. I  conceive  it  to  be  demonstrable  that  the  higher 
and  the  more  complex  the  organization  of  the  social 
body,  the  more  closely  is  the  life  of  each  member  bound 
up  with  that  of  the  whole;  and  the  larger  becomes  the 
category  of  acts  which  cease  to  be  merely  self -regarding, 
and  which  interfere  with  the  freedom  of  others  more  or 
less  seriously. 

If  a  squatter,  living  ten  miles  away  from  any  neigh- 
bour, chooses  to  burn  his  house  down  to  get  rid  of 
vermin,  there  may  be  no  necessity  (in  the  absence  of 
insurance  offices)  that  the  law  should  interfere  with  his 
freedom  of  action;  his  act  can  hurt  nobody  but  himself. 
But,  if  the  dweller  in  a  street  chooses  to  do  the  same 
thing,  the  State  very  properly  makes  such  a  proceeding 
a  crime,  and  punishes  it  as  such.  He  does  meddle  with 
his  neighbour's  freedom,  and  that  seriously.  So  it  might, 
perhaps,  be  a  tenable  doctrine,  that  it  would  be  needless, 
and  even  tyrannous,  to  make  education  compulsory  in 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE       107 

a  sparse  agricultural  population,  living  in  abundance  on 
the  produce  of  its  own  soil;  but,  in  a  densely  populated 
manufacturing  country,  struggling  for  existence  with 
competitors,  every  ignorant  person  tends  to  become  a 
burden  upon,  and,  so  far,  an  infringer  of  the  liberty  of, 
his  fellows,  and  an  obstacle  to  their  success.  Under  such 
circumstances  an  education  rate  is,  in  fact,  a  war  tax, 
levied  for  purposes  of  defence. 

That  State  action  always  has  been  more  or  less  mis- 
directed, and  always  will  be  so,  is,  I  believe,  perfectly 
true.  But  I  am  not  aware  that  it  is  more  true  of  the 
action  of  men  in  their  corporate  capacity  than  it  is  of 
the  doings  of  individuals.  The  wisest  and  most  dis- 
passionate man  in  existence,  merely  wishing  to  go  from 
one  stile  in  a  field  to  the  opposite,  will  not  walk  quite 
straight  —  he  is  always  going  a  little  wrong,  and  always 
correcting  himself;  and  I  can  only  congratulate  the  in- 
dividualist who  is  able  to  say  that  his  general  course  of 
life  has  been  of  a  less  undulatory  character.  To  abolish 
State  action,  because  its  direction  is  never  more  than 
approximately  correct,  appears  to  me  to  be  much  the 
same  thing  as  abolishing  the  man  at  the  wheel  altogether, 
because,  do  what  he  will,  the  ship  yaws  more  or  less. 
"Why  should  I  be  robbed  of  my  property  to  pay  for 
teaching  another  man's  children?"  is  an  individualist 
question,  which  is  not  unfrequently  put  as  if  it  settled 
the  whole  business.  Perhaps  it  does,  but  I  find  difficul- 
ties in  seeing  why  it  should.  The  parish  in  which  I 
live  makes  me  pay  my  share  for  the  paving  and  lighting 
of  a  great  many  streets  that  I  never  pass  through;  and 
I  might  plead  that  I  am  robbed  to  smooth  the  way  and 
lighten  the  darkness  of  other  people.  But  I  am  afraid 
the  parochial  authorities  would  not  let  me  off  on  this 
plea;  and  I  must  confess  I  do  not  see  why  they  should. 

I  cannot  speak  of  my  own  knowledge,  but  I  have 


io8       THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

every  reason  to  believe  that  I  came  into  this  world  a 
small  reddish  person,  certainly  without  a  gold  spoon  in 
my  mouth,  and  in  fact  with  no  discernible  abstract  or 
concrete  "rights"  or  property  of  any  description.  If 
a  foot  was  not  set  upon  me,  at  once,  as  a  squalling  nui- 
sance, it  was  either  the  natural  affection  of  those  about 
me,  which  I  certainly  had  done  nothing  to  deserve,  or 
the  fear  of  the  law  which,  ages  before  my  birth,  was 
painfully  built  up  by  the  society  into  which.  I  intruded, 
that  prevented  that  catastrophe.  If  I  was  nourished, 
cared  for,  taught,  saved  from  the  vagabondage  of  a 
wastrel,  I  certainly  am  not  aware  that  I  did  anything  to 
deserve  those  advantages.  And,  if  I  possess  anything 
now,  it  strikes  me  that,  though  I  may  have  fairly  earned 
my  day's  wages  for  my  day's  work,  and  may  justly  call 
them  my  property  —  yet,  without  that  organization  of 
society,  created  out  of  the  toil  and  blood  of  long  gen- 
erations before  my  time,  I  should  probably  have  had 
nothing  but  a  flint  axe  and  an  indifferent  hut  to  call 
my  own;  and  even  those  would  be  mine  only  so  long 
as  no  stronger  savage  came  my  way. 

So  that  if  society,  having,  quite  gratuitously,  done  all 
these  things  for  me,  asks  me  in  turn  to  do  something 
towards  its  preservation  —  even  if  that  something  is  to 
contribute  to  the  teaching  of  other  men's  children  —  I 
really,  in  spite  of  all  my  individualist  leanings,  feel 
rather  ashamed  to  say  no.  And  if  I  were  not  ashamed, 
I  cannot  say  that  I  think  that  society  would  be  dealing 
unjustly  with  me  in  converting  the  moral  obligation  into 
a  legal  one.  There  is  a  manifest  unfairness  in  letting 
all  the  burden  be  borne  by  the  willing  horse. 

It  does  not  appear  to  me,  then,  that  there  is  any 
valid  objection  to  taxation  for  purposes  of  education; 
but,  in  the  case  of  technical  schools  and  classes,  I  think 
it  is  practically  expedient  that  such  a  taxation  should 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR   EXISTENCE       109 

be  local.  Our  industrial  population  accumulates  in  par- 
ticular towns  and  districts;  these  districts  are  those 
which  immediately  profit  by  technical  education;  and  it 
is  only  in  them  that  we  can  find  the  men  practically  en- 
gaged in  industries,  among  whom  some  may  reasonably 
be  expected  to  be  competent  judges  of  that  which  is 
wanted,  and  of  the  best  means  of  meeting  the  want. 

In  my  belief,  all  methods  of  technical  training  are 
at  present  tentative,  and,  to  be  successful,  each  must  be 
adapted  to  the  special  peculiarities  of  its  locality.  This 
is  a  case  in  which  we  want  twenty  years,  not  of  "strong 
government,"  but  of  cheerful  and  hopeful  blundering; 
and  we  may  be  thankful  if  we  get  things  straight  in 
that  time. 

The  principle  of  the  Bill  introduced,  but  dropped,  by 
the  Government  last  session,  appears  to  me  to  be  wise, 
and  some  of  the  objections  to  it  I  think  are  due  to  a 
misunderstanding.  The  Bill  proposed  in  substance  to 
allow  localities  to  tax  themselves  for  purposes  of  techni- 
cal education  —  on  the  condition  that  any  scheme  for 
such  purpose  should  be  submitted  to  the  Science  and  Art 
Department,  and  declared  by  that  department  to  be  in 
accordance  with  the  intention  of  the  Legislature. 

A  cry  was  raised  that  the  Bill  proposed  to  throw 
technical  education  into  the  hands  of  the  Science  and 
Art  Department.  But,  in  reality,  no  power  of  initiation, 
nor  even  of  meddling  with  details,  was  given  to  that 
Department  —  the  sole  function  of  which  was  to  decide 
whether  any  plan  proposed  did  or  did  not  come  within 
the  limits  of  "technical  education."  The  necessity  for 
such  control,  somewhere,  is  obvious.  No  legislature, 
certainly  not  ours,  is  likely  to  grant  the  power  of  self- 
taxation  without  setting  limits  to  that  power  in  some 
way;  and  it  would  neither  have  been  practicable  to  de- 
vise a  legal  definition  of  technical  education,  nor  com- 


no       THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

mendable  to  leave  the  question  to  the  Auditor-General,  to 
be  fought  out  in  the  law-courts.  The  only  alternative  was 
to  leave  the  decision  to  an  appropriate  State  authority. 
If  it  is  asked  what  is  the  need  of  such  control  if  the 
people  of  the  localities  are  the  best  judges,  the  obvious 
reply  is  that  there  are  localities  and  localities,  and  that 
while  Manchester,  or  Liverpool,  or  Birmingham,  or  Glas- 
gow might,  perhaps,  be  safely  left  to  do  as  they  thought 
fit,  smaller  towns,  in  which  there  is  less  certainty  of  full 
discussion  by  competent  people  of  different  ways  of 
thinking,  might  easily  fall  a  prey  to  crocheteers. 

Supposing  our  intermediate  science  teaching  and  our 
technical  schools  and  classes  are  established,  there  is  yet 
a  third  need  to  be  supplied,  and  that  is  the  want  of 
good  teachers.  And  it  is  necessary  not  only  to  get  them, 
but  to  keep  them  when  you  have  got  them. 

It  is  impossible  to  insist  too  strongly  upon  the  fact 
that  the  efficient  teachers  of  science  and  of  technology 
are  not  to  be  made  by  the  processes  in  vogue  at  ordinary 
training  colleges.  The  memory  loaded  with  mere  book- 
work  is  not  the  thing  wanted  —  is,  in  fact,  rather  worse 
than  useless  —  in  the  teacher  of  scientific  subjects.  It 
is  absolutely  essential  that  his  mind  should  be  full  of 
knowledge  and  not  of  mere  learning,  and  that  what  he 
knows  should  have  been  learned  in  the  laboratory  rather 
than  in  the  library.  There  are  happily  already,  both 
in  London  and  in  the  provinces,  various  places  in  which 
such  training  is  to  be  had,  and  the  main  thing  at  present 
is  to  make  it  in  the  first  place  accessible,  and  in  the 
next  indispensable,  to  those  who  undertake  the  business 
of  teaching.  But  when  the  well-trained  men  are  sup- 
plied, it  must  be  recollected  that  the  profession  of 
teacher  is  not  a  very  lucrative  or  otherwise  tempting  one, 
and  that  it  may  be  advisable  to  offer  special  inducements 
to  good  men  to  remain  in  it.  These,  however,  are  ques- 


THE    STRUGGLE    FOR   EXISTENCE       in 

tions  of  detail  into  which  it  is  unnecessary  to  enter 
further. 

Last,  but  not  least,  comes  the  question  of  providing 
the  machinery  for  enabling  those  who  are  by  nature 
specially  qualified  to  undertake  the  higher  branches  of 
industrial  work,  to  reach  the  position  in  which  they  may 
render  that  service  to  the  community.  If  all  our  edu- 
cational expenditure  did  nothing  but  pick  one  man  of 
scientific  or  inventive  genius,  each  year,  from  amidst 
the  hewers  of  wood  and  drawers  of  water,  and  give  him 
the  chance  of  making  the  best  of  his  inborn  faculties, 
it  would  be  a  very  good  investment.  If  there  is  one 
such  child  among  the  hundreds  of  thousands  of  our  an- 
nual increase,  it  would  be  worth  any  money  to  drag  him 
either  from  the  slough  of  misery,  or  from  the  hotbed  of 
wealth,  and  teach  him  to  devote  himself  to  the  service 
of  his  people.  Here,  again,  we  have  made  a  beginning 
with  our  scholarships  and  the  like,  and  need  only  follow 
in  the  tracks  already  worn. 

The  programme  of  industrial  development  briefly  set 
forth  in  the  preceding  pages  is  not  what  Kant  calls  a 
"Hirngespinnst,"  a  cobweb  spun  in  the  brain  of  a 
Utopian  philosopher.  More  or  less  of  it  has  taken 
bodily  shape  in  many  parts  of  the  country,  and  there 
are  towns  of  no  great  size  or  wealth  in  the  manufactur- 
ing districts  (Keighley,  for  example)  in  which  almost 
the  whole  of  it  has,  for  some  time,  been  carried  out,  so 
far  as  the  means  at  the  disposal  of  the  energetic  and 
public-spirited  men  who  have  taken  the  matter  in  hand 
permitted.  The  thing  can  be  done;  I  have  endeavoured 
to  show  good  grounds  for  the  belief  that  it  must  be 
done,  and  that  speedily,  if  we  wish  to  hold  our  own  in 
the  war  of  industry.  I  doubt  not  that  it  will  be  done, 
whenever  its  absolute  necessity  becomes  as  apparent  to 


H2       THE    STRUGGLE    FOR    EXISTENCE 

all  those  who  are  absorbed  in  the  actual  business  of  in- 
dustrial life  as  it  is  to  some  of  the  lookers  on. 

Perhaps  it  is  necessary  for  me  to  add  that  technical 
education  is  not  here  proposed  as  a  panacea  for  social 
diseases,  but  simply  as  a  medicament  which  will  help  the 
patient  to  pass  through  an  imminent  crisis. 

An  ophthalmic  surgeon  may  recommend  an  operation 
for  cataract  in  a  man  who  is  going  blind,  without  being 
supposed  to  undertake  that  it  will  cure  him  of  gout. 
And  I  may  pursue  the  metaphor  so  far  as  to  remark  that 
the  surgeon  is  justified  in  pointing  out  that  a  diet  of 
pork-chops  and  burgundy  will  probably  kill  his  patient, 
though  he  may  be  quite  unable  to  suggest  a  mode  of  living 
which  will  free  him  from  his  constitutional  disorder. 

Mr.  Booth28  asks  me,  Why  do  you  not  propose  some 
plan  of  your  own?  Really,  that  is  no  answer  to  my  argu- 
ment that  his  treatment  will  make  the  patient  very  much 
worse.  [Note  added  in  Social  Diseases  and  Worse  Reme- 
dies, January,  1891.] 

28  "General"  William  Booth  was  the  leader  of  the  Salvation 
Army.  His  absolute  power  and  the  irresponsible  administration 
of  the  society's  funds  were  the  chief  reasons  for  Huxley's  criti- 
cism of  the  work  of  the  Salvation  Army  in  the  Letters  to  the 
"Times"  on  the  "Darkest  England  Scheme,"  Collected  Essays, 
IX:  237  ff. 


SCIENCE  AND  CULTURE1 

FROM  the  time  that  the  first  suggestion  to  introduce 
physical  science  into  ordinary  education  was  timidly 
whispered,  until  now,  the  advocates  of  scientific  educa- 
tion have  met  with  opposition  of  two  kinds.  On  the  one 
hand,  they  have  been  pooh-poohed  by  the  men  of  busi- 
ness who  pride  themselves  on  being  the  representatives 
of  practicality ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  they  have  been 
excommunicated  by  the  classical  scholars,  in  their  ca- 
pacity of  Levites  in  charge  of  the  ark  of  culture  and 
monopolists  of  liberal  education. 

The  practical  men  believed  that  the  idol  whom  they 
worship  —  rule  of  thumb  —  has  been  the  source  of  the 
past  prosperity,  and  will  suffice  for  the  future  welfare 
of  the  arts  and  manufactures.  They  are  of  opinion  that 
science  is  speculative  rubbish;  that  theory  and  practice 
have  nothing  to  do  with  one  another;  and  that  the  sci- 
entific habit  of  mind  is  an  impediment,  rather  than  an 
aid,  in  the  conduct  of  ordinary  affairs. 

I  have  used  the  past  tense  in  speaking  of  the  practical 
men  —  for  although  they  were  very  formidable  thirty 
years  ago,  I  am  not  sure  that  the  pure  species  has  not 
been  extirpated.  In  fact,  so  far  as  mere  argument  goes, 
they  have  been  subjected  to  such  a  feu  d'enfer2  that  it  is 

1  This  address  was   delivered   at   the   opening   of  Sir  Josiah 
Mason's   Science   College   at   Birmingham,   October   i,    1880.     It 
was  published  in  Science  and  Culture,  1881,  and  in  Science  and 
Education,  Collected  Essays,  111:134-159.    I  have  omitted  a  few 
paragraphs  from  the  beginning  of  the  address. 

2  "Fire  from  hell." 


H4  SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE 

a  miracle  if  any  have  escaped.  But  I  have  remarked  that 
your  typical  practical  man  has  an  unexpected  resemblance 
to  one  of  Milton's  angels.  His  spiritual  wounds,  such 
as  are  inflicted  by  logical  weapons,  may  be  as  deep  as  a 
well  and  as  wide  as  a  church  door,  but  beyond  shedding  a 
few  drops  of  ichor,  celestial  or  otherwise,  he  is  no  whit 
the  worse.  So,  if  any  of  these  opponents  be  left,  I  will 
not  waste  time  in  vain  repetition  of  the  demonstrative 
evidence  of  the  practical  value  of  science;  but  knowing 
that  a  parable  will  sometimes  penetrate  where  syllogisms 
fail  to  effect  an  entrance,  I  will  offer  a  story  for  their 
consideration. 

Once  upon  a  time,  a  boy,  with  nothing  to  depend  upon 
but  his  own  vigorous  nature,  was  thrown  into  the  thick 
of  the  struggle  for  existence  in  the  midst  of  a  great  manu- 
facturing population.  He  seems  to  have  had  a  hard 
fight,  inasmuch  as,  by  the  time  he  was  thirty  years  of 
age,  his  total  disposable  funds  amounted  to  twenty 
pounds.  Nevertheless,  middle  life  found  him  giving  proof 
of  his  comprehension  of  the  practical  problems  he  had 
been  roughly  called  upon  to  solve,  by  a  career  of  remark- 
able prosperity. 

Finally,  having  reached  old  age  with  its  well-earned 
surroundings  of  "honour,  troops  of  friends,"  the  hero  of 
my  story  bethought  himself  of  those  who  were  making  a 
like  start  in  life,  and  how  he  could  stretch  out  a  helping 
hand  to  them. 

After  long  and  anxious  reflection  this  successful  practi- 
cal man  of  business  could  devise  nothing  better  than  to 
provide  them  with  the  means  of  obtaining  "sound,  exten- 
sive, and  practical  scientific  knowledge."  And  he  devoted 
a  large  part  of  his  wealth  and  five  years  of  incessant  work 
to  this  end. 

I  need  not  point  the  moral  of  a  tale  which,  as  the 


SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE  115 

solid  and  spacious  fabric  of  the  Scientific  College  as- 
sures us,  is  no  fable,  nor  can  anything  which  I  could 
say  intensify  the  force  of  this  practical  answer  to  prac- 
tical objections. 

We  may  take  it  for  granted  then,  that,  in  the  opinion 
of  those  best  qualified  to  judge,  the  diffusion  of  thorough 
scientific  education  is  an  absolutely  essential  condition 
of  industrial  progress;  and  that  the  College  which  has 
been  opened  to-day  will  confer  an  inestimable  boon  upon 
those  whose  livelihood  is  to  be  gained  by  the  practise 
of  the  arts  and  manufactures  of  the  district. 

The  only  question  worth  discussion  is,  whether  the 
conditions,  under  which  the  work  of  the  College  is  to 
be  carried  out,  are  such  as  to  give  it  the  best  possible 
chance  of  achieving  permanent  success. 

Sir  Josiah  Mason,  without  doubt  most  wisely,  has 
left  very  large  freedom  of  action  to  the  trustees,  to  whom 
he  proposes  ultimately  to  commit  the  administration  of 
the  College,  so  that  they  may  be  able  to  adjust  its  ar- 
rangements in  accordance  with  the  changing  conditions 
of  the  future.  But,  with  respect  to  three  points,  he  has 
laid  most  explicit  injunctions  upon  both  administrators 
and  teachers. 

Party  politics  are  forbidden  to  enter  into  the  minds 
of  either,  so  far  as  the  work  of  the  College  is  concerned; 
theology  is  as  sternly  banished  from  its  precincts;  and 
finally,  it  is  especially  declared  that  the  College  shall 
make  no  provision  for  "mere  literary  instruction  and 
education." 

It  does  not  concern  me  at  present  to  dwell  upon  the 
first  two  injunctions  any  longer  than  may  be  needful  to 
express  my  full  conviction  of  their  wisdom.  But  the 
third  prohibition  brings  us  face  to  face  with  those  other 
opponents  of  scientific  education,  who  are  by  no  means 


n6  SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE 

in  the  moribund  condition  of  the  practical  man,  but 
alive,  alert,  and  formidable. 

It  is  not  impossible  that  we  shall  hear  this  express 
exclusion  of  "literary  instruction  and  education"  from 
a  College  which,  nevertheless,  professes  to  give  a  high 
and  efficient  education,  sharply  criticised.  Certainly  the 
time  was  that  the  Levites  of  culture  would  have  sounded 
their  trumpets  against  its  walls  as  against  an  educational 
Jericho. 

How  often  have  we  not  been  told  that  the  study  of 
physical  science  is  incompetent  to  confer  culture;  that 
it  touches  none  of  the  higher  problems  of  life;  and, 
what  is  worse,  that  the  continual  devotion  to  scientific 
studies  tends  to  generate  a  narrow  and  bigoted  belief 
in  the  applicability  of  scientific  methods  to  the  search 
after  truth  of  all  kinds?  How  frequently  one  has  reason 
to  observe  that  no  reply  to  a  troublesome  argument  tells 
so  well  as  calling  its  author  a  "mere  scientific  specialist." 
And,  as  I  am  afraid  it  is  not  permissible  to  speak  of 
this  form  of  opposition  to  scientific  education  in  the  past 
tense;  may  we  not  expect  to  be  told  that  this,  not  only 
omission,  but  prohibition,  of  "mere  literary  instruction 
and  education"  is  a  patent  example  of  scientific  narrow- 
mindedness? 

I  am  not  acquainted  with  Sir  Josiah  Mason's  reasons 
for  the  action  which  he  has  taken;  but  if,  as  I  appre- 
hend is  the  case,  he  refers  to  the  ordinary  classical  course 
of  our  schools  and  universities  by  the  name  of  "mere 
literary  instruction  and  education,"  I  venture  to  offer 
sundry  reasons  of  my  own  in  support  of  that  action. 

For  I  hold  very  strongly  by  two  convictions:  The 
first  is,  that  neither  the  discipline  nor  the  subject- 
matter  of  classical  education  is  of  such  direct  value  to 
the  student  of  physical  science  as  to  justify  the  expendi- 
ture of  valuable  time  upon  either;  and  the  second  is, 


SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE  117 

that  for  the  purpose  of  attaining  real  culture,  an  ex^l 
clusively  scientific  education  is  at  least  as  effectual  asj 
an  exclusively  literary  education. 

I  need  hardly  point  out  to  you  that  these  opinions, 
especially  the  latter,  are  diametrically  opposed  to  those 
of  the  great  majority  of  educated  Englishmen,  influ- 
enced as  they  are  by  school  and  university  traditions. 
In  their  belief,  culture  is  obtainable  only  by  a  liberal 
education;  and  a  liberal  education  is  synonymous,  not 
merely  with  education  and  instruction  in  literature,  but 
in  one  particular  form  of  literature,  namely,  that  of 
Greek  and  Roman  antiquity.  They  hold  that  the  man~ 
who  has  learned  Latin  and  Greek,  however  little,  is 
educated;  while  he  who  is  versed  in  other  branches  of 
knowledge,  however  deeply,  is  a  more  or  less  respectable 
specialist,  not  admissible  into  the  cultured  caste.  Thef 
stamp  of  the  educated  man,  the  University  degree,  is 
not  for  him. 

I  am  too  well  acquainted  with  the  generous  catholicity 
of  spirit,  the  true  sympathy  with  scientific  thought, 
which  pervades  the  writings  of  our  chief  apostle  of  cuK 
ture  to  identify  him  with  these  opinions;  and  yet  one 
may  cull  from  one  and  another  of  those  epistles  to  the 
Philistines,  which  so  much  delight  all  who  do  not  answer 
to  that  name,  sentences  which  lend  them  some  support. 

Mr.  Arnold  tells  us  that  the  meaning  of  culture  is 
"to  know  the  best  that  has  been  thought  and  said  in 
the  world."  It  is  the  criticism  of  life  contained  in  litera- 
ture. That  criticism  regards  "Europe  as  being,  for  in- 
tellectual and  spiritual  purposes,  one  great  confederation, 
bound  to  a  joint  action  and  working  to  a  common  result ; 
and  whose  members  have,  for  their  common  outfit,  a 
knowledge  of  Greek,  Roman,  and  Eastern  antiquity,  and 
of  one  another.  Special,  local,  and  temporary  advan- 
tages being  put  out  of  account,  that  modern  nation  will 


u8  SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE 

in  the  intellectual  and  spiritual  sphere  make  most  prog- 
ress, which  most  thoroughly  carries  out  this  programme. 
And  what  is  that  but  saying  that  we  too,  all  of  us,  as 
individuals,  the  more  thoroughly  we  carry  it  out,  shall 
make  the  more  progress?"  3 

We  have  here  to  deal  with  two  distinct  propositions. 
The  first,  that  a  criticism  of  life  is  the  essence  of  cul- 
ture; the  second,  that  literature  contains  the  materials 
which  suffice  for  the  construction  of  such  criticism. 
_I  think  that  we  must  all  assent  to  the  first  proposition. 
For  culture  certainly  means  something  quite  different 
from  learning  or  technical  skill.  It  implies  the  posses- 
•sion  of  an  ideal,  and  the  habit  of  critically  estimating 
the  value  of  things  by  comparison  with  a  theoretic  stand- 
ard. Perfect  culture  should  supply  a  complete  theory  of 
life,  based  upon  a  clear  knowledge  alike  of  its  possi- 
bilities and  of  its  limitations. 

But  we  may  agree  to  all  this,  and  yet  strongly  dissent 
from  the  assumption  that  literature  alone  is  competent 
to  supply  this  knowledge.  After  having  learnt  all  that 
Greek,  Roman,  and  Eastern  antiquity  have  thought  and 
said,  and  all  that  modern  literature  have  to  tell  us,  it 
is  not  self-evident  that  we  have  laid  a  sufficiently  broad 
and  deep  foundation  for  that  criticism  of  life,  which 
constitutes  culture. 

Indeed,  to  any  one  acquainted  with  the  scope  of 
physical  science,  it  is  not  at  all  evident.  Considering 
progress  only  in  the  "intellectual  and  spiritual  sphere," 
I  find  myself  wholly  unable  to  admit  that  either  nations 
or  individuals  will  really  advance,  if  their  common  out- 
fit draws  nothing  from  the  stores  of  physical  science. 
I  should  say  that  an  army,  without  weapons  of  precision 
and  with  no  particular  base  of  operations,  might  more 
hopefully  enter  upon  a  campaign  on  the  Rhine,  than  a 
3  Essays  in  Criticism,  p.  37.  [T.  H.  H.] 


SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE  119 

man,  devoid  of  a  knowledge  of  what  physical  science  has 
done  in  the  last  century,  upon  a  criticism  of  life. 

When  a  biologist  meets  with  an  anomaly,  he  instinc- 
tively turns  to  the  study  of  development  to  clear  it  up. 
The  rationale  of  contradictory  opinions  may  with  equal 
confidence  be  sought  in  history. 

It  is,  happily,  no  new  thing  that  Englishmen  should 
employ  their  wealth  in  building  and  endowing  insti- 
tutions for  educational  purposes.  But,  five  or  six  hun- 
dred years  ago,  deeds  of  foundation  expressed  or  im- 
plied conditions  as  nearly  as  possible  contrary  to  those 
which  have  been  thought  expedient  by  Sir  Josiah  Mason. 
That  is  to  say,  physical  science  was  practically  ignored, 
while  a  certain  literary  training  was  enjoined  as  a  means 
to  the  acquirement  of  knowledge  which  was  essentially 
theological. 

The  reason  of  this  singular  contradiction  between  the 
actions  of  men  alike  animated  by  a  strong  and  disinter- 
ested desire  to  promote  the  welfare  of  their  fellows,  is 
easily  discovered. 

At  that  time,  in  fact,  if  any  one  desired  knowledge 
beyond  such  as  could  be  obtained  by  his  own  observa- 
tion, or  by  common  conversation,  his  first  necessity  was 
to  learn  the  Latin  language,  inasmuch  as  all  the  higher 
knowledge  of  the  western  world  was  contained  in  works 
written  in  that  language.  Hence,  Latin  grammar,  with 
logic  and  rhetoric,  studied  through  Latin,  were  the  funda- 
mentals of  education.  With  respect  to  the  substance  of 
the  knowledge  imparted  through  this  channel,  the  Jewish 
and  Christian  Scriptures,  as  interpreted  and  supple- 
mented by  the  Romish  Church,  were  held  to  contain  a 
complete  and  infallibly  true  body  of  information. 

Theological  dicta  were,  to  the  thinkers  of  those  days, 
that  which  the  axioms  and  definitions  of  Euclid  are  to 


120  SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE 

the  geometers  of  these.  The  business  of  the  philosophers 
of  the  middle  ages  was  to  deduce  from  the  data  furnished 
by  the  theologians,  conclusions  in  accordance  with  eccle- 
siastical decrees.  They  were  allowed  the  high  privilege  of 
showing,  by  logical  process,  how  and  why  that  which  the 
Church  said  was  true,  must  be  true.  And  if  their  demon- 
strations fell  short  of  or  exceeded  this  limit,  the  Church- 
was  maternally  ready  to  check  their  aberrations;  if  need 
were  by  the  help  of  the  secular  arm. 

Between  the  two,  our  ancestors  were  furnished  with  a 
compact  and  complete  criticism  of  life.  They  were  told 
how  the  world  began  and  how  it  would  end ;  they  learned 
that  all  material  existence  was  but  a  base  and  insignifi- 
cant blot  upon  the  fair  face  of  the  spiritual  world,  and 
that  nature  was,  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  the  play- 
ground of  the  devil;  they  learned  that  the  earth  is  the 
centre  of  the  visible  universe,  and  that  man  is  the  cy- 
nosure of  things  terrestrial,  and  more  especially  was  it 
inculcated  that  the  course  of  nature  had  no  fixed  order, 
but  that  it  could  be,  and  constantly  was,  altered  by  the 
agency  of  innumerable  spiritual  beings,  good  and  bad, 
according  as  they  were  moved  by  the  deeds  and  prayers 
of  men.  The  sum  and  substance  of  the  whole  doctrine 
was  to  produce  the  conviction  that  the  only  thing  really 
worth  knowing  in  this  world  was  how  to  secure  that 
place  in  a  better  which,  under  certain  conditions,  the 
Church  promised. 

Our  ancestors  had  a  living  belief  in  this  theory  of 
life,  and  acted  upon  it  in  their  dealings  with  education, 
as  in  all  other  matters.  Culture  meant  saintliness  — 
after  the  fashion  of  the  saints  of  those  days;  the  educa- 
tion that  led  to  it  was,  of  necessity,  theological ;  and  the 
way  to  theology  lay  through  Latin. 

That  the  study  of  nature  —  further  than  was  requisite 
for  the  satisfaction  of  everyday  wants  —  should  have  any 


SCIENCE    AND    CULTURE  121 

bearing  on  human  life  was  far  from  the  thoughts  of  men 
thus  trained.  Indeed,  as  nature  had  been  cursed  for 
man's  sake,  it  was  an  obvious  conclusion  that  those  who 
meddled  with  nature  were  likely  to  come  into  pretty  close 
contact  with  Satan.  And,  if  any  born  scientific  investi- 
gator followed  his  instincts,  he  might  safely  reckon  upon 
earning  the  reputation,  and  probably  upon  suffering  the 
fate,  of  a  sorcerer. 

Had  the  western  world  been  left  to  itself  in  Chinese 
isolation,  there  is  no  saying  how  long  this  state  of  things 
might  have  endured.  But,  happily,  it  was  not  left  to 
itself.  Even  earlier  than  the  thirteenth  century,  the 
development  of  Moorish  civilisation  in  Spain  and  the 
great  movement  of  the  Crusades  had  introduced  the 
leaven  which,  from  that  day  to  this,  has  never  ceased 
to  work.  At  first,  through  the  intermediation  of  Arabic 
translations,  afterwards  by  the  study  of  the  originals, 
the  western  nations  of  Europe  became  acquainted  with 
the  writings  of  the  ancient  philosophers  and  poets,  and, 
in  time,  with  the  whole  of  the  vast  literature  of  antiquity. 

Whatever  there  was  of  high  intellectual  aspiration  or 
dominant  capacity  in  Italy,  France,  Germany,  and  Eng" 
land,  spent  itself  for  centuries  in  taking  possession  of 
the  rich  inheritance  left  by  the  dead  civilisations  of 
Greece  and  Rome.  Marvellously  aided  by  the  invention 
of  printing,  classical  learning  spread  and  flourished. 
Those  who  possessed  it  prided  themselves  on  having  at- 
tained the  highest  culture  then  within  the  reach  of  man- 
kind. 

And  justly.  For,  saving  Dante4  on  his  solitary  pin- 
nacle, there  was  no  figure  in  modern  literature  at  the 

4  Dante  Alighieri  (1265-1321)  wrote  La  Commedia,  usually 
called  the  Divine  Comedy,  a  great  allegory.  The  poem  is  a 
vision  of  the  next  world,  as  it  was  then  conceived,  of  hell,  of 
purgatory,  and  of  paradise. 


122  SCIENCE    AND    CULTURE 

ime  of  the  Renascence  to  compare  with  the  men  of  an- 
tiquity ;  there  was  no  art  to  compete  with  their  sculpture ; 
there  was  no  physical  science  but  that  which  Greece  had 
created.  Above  all,  there  was  no  other  example  of  perfect 
intellectual  freedom  —  of  the  unhesitating  acceptance  of 
reason  as  the  sole  guide  to  truth  and  the  supreme  arbiter 
of  conduct. 

The  new  learning  necessarily  soon  exerted  a  profound 
influence  upon  education.  The  language  of  the  monks 
and  schoolmen  seemed  little  better  than  gibberish  to 
scholars  fresh  from  Virgil  and  Cicero,  and  the  study  of 
Latin  was  placed  upon  a  new  foundation.  Moreover, 
Latin  itself  ceased  to  afford  the  sole  key  to  knowledge. 
The  student  who  sought  the  highest  thought  of  antiquity, 
found  only  a  second-hand  reflection  of  it  in  Roman  lit- 
erature, and  turned  his  face  to  the  full  light  of  the  Greeks. 
And  after  a  battle,  not  altogether  dissimilar  to  that  which 
is  at  present  being  fought  over  the  teaching  of  physical 
science,  the  study  of  Greek  was  recognised  as  an  essential 
element  of  all  higher  education. 

Then  the  Humanists,  as  they  were  called,  won  the 
day;  and  the  great  reform  which  they  effected  was  of 
incalculable  service  to  mankind.  (But  the  Nemesis5  of  all 
reformers  is  finality;  and  the  reformers  of  education,  like 
those  of  religion,  fell  into  the  profound,  however  com- 
mon, error  of  mistaking  the  beginning  for  the  end  of  the 
work  of  reformation] 

The  representatives  of  the  Humanists,  in  the  nine- 
teenth century,  take  their  stand  upon  classical  educa- 
tion as  the  sole  avenue  to  culture,  as  firmly  as  if  we  were 
still  in  the  age  of  Renascence.  Yet,  surely,  the  present 
intellectual  relations  of  the  modern  and  the  ancient 
worlds  are  profoundly  different  from  those  which  obtained 
three  centuries  ago.  Leaving  aside  the  existence  of  a 
5  The  Greek  divinity  who  dealt  out  retributive  justice. 


SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE  123 

great  and  characteristically  modern  literature,  of  mod- 
ern painting,  and,  especially,  of  modern  music,  there  is 
one  feature  of  the  present  state  of  the  civilised  world 
which  separates  it  more  widely  from  the  Renascence, 
than  the  Renascence  was  separated  from  the  middle 
ages. 

This  distinctive  character  of  our  own  times  lies  in  the 
vast  and  constantly  increasing  part  which  is  played  by^t 
natural  knowledge.  Not  only  is  our  daily  life  shaped 
by  it;  not  only  does  the  prosperity  of  millions  of  men 
depend  upon  it,  but  our  whole  theory  of  life  has  long 
been  influenced,  consciously  or  unconsciously,  by  the 
general  conceptions  of  the  universe,  which  have  been 
forced  upon  us  by  physical  science. 

In  fact,  the  most  elementary  acquaintance  with  the 
results  of  scientific  investigation  shows  us  that  they 
offer  a  broad  and  striking  contradiction  to  the  opinion 
so  implicitly  credited  and  taught  in  the  middle  ages. 

The  notions  of  the  beginning  and  the  end  of  the  world 
entertained  by  our  forefathers  are  no  longer  credible. 
It  is  very  certain  that  the  earth  is  not  the  chief  body 
in  the  material  universe,  and  that  the  world  is  not  sub- 
ordinated to  man's  use.  It  is  even  more  certain  that 
nature  is  the  expression  of  a  definite  order  with  which 
nothing  interferes,  and  that  the  chief  business  of  man- 
kind is  to  learn  that  order  and  govern  themselves  ac- 
cordingly. Moreover  this  scientific  "criticism  of  life" 
presents  itself  to  us  with  different  credentials  from  any 
other.  It  appeals  not  to  authority,  nor  to  what  anybody 
may  have  thought  or  said,  but  to  nature.  It  admits  that 
all  our  interpretations  of  natural  fact  are  more  or  less 
imperfect  and  symbolic,  and  bids  the  learner  seek  for « 
truth  not  among  words  but  among  things.  It  warns 
us  that  the  assertion  which  outstrips  evidence  is  not  only 
a  blunder  but  a  crime. 


i24  SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE 

The  purely  classical  education  advocated  by  the  rep- 
resentatives of  the  Humanists  in  our  day,  gives  no  ink- 
ling of  all  this.  A  man  may  be  a  better  scholar  than 
Erasmus,6  and  know  no  more  of  the  chief  causes  of  the 
present  intellectual  fermentation  than  Erasmus  did. 
Scholarly  and  pious  persons,  worthy  of  all  respect,  favour 
us  with  allocutions  upon  the  sadness  of  the  antagonism 
of  science  to  their  mediaeval  way  of  thinking,  which  be- 
tray an  ignorance  of  the  first  principles  of  scientific 
investigation,  an  incapacity  for  understanding  what  a 
man  of  science  means  by  veracity,  and  an  unconsciousness 
of  the  weight  of  established  scientific  truths,  which  is 
almost  comical. 

There  is  no  great  force  in  the  tu  quoquc7  argument, 
or  else  the  advocates  of  scientific  education  might  fairly 
enough  retort  upon  the  modern  Humanists  that  they 
may  be  learned  specialists,  but  that  they  possess  no 
such  sound  foundation  for  a  criticism  of  life  as  deserves 
the  name  of  culture.  And,  indeed,  if  we  were  disposed  to 
be  cruel,  we  might  urge  that  the  Humanists  have  brought 
this  reproach  upon  themselves,  not  because  they  are  too 
full  of  the  spirit  of  the  ancient  Greek,  but  because  they 
lack  it. 

The  period  of  the  Renascence  is  commonly  called  that 
of  the  "Revival  of  Letters,"  as  if  the  influences  then 
brought  to  bear  upon  the  mind  of  Western  Europe  had 
been  wholly  exhausted  in  the  field  of  literature.  I  think 
it  is  very  commonly  forgotten  that  the  revival  of  science, 
effected  by  the  same  agency,  although  less  conspicuous, 
was  not  less  momentous. 

In  fact,  the  few  and  scattered  students  of  nature  of 

6  Desiderius  Erasmus  (1467-1536),  a  Dutch  scholar,  was  prob- 
ably the  most  important  of  the  Renascence  scholars.    The  Collo- 
quia,  1509,  a  series  of  dialogues  on  social,  religious,  and  educa- 
tional subjects,  was  his  greatest  work. 

7  "Thou   too." 


SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE  125 

that  day  picked  up  the  clue  to  her  secrets  exactly  as  it  fell 
from  the  hands  of  the  Greeks  a  thousand  years  before. 
The  foundations  of  mathematics  were  so  well  laid  by 
them,  that  our  children  learn  their  geometry  from  a  book 
written  for  the  schools  of  Alexandria  two  thousand  years 
ago.8  Modern  astronomy  is  the  natural  continuation  and 
development  of  the  work  of  Hipparchus  and  of  Ptolemy ; 9 
modern  physics  of  that  of  Democritus  and  of  Archi- 
medes;10 it  was  long  before  modern  biological  science  out- 
grew the  knowledge  bequeathed  to  us  by  Aristotle,  by 
Theophrastus,  and  by  Galen.11 

We  cannot  know  all  the  best  thoughts  and  sayings  of 
the  Greeks  unless  we  know  what  they  thought  about 
natural  phenomena.  We  cannot  fully  apprehend  their 

8  Euclid's  Elements  of  geometry  was  written  in  the  third  cen- 
tury B.C.     Euclid  was  a  Greek  scholar  who  lived  in  Alexandria 
during  the  reign   of   Ptolemy   I.     Alexandria,   though   in   Egypt, 
was  for  a  time  the  centre  of  Greek  learning,  and  was  noted  for 
the  fine  library  founded  by  Ptolemy  I. 

9  Hipparchus  (2nd  century  B.C.)  was  a  Greek  astronomer  who 
discovered  the  precession  of  the  equinoxes,  prepared  a  catalogue 
of  stars,  founded  astronomy,  and  invented  the  system  of  indi- 
cating  geographical   positions  by   means   of   the   circles   of   lati- 
tude and  longitude.     Ptolemy  was  the   famous  Alexandrian  as- 
tronomer who  gave  his  name  to  the  system  of  astronomy  which 
first  represented  the  earth  as  a  globe  and  the  planets  as  revolving 
around  it. 

10  Democritus,    a    Greek    physical    philosopher    of    the    fifth 
century  B.C.,  is  chiefly  known  for  the  atomic  theory  which  he 
expounded.    Archimedes  (B.C.  287-212)    is  said  to  have  discov- 
ered the  principles  on  which  the  theory  of  specific  gravity  is  based, 
the  Archimedean  screw,  and  various  burning  devices  and  hurling 
engines  used  in  ancient  warfare. 

11  Aristotle  (B.C.  384-322)   was  a  pupil  of  Plato  and  an  im- 
portant critic,  logician,  and  moral  and  political  philosopher.     As 
the  creator  of  natural  science  he  first  divided  the  animal  king- 
dom into  classes,  and  he  came  near  discovering  the  circulation 
of    the    blood.     Theophrastus    (B.C.    372-287)    was    a    pupil    of 
Plato  and   Aristotle   and   was  particularly   interested   in   botany. 
Claudius  Galen  (A.D.  130-200),  a  Greek  physician,  was  regarded 
until  the  sixteenth  century  as  the  greatest  authority  on  anatomy 
and  physiology. 


126  SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE 

'criticism  of  life  unless  we  understand  the  extent  to  which 
that  criticism  was  affected  by  scientific  conceptions.  We 
falsely  pretend  to  be  the  inheritors  of  their  culture,  un- 
less we  are  penetrated,  as  the  best  minds  among  them 
were,  with  an  unhesitating  faith  that  the  free  employ- 
ment of  reason,  in  accordance  with  scientific  method,  is 
the  sole  method  of  reaching  truth. 

Thus  I  venture  to  think  that  the  pretensions  of  our 
modern  Humanists  to  the  possession  of  the  monopoly  of 
culture  and  to  the  exclusive  inheritance  of  the  spirit  of 
antiquity  must  be  abated,  if  not  abandoned.     But  I 
should  be  very  sorry  that  anything  I  have  said  should 
be  taken  to  imply  a  desire  on  my  part  to  depreciate  the 
/value  of  classical  education,  as  it  might  be  and  as  it 
sometimes  is.     The  native  capacities  of  mankind  vary 
no  less  than  their  opportunities;   and  while  culture  is] 
one,  the  road  by  which  one  man  may  best  reach  it  is| 
widely  different  from  that  which  is  most  advantageous  to 
another.     Again,  while  scientific   education  is  yet  in- 
choate and  tentative,  classical  education  is  thoroughly 
well  organised  upon  the  practical  experience  of  genera- 
tions of  teachers.     So  that,  given  ample  time  for  learn- j 
ing  and  estimation  for  ordinary  life,  or  for  a  literary! 
career,  I  do  not  think  that  a  young   Englishman  in) 
search  of  culture  can  do  better  than  follow  the  course! 
usually  marked  out  for  him,  supplementing  its  deficiencies 
by  his  own  efforts. 

But  for  those  who  mean  to  make  science  their  serious 
occupation;  or  who  intend  to  follow  the  profession  of 
medicine;  or  who  have  to  enter  early  upon  the  business 
of  life;  for  all  these,  in  my  opinion,  classical  education 
is  a  mistake;  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that  I  am  glad 
to  see  "mere  literary  education  and  instruction"  shut  out 
from  the  curriculum  of  Sir  Josiah  Mason's  College, 
seeing  that  its  inclusion  would  probably  lead  to  the 


SCIENCE    AND    CULTURE  127 

introduction  of  the  ordinary  smattering  of  Latin  and 
Greek. 

Nevertheless,  I  am  the  last  person  to  question  the  im-1 
portance  of  genuine  literary  education,  or  to  suppose 
that  intellectual  culture  can  be  complete  without  it.  An 
exclusively  scientific  training  will  bring  about  a  mental 
twist  as  surely  as  an  exclusively  literary  training.  The 
value  of  the  cargo  does  not  compensate  for  a  ship's 
being  out  of  trim;  and  I  should  be  very  sorry  to  thin!; 
that  the  Scientific  College  would  turn  out  none  but  lop- 
sided men. 

There  is  no  need,  however,  that  such  a  catastrophe 
should   happen.      Instruction   in   English,    French,   and 
German  is  provided,  and  thus  the  three  greatest  litera- ; 
tures  of  the  modern  world  are  made  accessible  to  the 
student. 

French  and  German,  and  especially  the  latter  lan- 
guage, are  absolutely  indispensable  to  those  who  desire 
full  knowledge  in  any  department  of  science.  But  even 
supposing  that  the  knowledge  of  these  languages  ac- 
quired is  not  more  than  sufficient  for  purely  scientific 
purposes,  every  Englishman  has,  in  his  native  tongue,  an 
almost  perfect  instrument  of  literary  expression;  and, 
in  his  own  literature,  models  of  every  kind  of  literary 
excellence.  If  an  Englishman  cannot  get  literary  culture 
out  of  his  Bible,  his  Shakespeare,  his  Milton,  neither, 
in  my  belief,  will  the  profoundest  study  of  Homer  and 
Sophocles,  Virgil  and  Horace,  give  it  to  him. 

Thus,  since  the  constitution  of  the  College  makes  suffi- 
cient provision  for  literary  as  well  as  for  scientific  edu- 
cation, and  since  artistic  instruction  is  also  contemplated, 
it  seems  to  me  that  a  fairly  complete  culture  is  offered 
to  all  who  are  willing  to  take  advantage  of  it. 

But  I  am  not  sure  that  at  this  point  the  "practical" 
man,  scotched  but  not  slain,  may  ask  what  all  this  talk 


128  SCIENCE    AND    CULTURE 

about  culture  has  to  do  with  an  Institution,  the  object 
of  which  is  defined  to  be  "to  promote  the  prosperity  of 
the  manufactures  and  the  industry  of  the  country."  He 
may  suggest  that  what  is  wanted  for  this  end  is  not 
culture,  nor  even  a  purely  scientific  discipline,  but  simply 
a  knowledge  of  applied  science. 

I  often  wish  that  this  phrase,  "applied  science,"  had 
never  been  invented.  For  it  suggests  that  there  is  a 
sort  of  scientific  knowledge  of  direct  practical  use,  which 
can  be  studied  apart  from  another  sort  of  scientific 
knowledge,  which  is  of  no  practical  utility,  and  which 
is  termed  "pure  science."  But  there  is  no  more  com- 
plete fallacy  than  this.  What  people  call  applied  science 
is  nothing  but  the  application  of  pure  science  to  par- 
ticular classes  of  problems.  It  consists  of  deductions 
from  those  general  principles,  established  by  reasoning 
and  observation,  which  constitute  pure  science.  No  one 
can  safely  make  these  deductions  until  he  has  a  firm 
grasp  of  the  principles;  and  he  can  obtain  that  grasp 
only  by  personal  experience  of  the  operations  of  obser- 
vation and  of  reasoning  on  which  they  are  founded. 

Almost  all  the  processes  employed  in  the  arts  and 
manufactures  fall  within  the  range  either  of  physics  or 
of  chemistry.  In  order  to  improve  them,  one  must 
thoroughly  understand  them;  and  no  one  has  a  chance 
of  really  understanding  them,  unless  he  has  obtained 
that  mastery  of  principles  and  that  habit  of  dealing  with 
facts,  which  is  given  by  long-continued  and  well-directed 
purely  scientific  training  in  the  physical  and  the  chemical 
laboratory.  So  that  there  really  is  no  question  as  to 
the  necessity  of  purely  scientific  discipline,  even  if  the 
work  of  the  College  were  limited  by  the  narrowest  in- 
terpretation of  its  stated  aims. 

And,  as  to  the  desirableness  of  a  wider  culture  than 
that  yielded  by  science  alone,  it  is  to  be  recollected  that 


SCIENCE    AND    CULTURE  129 

the  improvement  of  manufacturing  processes  is  only  one 
of  the  conditions  which  contribute  to  the  prosperity  of 
industry.  Industry  is  a  means  and  not  an  end;  and 
mankind  work  only  to  get  something  which  they  want. 
What  that  something  is  depends  partly  on  their  innate, 
and  partly  on  their  acquired,  desires. 

If  the  wealth  resulting  from  prosperous  industry  is 
to  be  spent  upon  the  gratification  of  unworthy  desires,  if 
the  increasing  perfection  of  manufacturing  processes  is 
to  be  accompanied  by  an  increasing  debasement  of  those 
who  carry  them  on,  I  do  not  see  the  good  of  industry 
and  prosperity. 

Now  it  is  perfectly  true  that  men's  views  of  what  is 
desirable  depend  upon  their  characters;  and  that  the 
innate  proclivities  to  which  we  give  that  name  are  not 
touched  by  any  amount  of  instruction.  But  it  does  not 
follow  that  even  mere  intellectual  education  may  not, 
to  an  indefinite  extent,  modify  the  practical  manifesta- 
tion of  the  characters  of  men  in  their  actions,  by  sup- 
plying them  with  motives  unknown  to  the  ignorant.  A 
pleasure-loving  character  will  have  pleasure  of  some  sort ; 
but,  if  you  give  him  the  choice,  he  may  prefer  pleasures 
which  do  not  degrade  him  to  those  which  do.  And  this 
choice  is  offered  to  every  man,  who  possesses  in  literary 
or  artistic  culture  a  never-failing  source  of  pleasures, 
which  are  neither  withered  by  age,  nor  staled  by  custom, 
nor  embittered  in  the  recollection  by  the  pangs  of  self- 
reproach. 

If  the  Institution  opened  to-day  fulfils  the  intention  of 
its  founder,  the  picked  intelligences  among  all  classes  of 
the  population  of  this  district  will  pass  through  it.  No 
child  born  in  Birmingham,  henceforward,  if  he  have  the 
capacity  to  profit  by  the  opportunities  offered  to  him, 
first  in  the  primary  and  other  schools,  and  afterwards  in 
the  Scientific  College,  need  fail  to  obtain,  not  merely 


130  SCIENCE    AND    CULTURE 

the  instruction,  but  the  culture  most  appropriate  to  the 
conditions  of  his  life. 

Within  these  walls,  the  future  employer  and  the  future 
artisan  may  sojourn  together  for  a  while,  and  carry, 
through  all  their  lives,  the  stamp  of  the  influences  then 
brought  to  bear  upon  them.  Hence,  it  is  not  beside  the 
mark  to  remind  you,  that  the  prosperity  of  industry 
depends  not  merely  upon  the  improvement  of  manufac- 
turing processes,  not  merely  upon  the  ennobling  of  the 
individual  character,  but  upon  a  third  condition,  namely, 
a  clear  understanding  of  the  conditions  of  social  life,  on 
the  part  of  both  the  capitalist  and  the  operative,  and 
their  argument  upon  common  principles  of  social  action. 
They  must  learn  that  social  phenomena  are  as  much 
the  expression  of  natural  laws  as  any  others;  that  no 
social  arrangements  can  be  permanent  unless  they  har- 
monise with  the  requirements  of  social  statics  and  dy- 
namics; and  that,  in  the  nature  of  things,  there  is  an 
arbiter  whose  decisions  execute  themselves. 

But  this  knowledge  is  only  to  be  obtained  by  the  ap- 
plication of  the  methods  of  investigation  adopted  in 
physical  researches  to  the  investigation  of  the  phe- 
nomena of  society.  Hence,  I  confess,  I  should  like  to 
see  one  addition  made  to  the  excellent  scheme  of  edu- 
cation propounded  for  the  College,  in  the  shape  of  pro- 
vision for  the  teaching  of  Sociology.  For  though  we 
are  all  agreed  that  party  politics  are  to  have  no  place 
in  the  instruction  of  the  College;  yet  in  this  country, 
practically  governed  as  it  is  now  by  universal  suffrage, 
every  man  who  does  his  duty  must  exercise  political 
functions.  And,  if  the  evils  which  are  inseparable  from 
the  good  of  political  liberty  are  to  be  checked,  if  the 
perpetual  oscillation  of  nations  between  anarchy  and 
despotism  is  to  be  replaced  by  the  steady  march  of  self- 
restraining  freedom;  it  will  be  because  men  will  gradu- 


SCIENCE   AND    CULTURE  131 

ally  bring  themselves  to  deal  with  political,  as  they  now 
deal  with  scientific  questions;  to  be  as  ashamed  of  undue 
haste  and  partisan  prejudice  in  the  one  case  as  in  the 
other;  and  to  believe  that  the  machinery  of  society  is  at 
least  as  delicate  as  that  of  a  spinning- jenny,  and  as 
little  likely  to  be  improved  by  the  meddling  of  those 
who  have  not  taken  the  trouble  to  master  the  principles 
of  its  action. 

In  conclusion,  I  am  sure  that  I  make  myself  the 
mouthpiece  of  all  present  in  offering  to  the  venerable 
founder  of  the  Institution,  which  now  commences  its 
beneficent  career,  our  congratulations  on  the  completion 
of  his  work;  and  in  expressing  the  conviction,  Chat  the 
remotest  posterity  will  point  to  it  as  a  crucial  instance 
of  the  wisdom  which  natural  piety  leads  all  men  to 
ascribe  to  their  ancestors. 


A  LIBERAL  EDUCATION1 

SUPPOSE  it  were  perfectly  certain  that  the  life  and  for- 
tune of  every  one  of  us  would,  one  day  or  other,  depend 
upon  his  winning  or  losing  a  game  of  chess.  Don't  you 
think  that  we  should  all  consider  it  to  be  a  primary  duty 
to  learn  at  least  the  names  and  the  moves  of  the  pieces; 
to  have  a  notion  of  a  gambit,  and  a  keen  eye  for  all  the 
means  of  giving  and  getting  out  of  check?  Do  you  not 
think  that  we  should  look  with  a  disapprobation  amount- 
ing to  scorn,  upon  the  father  who  allowed  his  son,  or 

1  This  definition  is  taken  from  one  of  Huxley's  early  addresses, 
delivered  to  the  South  London  Working  Men's  College,  in  1.368, 
entitled  A  Liberal  Education:  and  where  to  find  it.  The  whole 
address  was  published  in  Macmillan's  Magazine,  in  Lay  Sermons, 
and  in  Science  and  Education,  Collected  Essays,  III:  76-110.  The 
address  commences  with  a  review  of  the  reasons  for  the  growing 
interest  in  popular  education  and  of  its  supposed  aims.  Huxley 
then  gives  his  view  of  education  as  a  very  practical  preparation 
for  the  business  of  living.  The  main  part  of  the  essay  is  de- 
voted to  a  criticism  of  the  whole  English  educational  system,  the 
system  that  Huxley  later  helped  to  improve  by  his  work  with  the 
School  Board. 

Huxley's  ideas  about  the  value  of  science  in  education  brought 
him  into  a  conflict  more  apparent  than  real  with  the  educational 
ideas  of  Matthew  Arnold.  A  careful  comparison  of  Huxley's 
two  addresses,  A  Liberal  Education  and  Science  and  Art,  with 
Arnold's  Literature  and  Science  (Discourses  in  America,  1885), 
will  show  that  they  were  in  closer  agreement  than  they  are  usually 
credited  with  being.  Leonard  Huxley  seems  to  be  defending  his 
father  against  the  popular  misapprehension  of  Arnold's  views  in 
the  following  comment  upon  this  address:  "This  is  not  a  brief 
for  science  to  the  exclusion  of  other  teaching;  no  essay  has  in- 
sisted more  strenuously  on  the  evils  of  a  one-sided  education, 
whether  it  be  classical  or  scientific;  but  it  urged  the  necessity 
for  a  strong  tincture  of  science  and  her  method,  if  the  modern 
conception  of  the  world,  created  by  the  spread  of  natural  knowl- 

132 


A    LIBERAL    EDUCATION  133 

the  state  which  allowed  its  members,  to  grow  up  with- 
out knowing  a  pawn  from  a  knight? 

Yet  it  is  a  very  plain  and  elementary  truth,  that  the 
life,  the  fortune,  and  the  happiness  of  every  one  of  us, 
and,  more  or  less,  of  those  who  are  connected  with  us,  do 
depend  upon  our  knowing  something  of  the  rules  of  a 
game  infinitely  more  difficult  and  complicated  than  chess. 
It  is  a  game  which  has  been  played  for  untold  ages,  every 
man  and  woman  of  us  being  one  of  the  two  players  in  a 
game  of  his  or  her  own.  The  chess-board  is  the  world, 
the  pieces  are  the  phenomena  of  the  universe,  the  rules 
of  the  game  are  what  we  call  the  laws  of  Nature.  The 
player  on  the  other  side  is  hidden  from  us.  We  know 
that  his  play  is  always  fair,  just,  and  patient.  But  also 
we  know,  to  our  cost,  that  he  never  overlooks  a  mistake, 
or  makes  the  smallest  allowance  for  ignorance.  To  the 
man  who  plays  well,  the  highest  stakes  are  paid,  with 
that  sort  of  overflowing  generosity  with  which  the  strong 
shows  delight  in  strength.  And  one  who  plays  ill  is 
checkmated  —  without  haste,,  but  without  remorse.2 

edge,  is  to  be  fairly  understood.  If  culture  is  the  'criticism  of 
life,'  it  is  fallacious  if  deprived  of  knowledge  of  the  most  im- 
portant factor  which  has  transformed  the  medieval  into  the  mod- 
ern spirit."  Life  and  Letters,  1:320.  It  is  perhaps  unnecessary 
to  add  that  Arnold  would  no  more  have  excluded  knowledge  of 
either  the  results  or  the  methods  of  modern  science  from  a  liberal 
education  than  Huxley  would  have  excluded  knowledge  of  litera- 
ture and  languages. 

2  This  idea  is  impressively  stated  in  the  preface  to  Evolution 
and  Ethics,  Collected  Essays,  IX:viii-ix.  "The  motive  of  the 
drama  of  human  life  is  the  necessity,  laid  upon  every  man  who 
comes  into  the  world,  of  discovering  the  mean  between  self-' 
assertion  and  self-restraint  suited  to  his  character  and  his  cir- 
cumstances. And  the  eternally  tragic  aspect  of  the  drama  lies 
in  this:  that  the  problem  set  before  us  is  one  the  elements  of 
which  can  be  but  imperfectly  known,  and  of  which  even  an  ap- 
proximately right  solution  rarely  presents  itself,  until  that  stern 
critic,  aged  experience,  has  been  furnished  with  ample  justification 
for  venting  his  sarcastic  humour  upon  the  irreparable  blunders 
we  have  already  made." 


134 


A   LIBERAL    EDUCATION 


My  metaphor  will  remind  some  of  you  of  the  famous 
picture  in  which  Retzsch  has  depicted  Satan  playing  at 
chess  with  man  for  his  soul.  Substitute  for  the  mocking 
fiend  in  that  picture,  a  calm,  strong  angel  who  is  playing 
for  love,  as  we  say,  and  would  rather  lose  than  win  — 
and  I  should  accept  it  as  an  image  of  human  life. 

Well,  what  I  mean  by  Education  is  learning  the  rules 
of  this  mighty  game.  In  other  words,  education  is  the 
instruction  of  the  intellect  in  the  laws  of  Nature,  under 
which  name  I  include  not  merely  things  and  their  forces,, 
but  men  and  their  ways;  and  the  fashioning  of  the  affec- 
tions and  of  the  will  into  an  earnest  and  loving  desire  to 
move  in  harmony  with  those  laws.  For  me  education 
means  neither  more  nor  less  than  this.  Anything  which 
professes  to  call  itself  education  must  be  tried  by  this 
standard,  and  if  it  fails  to  stand  the  test,  I  will  not  call 
it  education,  whatever  may  be  the  force  of  authority,  or 
of  numbers,  upon  the  other  side. 

It  is  important  to  remember  that,  in  strictness,  there 
is  no  such  thing  as  an  uneducated  man.  Take  an  ex- 
treme case.  Suppose  that  an  adult  man,  in  the  full  vigour 
Grills' faculties,  could  be  suddenly  placed  in  the  world, 
as  Adam  is  said  to  have  been,  and  then  left  to  do  as  he 
best  might.  How  long  would  he  be  left  uneducated? 
Not  five  minutes.  Nature  would  begin  to  teach  him, 
I  through  the  eye,  the  ear,  the  touch,  the  properties  of 
objects.  Pain  and  pleasure  would  be  at  his  elbow  telling 
*  him  to  do  this  and  avoid  that;  and  by  slow  degrees  the 
man  would  receive  an  education,  which,  if  narrow,  would 
be  thorough,  real,  and  adequate  to  his  circumstances, 
though  there  would  be  no  extras  and  very  few  accom- 
plishments. 

And  if  to  this  solitary  man  entered  a  second  Adam,  or 
better  still,  an  Eve,  a  new  and  greater  world,  that  of 
social  and  moral  phenomena,  would  be  revealed.  Joys 


A   LIBERAL    EDUCATION  135 

and  woes,  compared  with  which  all  others  might  seem 
but  faint  shadows,  would  spring  from  the  new  relations. 
Happiness  and  sorrow  would  take  the  place  of  the  coarser 
monitors,  pleasure  and  pain;  but  conduct  would  still  be 
shaped  by  the  observation  of  the  natural  consequences 
of  actions;  or,  in  other  words,  by  the  laws  of  the  nature 
of  man. 

To  every  one  of  us  the  world  was  once  as  fresh  and 
new  as  to  Adam.  And  then,  long  before  we  were  sus- 
ceptible of  any  other  mode  of  instruction,  Nature  took 
us  in  hand,  and  every  minute  of  waking  life  brought  its 
educational  influence,  shaping  our  actions  into  rough  ac- 
cordance with  Nature's  laws,  so  that  we  might  not  be 
ended  untimely  by  too  gross  disobedience.  Nor  should 
I  speak  of  this  process  of  education  as  past  for  any  one, 
be  he  as  old  as  he  may.  For  every  man  the  world  is  as 
fresh,  as  it  was  at  the  first  day,  and  as  full  of  untold 
novelties  for  him  who  has  the  eyes  to  see  them.  And 
Nature  is  still  continuing  her  patient  education  of  us  in 
that  great  university,  the  universe,  of  which  we  are  all 
members  —  Nature  having  no  Test- Acts.3 

Those  who  take  honours  in  Nature's  university,  who 
learn  the  laws  which  govern  men  and  things  and  obey 
them,  are  the  really  great  and  successful  men  in  this 
world.  The  great  mass  of  mankind  are  the  "Poll,"  4  who 
pick  up  just  enough  to  get  through  without  much  dis- 
credit. Those  who  won't  learn  at  all  are  plucked;  and 
then  you  can't  come  up  again.  Nature's  pluck  means 
extermination. 

3  The  Test  Acts  excluded  from  public  office  in  England  and 
Scotland  all  persons  who  did  not  profess  the  established  religion. 
Similar  religious  tests  were  required  in  English  universities  until 
1871. 

4  At  the  University  of  Cambridge  the  "pass-degree,"  without 
honours,  is  called  the  "poll-degree"  and  the  term  "poll"  is  said 
to  come  from  oiTroAAot,  "the  many,  the  common  people." 


136 


A   LIBERAL   EDUCATION 


Thus  the  question  of  compulsory  education  is  settled 
so  far  as  Nature  is  concerned.  Her  bill  on  that  question 
was  framed  and  passed  long  ago.  But,  like  all  com- 
pulsory legislation,  that  of  Nature  is  harsh  and  wasteful 
in  its  operation.  Ignorance  is  visited  as  sharply  as  wilful 
disobedience  —  incapacity  meets  with  the  same  punish- 
ment as  crime.  Nature's  discipline  is  not  even  a  word 
and  a  blow,  and  the  blow  first ;  but  the  blow  without  the 
word.  It  is  left  to  you  to  find  out  why  your  ears  are 
boxed. 

The  object  of  what  we  commonly  call  education  —  that 
education  in  which  man  intervenes  and  which  I  shall 
distinguish  as  artificial  education  —  is  to  make  good  these 
Defects  in  Nature's  methods;  tpjprepare  the  child  to  re- 
ceive Nature's  education,  neither  incapably  nor  igno- 
rantly,  nor  with  wilful  disobedience;  and  to  understand 
the  preliminary  symptoms  of  her  displeasure,  without 
waiting  for  the  box  on  the  ear.  In  short,  all  artificial 
education  ought  to  be  an  anticipation  of  natural  educa- 
tion. And  a  liberal  education  is  an  artificial  education, 
which. has  not  only  prepared  a  man  to  escape  the  great 
evils  of  disobedience  to  natural  laws,  but  has  trained 
him  to  appreciate  and  to  seize  upon  the  rewards,  which 
Nature  scatters  with  as  free  a  hand  as  her  penalties. 
/  That  man,  I  think,  has  had  a  liberal  education,  who 
has  been  so  trained  in  youth  that  his  body  is  the  ready 
servant  of  his  will,  and  does  with  ease  and  pleasure  all 
the  work  that,  as  a  mechanism,  it  is  capable  of;  whose 
intellect  is  a  clear,  cold,  logic  engine,  with  all  its  parts 
of  equal  strength,  and  in  smooth  working  order;  ready, 
like  a  steam  engine,  to  be  turned  to  any  kind  of  work, 
and  spin  the  gossamers  as  well  as  forge  the  anchors  of 
the  mind;  whose  mind  is  stored  with  a  knowledge  of 
the  great  and  fundamental  truths  of  Nature  and  of  the 
laws  of  her  operations;  one  who,  no  stunted  ascetic,  is 


A   LIBERAL   EDUCATION 


137 


full  of  life  and  fire,  but  whose  passions  are  trained  to 
come  to  heel  by  a  vigorous  will,  the  servant  of  a  tender 
conscience;  who  has  learned  to  love  all  beauty,  whether 
of  Nature  or  of  art,  to  hate  all  vileness,  and  to  respect 
others  as  himself. 

Such  an  one  and  no  other,  I  conceive,  has  had  a  liberal 
education;  for  he  is,  as  completely  as  a  man  can  be,  in 
harmony  with  Nature.  He  will  make  the  best  of  her, 
and  she  of  him.  They  will  get  on  together  rarely;  she 
as  his  ever  beneficent  mother  ;  he  as  her  mouth-piece,  her 
conscious  self,  her  minister  and  interpreter. 


_      1 

ON  SCIENCE  AND  ART  IN  RELATION 
EDUCATION » 
•t^«*4«*«vJUjU**'*A's< 

''HEN  a  man  is  honored  by  such  a  request  as  that 
which  reached  me  from  the  authorities  of  your  institu- 
tion some  time  ago,  I  think  the  first  thing  that  occurs 
to  him  is  that  which  occurred  to  those  who  were  bidden 
to  the  feast  in  the  Gospel  —  to  begin  to  make  an  excuse; 
and  probably  all  the  excuses  suggested  on  that  famous 
occasion  crop  up  in  his  mind  after  the  other,  including 
his  "having  married  a  wife,"  as  reasons  for  not  doing 
what  he  is  asked  to  do.  But,  in  my  own  case,  and  on 
this  particular  occasion,  there  were  other  difficulties  of 
a  sort  peculiar  to  the  time,  and  more  or  less  personal 
to  myself;  because  I  felt  that,  if  I  came  amongst  you, 
I  should  be  expected,  and,  indeed,  morally  compelled, 
to  speak  upon  the  subject  of  Scientific  Education.  And 
then  there  arose  in  my  mind  the  recollection  of  a  fact, 
which  probably  no  one  here  but  myself  remembers; 
namely,  that  some  fourteen  years  ago  I  was  the  guest 
of  a  citizen  of  yours,  who  bears  the  honoured  name  of 
Rathbone,  at  a  very  charming  and  pleasant  dinner  given 
by  the  Philomathic  Society;  and  I  there  and  then,  and 

1  This  address  was  delivered  before  the  members  of  the  Liver- 
pool Institute,  1882.  It  appears  in  Science  and  Education,  Col- 
lected Essays,  III:  160-188.  As  Huxley  says,  he  had  spoken  on 
a  similar  subject  at  Liverpool  in  1869,  and  he  sums  up  the  main 
points  of  that  speech  in  the  beginning  of  this  one.  The  notes 
of  this  after-dinner  speech  were  published  in  Macmillan's  Maga- 
zine and  in  Science  and  Education  pp.  111-133. 

138 


ON    SCIENCE    AND    ART  139 

in  this  very  city,  made  a  speech  upon  the  topic  of  Scien- 
tific Education.  Under  these  circumstances,  you  see, 
one  runs  two  dangers  —  the  first,  of  repeating  one's 
self,  although  I  may  fairly  hope  that  everybody  has 
forgotten  the  fact  I  have  just  now  mentioned,  except 
myself;  and  the  second,  and  even  greater  difficulty,  is 
the  danger  of  saying  something  different  from  what  one 
said  before,  because  then,  however  forgotten  your  pre- 
vious speech  may  be,  somebody  finds  out  its  existence, 
and  there  goes  on  that  process  so  hateful  to  members  of 
Parliament,  which  may  be  denoted  by  the  term  "Hans- 
ardisation."  2  Under  these  circumstances,  I  came  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  best  thing  I  could  do  was  to  take 
the  bull  by  the  horns,  and  to  "Hansardise"  myself  — 
to  put  before  you,  in  the  briefest  possible  way,  the  three 
or  four  propositions  which  I  endeavoured  to  support  on 
the  occasion  of  the  speech  to  which  I  have  referred;  and 
then  to  ask  myself,  supposing  you  were  asking  me, 
whether  I  had  anything  to  retract,  or  to  modify,  in  them, 
in  virtue  of  the  increased  experience,  and,  let  us  chari- 
tably hope,  the  increased  wisdom  of  an  added  fourteen 
years. 

Now,  the  points  to  which  I  directed  particular  atten- 
tion on  that  occasion  were  these:  in  the  first  place,  that 
instruction  in  physical  science  supplies  information  of  a 
character  of  especial  value,  both  in  a  practical  and  a 
speculative  point  of  view  —  information  which  cannot 
be  obtained  otherwise;  and,  in  the  second  place,  that, 
as  educational  discipline,  it  supplies,  in  a  better  form 
than  any  other  study  can  supply,  exercise  in  a  special 
form  of  logic,  and  a  peculiar  method  of  testing  the 
validity  of  our  processes  of  inquiry.  I  said  further,  that, 
even  at  that  time,  a  great  and  increasing  attention  was 

~  A  comparison  of  a  man's  record.  Luke  Hansard  (1752-1828) 
was  the  official  printer  of  British  Parliamentary  Records. 


i4o  ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART 

being  paid  to  physical  science  in  our  schools  and  col- 
leges, and  that,  most  assuredly,  such  attention  must  go 
on  growing  and  increasing,  until  education  in  these 
matters  occupied  a  very  much  larger  share  of  the  time 
which  is  given  to  teaching  and  training,  than  had  been 
the  case  heretofore.  And  I  threw  all  the  strength  of 
argumentation  of  which  I  was  possessed  into  the  support 
of  these  propositions.  But  I  venture  to  remind  you, 
also,  of  some  other  words  I  used  at  that  time,  and  which 
I  ask  permission  to  read  to  you.  They  were  these: 
"There  are  other  forms  of  culture  besides  physical 
science,  and  I  should  be  profoundly  sorry  to  see  the 
fact  forgotten,  or  even  to  observe  a  tendency  to  starve 
or  cripple  literary  or  aesthetic  culture  for  the  sake  of 
science.  Such  a  narrow  view  of  the  nature  of  education 
has  nothing  to  do  with  my  firm  conclusion  that  a  com- 
plete and  thorough  scientific  culture  ought  to  be  intro- 
duced into  all  schools." 

I  say  I  desire,  in  commenting  upon  these  various 
points,  and  judging  them  as  fairly  as  I  can  by  the  light 
of  increased  experience,  to  particularly  emphasise  this 
last,  because  I  am  told,  although  I  assuredly  do  not 
know  it  of  my  own  knowledge  —  though  I  think  if  the 
fact  were  so  I  ought  to  know  it,  being  tolerably  well 
acquainted  with  that  which  goes  on  in  the  scientific 
world,  and  which  has  gone  on  there  for  the  last  thirty 
years  —  that  there  is  a  kind  of  sect,  or  horde,  of  scien- 
tific Goths  and  Vandals,  who  think  it  would  be  proper 
and  desirable  to  sweep  away  all  other  forms  of  culture 
and  instruction,  except  those  in  physical  science,  and  to 
make  them  the  universal  and  exclusive,  or,  at  any  rate, 
the  dominant  training  of  the  human  mind  of  the  future 
generation.  This  is  not  my  view  —  I  do  not  believe  that 
it  is  anybody's  view  —  but  it  is  attributed  to  tho^  who, 
like  myself,  advocate  scientific  education.  I  therefore 


ON    SCIENCE   AND   ART  141 

dwell  strongly  upon  the  point,  and  I  beg  you  to  believe 
that  the  words  I  have  just  now  read  were  by  no  means 
intended  by  me  as  a  sop  to  the  Cerberus3  of  culture. 
I  have  not  been  in  the  habit  of  offering  sops  to  any 
kind  of  Cerberus;  but  it  was  an  expression  of  profound 
conviction  on  my  own  part  —  a  conviction  forced  upon 
me  not  only  by  my  mental  constitution,  but  by  the 
lessons  of  what  is  now  becoming  a  somewhat  long  ex- 
perience of  varied  conditions  of  life. 

I  am  not  about  to  trouble  you  with  my  autobiog- 
raphy; the  omens  are  hardly  favourable,  at  present,  for 
work  of  that  kind.  But  I  should  like  if  I  may  do  so 
without  appearing,  what  I  earnestly  desire  not  to  be, 
egotistical  —  I  should  like  to  make  it  clear  to  you,  that 
such  notions  as  these,  which  are  sometimes  attributed  to 
me,  are,  as  I  have  said,  inconsistent  with  my  mental 
constitution,  and  still  more  inconsistent  with  the  up- 
shot of  the  teaching  of  my  experience.  For  I  can  cer- 
tainly claim  for  myself  that  sort  of  mental  temperament 
which  can  say  that  nothing  human  comes  amiss  to  it. 
I  have  never  yet  met  with  any  branch  of  human  knowl- 
edge which  I  have  found  unattractive4  —  which  it  would 
not  have  been  pleasant  to  me  to  follow,  so  far  as  I 
could  go;  and  I  have  yet  to  meet  with  any  form  of  art 
in  which  it  has  not  been  possible  for  me  to  take  as 
acute  a  pleasure  as,  I  believe,  it  is  possible  for  men  to 
take. 

And  with  respect  to  the  circumstances  of  life,  it  so 
happens  that  it  has  been  my  fate  to  know  many  lands 
and  many  climates,  and  to  be  familiar,  by  personal  ex- 

3  In  his  lines  Of  Poetry  Jonathan   Swift  wrote  of  the  king's 
ministers  when  they  descended  to  Hades: 

"To  Cerberus  they  give  a  sop, 
His  triple-barking  mouth  to  stop." 

4  An  allusion  to  Terence's  celebrated  line,  humani  nihil  a  me 
alienum  puto,  "I  consider  nothing  human  foreign  to  me." 


142  ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART 

perience,  with  almost  every  form  of  society,  from  the 
uncivilised  savage  of  Papua  and  Australia  and  the  civi- 
lised savages  of  the  slums  and  dens  of  the  poverty- 
stricken  parts  of  great  cities,  to  those  who,  perhaps,  are 
occasionally  the  somewhat  over-civilised  members  of  our 
upper  ten  thousand.  And  I  have  never  found,  in  any 
of  these  conditions  of  life,  a  deficiency  of  something 
which  was  attractive.  Savagery  has  its  pleasures,  I 
assure  you,  as  well  as  civilisation,  and  I  may  even  ven- 
ture to  confess  —  if  you  will  not  let  a  whisper  of  the 
matter  get  back  to  London,  where  I  am  known  —  I  am 
even  fain  to  confess,  that  sometimes  in  the  din  and 
throng  of  what  is  called  "a  brilliant  reception"  the  vision 
crosses  my  mind  of  waking  up  from  the  soft  plank  which 
has  afforded  me  satisfactory  sleep  during  the  hours  of 
the  night,  in  the  bright  dawn  of  a  tropical  morning, 
when  my  comrades  were  yet  asleep,  when  every  sound 
was  hushed,  except  the  little  lap-lap  of  the  ripples  against 
the  sides  of  the  boat,  and  the  distant  twitter  of  the 
sea-bird  on  the  reef.  And  when  that  vision  crosses  my 
mind,  I  am  free  to  confess  I  desire  to  be  back  in  the 
boat  again.  So  that,  if  I  share  with  those  strange  per- 
sons to  whose  asserted,  but  still  hypothetical  existence 
I  have  referred,  the  want  of  appreciation  of  forms  of 
culture  other  than  the  pursuit  of  physical  science,  all  I 
can  say  is,  that  it  is,  in  spite  of  my  constitution,  and 
in  spite  of  my  experience,  that  such  should  be  my  fate. 
But  now  let  me  turn  to  another  point,  or  rather  to 
two  other  points,  with  which  I  propose  to  occupy  my- 
self. How  far  does  the  experience  of  the  last  fourteen 
years  justify  the  estimate  which  I  ventured  to  put  for- 
ward of  the  value  of  scientific  culture,  and  of  the  share 
—  the  increasing  share  —  which  it  must  take  in  ordi- 
nary education?  Happily,  in  respect  to  that  matter,  you 
need  not  rely  upon  my  testimony.  In  the  last  half- 


ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART  143 

dozen  numbers  of  the  "Journal  of  Education,"  you  will 
find  a  series  of  very  interesting  and  remarkable  papers, 
by  gentlemen  who  are  practically  engaged  in  the  busi- 
ness of  education  in  our  great  public  and  other  schools, 
telling  us  what  is  doing  in  these  schools,  and  what  is 
their  experience  of  the  results  of  scientific  education 
there,  so  far  as  it  has  gone.  I  am  not  going  to  trouble 
you  with  an  abstract  of  those  papers,  which  are  well 
worth  your  study  in  their  fullness  and  completeness,  but 
I  have  copied  out  one  remarkable  passage,  because  it 
seems  to  me  so  entirely  to  bear  out  what  I  have  formerly 
ventured  to  say  about  the  value  of  science,  both  as  to 
its  subject-matter  and  as  to  the  discipline  which  the 
learning  of  science  involves.  It  is  from  a  paper  by  Mr. 
Worthington  —  one  of  the  masters  at  Clifton,5  the  repu- 
tation of  which  school  you  know  well,  and  at  the  head 
of  which  is  an  old  friend  of  mine,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Wilson  — 
to  whom  much  credit  is  due  for  being  one  of  the  first, 
as  I  can  say  from  my  own  knowledge,  to  take  up  this 
question  and  work  it  into  practical  shape.  What  Mr. 
Worthington  says  is  this: 

"It  is  not  easy  to  exaggerate  the  importance  of  the 
information  imparted  by  certain  branches  of  science; 
it  modifies  the  whole  criticism  of  life  made  in  maturer 
years.  The  study  has  often,  on  a  mass  of  boys,  a  cer- 
tain influence  which,  I  think,  was  hardly  anticipated,  and 
to  which  a  good  deal  of  value  must  be  attached  —  an 
influence  as  much  moral  as  intellectual,  which  is  shown 
in  the  increased  and  increasing  respect  for  precision  of 
statement,  and  for  that  form  of  veracity  which  consists 
in  the  acknowledgment  of  difficulties.  It  produces  a  real 
effect  to  find  that  Nature  cannot  be  imposed  upon,  and 
the  attention  given  to  experimental  lectures,  at  first  su- 

3  Clifton  College  is  one  of  the  principal  modern  English  pub- 
lic schools.  It  is  located  near  Bristol. 


144  ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART 

perficial  and  curious  only,  soon  becomes  minute,  serious, 
and  practical." 

Ladies  and  gentlemen,  I  could  not  have  chosen  better 
words  to  express  —  in  fact,  I  have,  in  other  words,  ex- 
pressed the  same  conviction  in  former  days  —  what  the 
influence  of  scientific  teaching,  if  properly  carried  out, 
must  be. 

But  now  comes  the  question  of  properly  carrying  it 
out,  because,  when  I  hear  the  value  of  school  teaching 
in  physical  science,  disputed,  my  first  impulse  is  to  ask 
the  disputer,  "What  have  you  known  about  it?"  and  he 
generally  tells  me  some  lamentable  case  of  failure.  Then 
I  ask,  "What  are  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  and  how 
was  the  teaching  carried  out?"  I  remember,  some  few 
years  ago,  hearing  of  the  head  master  of  a  large  school, 
who  had  expressed  great  dissatisfaction  with  the  adop- 
tion of  the  teaching  of  physical  science  —  and  that  after 
experiment.  But  the  experiment  consisted  in  this  —  in 
asking  one  of  the  junior  masters  in  the  school  to  get 
up  science,  in  order  to  teach  it;  and  the  young  gentleman 
went  away  for  a  year  and  got  up  science  and  taught  it. 
Well,  I  have  no  doubt  that  the  result  was  as  disappoint- 
ing as  the  head  master  said  it  was,  and  I  have  no  doubt 
that  it  ought  to  have  been  as  disappointing,  and  far  more 
disappointing  too;  for,  if  this  kind  of  instruction  is  to 
be  of  any  good  at  all,  if  it  is  not  to  be  less  than  no  good, 
if  it  is  to  take  the  place  of  that  which  is  already  of  some 
good,  then  there  are  several  points  which  must  be  at- 
tended to. 

And  the  first  of  these  is  the  proper  selection  of  topics, 
the  second  is  practical  teaching,  the  third  is  practical 
teachers,  and  the  fourth  is  sufficiency  of  time.  If  these 
four  points  are  not  carefully  attended  to  by  anybody 
who  undertakes  the  teaching  of  physical  science  in 


ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART  145 

schools,  my  advice  to  him  is,  to  let  it  alone.  I  will  not 
dwell  at  any  length  upon  the  first  point,  because  there 
is  a  general  concensus  of  opinion  as  to  the  nature  of  the 
topics  which  should  be  chosen.  The  second  point  — 
practical  teaching  —  is  one  of  great  importance,  be- 
cause it  requires  more  capital  to  set  it  a-going,  demands 
more  time,  and,  last,  but  by  no  means  least,  it  requires 
much  more  personal  exertion  and  trouble  on  the  part 
of  those  professing  to  teach,  than  is  the  case  with  other 
kinds  of  instruction. 

When  I  accepted  the  invitation  to  be  here  this  even- 
ing, your  secretary  was  good  enough  to  send  me  the 
addresses  which  have  been  given  by  distinguished  per- 
sons who  have  previously  occupied  this  chair.  I  don't 
know  whether  he  had  a  malicious  desire  to  alarm  me; 
but,  however  that  may  be,  I  read  the  addresses,  and 
derived  the  greatest  pleasure  and  profit  from  •  some  of 
them,  and  from  none  more  than  from  the  one  given  by 
the  great  historian,  Mr.  Freeman,  which  delighted  me 
most  of  all ;  and,  if  I  had  not  been  ashamed  of  plagiaris- 
ing, and  if  I  had  not  been  sure  of  being  found  out,  I 
should  have  been  glad  to  have  copied  very  much  of 
what  Mr.  Freeman  said,  simply  putting  in  the  word 
science  for  history.  There  was  one  notable  passage: 
"The  difference  between  good  and  bad  teaching  mainly 
consists  in  this,  whether  the  words  used  are  really  clothed 
with  a  meaning  or  not."  And  Mr.  Freeman  gives  a 
remarkable  example  of  this.  He  says,  when  a  little  girl 
was  asked  where  Turkey  was,  she  answered  that  it  was 
in  the  yard  with  the  other  fowls,  and  that  showed  she 
had  a  definite  idea  connected  with  the  word  Turkey,  and 
was,  so  far,  worthy  of  praise.  I  quite  agree  with  that 
commendation;  but  what  a  curious  thing  it  is  that  one 
should  now  find  it  necessary  to  urge  that  this  is  the  be-all 
rnrl  end-all  of  scientific  instruction  —  the  sine  mt.& 


146  ON    SCIENCE    AND    ART 

the  absolutely  necessary  condition,  —  and  yet  that  it 
was  insisted  upon  more  than  two  hundred  years  ago 
by  one  of  the  greatest  men  science  ever  possessed  in 
this  country,  William  Harvey.6  Harvey  wrote,  or  at 
least  published,  only  two  small  books,  one  of  which  is 
the  well-known  treatise  on  the  circulation  of  the  blood. 
The  other,  the  "Exercitationes  de  Generatione,"  is  less 
known,  but  not  less  remarkable.  And  not  the  least 
valuable  part  of  it  is  the  preface,  in  which  there  occurs 
this  passage:  "Those  who,  reading  the  words  of  authors, 
do  not  form  sensible  images  of  the  things  referred  to, 
obtain  no  true  ideas,  but  conceive  false  imaginations  and 
inane  phantasms."  You  see,  William  Harvey's  words 
are  just  the  same  in  substance  as  those  of  Mr.  Freeman, 
only  they  happen  to  be  rather  more  than  two  centuries 
older.  So  that  what  I  am  now  saying  has  its  application 
elsewhere  than  in  science;  but  assuredly  in  science  the 
condition  of  knowing,  of  your  own  knowledge,  things 
which  you  talk  about,  is  absolutely  imperative. 

I  remember,  in  my  youth,  there  were  detestable  books 
which  ought  to  have  been  burned  by  the  hands  of  the 
common  hangman,  for  they  contained  questions,  and 
answers  to  be  learned  by  heart,  of  this  sort,  "What  is 
a  horse?  The  horse  is  termed  Equus  caballus;  belongs 
to  the  class  Mammalia;  order,  Pachydermata ;  family, 
Solidungula."  Was  any  human  being  wiser  for  learning 
that  magic  formula?  Was  he  not  more  foolish,  inas- 
much as  he  was  deluded  into  taking  words  for  knowl- 
edge? It  is  that  kind  of  teaching  that  one  wants  to 
get  rid  of,  and  banished  out  of  science.  Make  it  as 
little  as  you  like,  but,  unless  that  which  is  taught  is 
based  on  actual  observation  and  familiarity  with  facts, 
it  is  better  left  alone. 

There  are  a  great  many  people  who  imagine  that  ele- 
8  See  On  Improving  Natural  Knowledge,  p.  22. 


ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART  147 

mentary  teaching  might  be  properly  carried  out  by 
teachers  provided  with  only  elementary  knowledge.  Let 
me  assure  you  that  that  is  the  profoundest  mistake  in 
the  world.  There  is  nothing  so  difficult  to  do  as  to 
write  a  good  elementary  book,  and  there  is  nobody  so 
hard  to  teach  properly  and  well  as  people  who  know 
nothing  about  a  subject,  and  I  will  tell  you  why.  If 
I  address  an  audience  of  persons  who  are  occupied  in 
the  same  line  of  work  as  myself,  I  can  assume  that  they 
know  a  vast  deal,  and  that  they  can  find  out  the 
blunders  I  make.  If  they  don't  it  is  their  fault  and  not 
mine;  but  when  I  appear  before  a  body  of  people  who 
know  nothing  about  the  matter,  who  take  for  gospel 
whatever  I  say,  surely  it  becomes  needful  that  I  consider 
what  I  say,  make  sure  that  it  will  bear  examination, 
and  that  I  do  not  impose  upon  the  credulity  of  those 
who  have  faith  in  me.  In  the  second  place,  it  involves 
that  difficult  process  of  knowing  what  you  know  so  well 
that  you  can  talk  about  it  as  you  can  talk  about  your 
ordinary  business.  A  man  can  always  talk  about  his 
own  business.  He  can  always  make  it  plain;  but,  if  his 
knowledge  is  hearsay,  he  is  afraid  to  go  beyond  what  he 
has  recollected,  and  put  it  before  those  that  are  ig- 
norant in  such  a  shape  that  they  shall  comprehend  it. 
That  is  why,  to  be  a  good  elementary  teacher,  to' teach 
the  elements  of  any  subject,  requires  most  careful  con- 
sideration, if  you  are  a  master  of  the  subject;  and,  if 
you  are  not  a  master  of  it,  it  is  needful  you  should 
familiarise  yourself  with  so  much  as  you  are  called  upon 
to  teach  —  soak  yourself  in  it,  so  to  speak  —  until  you 
know  it  as  part  of  your  daily  life  and  daily  knowledge, 
and  then  you  will  be  able  to  teach  anybody.  That  is 
what  I  mean  by  practical  teachers,  and,  although  the 
deficiency  of  such  teachers  is  being  remedied  to  a  large 
extent,  I  think  it  is  one  which  has  long  existed,  and 


148  ON    SCIENCE    AND    ART 

which  has  existed  from  no  fault  of  those  who  undertook 
to  teach,  but  because,  until  the  last  score  of  years,  it 
absolutely  was  not  possible  for  any  one  in  a  great  many 
branches  of  science,  whatever  his  desire  might  be,  to 
get  instruction  which  would  enable  him  to  be  a  good 
teacher  of  elementary  things.  All  that  is  being  rapidly 
altered,  and  I  hope  it  will  soon  become  a  thing  of  the 
past. 

The  last  point  I  have  referred  to  is  the  question  of  the 
sufficiency  of  time.  And  here  comes  the  rub.  The  teach- 
ing of  science  needs  time,  as  any  other  subject;  but  it 
needs  more  time  proportionally  than  other  subjects,  for 
the  amount  of  work  obviously  done,  if  the  teaching  is  to 
be,  as  I  have  said,  practical.  Work  done  in  a  laboratory 
involves  a  good  deal  of  expenditure  of  time  without 
always  an  obvious  result,  because  we  do  not  see  anything 
of  that  quiet  process  of  soaking  the  facts  into  the  mind, 
which  takes  place  through  the  organs  of  the  senses.  Cn 
this  ground  there  must  be  ample  time  given  to  science 
teaching.  What  that  amount  of  time  should  be  is  a 
point  which  I  need  not  discuss  now;  in  fact,  it  is  a 
point  which  cannot  be  settled  until  one  has  made  up 
one's  mind  about  various  other  questions. 

All,  then,  that  I  have  to  ask  for,  on  behalf  of  the 
scientific  people,  if  I  may  venture  to  speak  for  more 
than  myself,  is  that  you  should  put  scientific  teaching 
into  what  statesmen  call  the  condition  of  "the  most 
favoured  nation";  that  is  to  say,  that  it  shall  have  as 
large  a  share  of  the  time  given  to  education  as  any  other 
principal  subject.  You  may  say  that  that  is  a  very 
vague  statement,  because  the  value  of  the  allotment  of 
time,  under  those  circumstances,  depends  upon  the  num- 
ber of  principal  subjects.  It  is  x  the  time,  and  an 
unknown  quantity  of  principal  subjects  dividing  that, 
and  science  taking  shares  with  the  rest.  That  shows 


ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART  149 

that  we  cannot  deal  with  this  question  fully  until  we 
have  made  up  our  minds  as  to  what  the  principal  sub- 
jects of  education  ought  to  be. 

I  know  quite  well  that  launching  myself  into  this  dis- 
cussion is  a  very  dangerous  operation;  that  it  is  a  very 
large  subject,  and  one  which  is  difficult  to  deal  with, 
however  much  I  may  trespass  upon  your  patience  in  the 
time  allotted  to  me.  But  the  discussion  is  so  funda- 
mental, it  is  so  completely  impossible  to  make  up  one's 
mind  on  these  matters  until  one  has  settled  the  ques- 
tion, that  I  will  even  venture  to  make  the  experiment. 
A  great  lawyer-statesman  and  philosopher  of  a  former 
age  —  I  mean  Francis  Bacon7  —  said  that  truth  came  out 
of  error  much  more  rapidly  than  it  came  out  of  con- 
fusion. There  is  a  wonderful  truth  in  that  saying.  Next 
to  being  right  in  this  world,  the  best  of  all  things  is  to 
be  clearly  and  definitely  wrong,  because  you  will  come 
out  somewhere.  If  you  go  buzzing  about  between  right 
and  wrong,  vibrating  and  fluctuating,  you  come  out  no- 
where; but  if  you  are  absolutely  and  thoroughly  and 
persistently  wrong,  you  must,  some  of  these  days,  have 
the  extreme  good  fortune  of  knocking  your  head  against 
a  fact,  and  that  sets  you  all  straight  again.  So  I  will 
not  trouble  myself  as  to  whether  I  may  be  right  or  wrong 
in  what  I  am  about  to  say,  but  at  any  rate  I  hope  to 
be  clear  and  definite;  and  then  you  will  be  able  to  judge 
for  yourselves  whether,  in  following  out  the  train  of 
thought  I  have  to  introduce,  you  knock  your  heads 
against  facts  or  not. 

I  take  it  that  the  whole  object  of  education  is,  in  the 
first  place,  to  train  the  faculties  of  the  young  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  give  their  possessors  the  best  chance  of 
being  happy  and  useful  in  their  generation;  and,  in  the 
second  place,  to  furnish  them  with  the  most  important 
7  See  On  Improving  Natural  Knowledge,  p.  19. 


150  ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART 

portions  of  that  immense  capitalised  experience  of  the 
human  race  which  we  call  knowledge  of  various  kinds. 
I  am  using  the  term  knowledge  in  its  widest  possible 
sense;  and  the  question  is,  what  subjects  to  select  by 
training  and  discipline,  in  which  the  object  I  have  just 
denned  may  be  best  attained. 

I  must  call  your  attention  further  to  this  fact,  that 
all  the  subjects  of  our  thoughts  —  all  feelings  and  propo- 
sitions (leaving  aside  our  sensations  as  the  mere  ma- 
terials and  occasions  of  thinking  and  feeling),  all  our 
mental  furniture  —  may  be  classified  under  one  of  two 
heads  —  as  either  within  the  province  of  the  intellect, 
something  that  can  be  put  into  propositions  and  affirmed 
or  denied;  or  as  within  the  province  of  feeling,  or  that 
which,  before  the  name  was  defiled,  was  called  the 
aesthetic  side  of  our  nature,  and  which  can  neither  be 
proved  nor  disproved,  but  only  felt  and  known. 

According  to  the  classification  which  I  have  put  before 
you,  then,  the  subjects  of  all  knowledge  are  divisible  into 
the  two  groups,  matters  of  science  and  matters  of  art; 
for  all  things  with  which  the  reasoning  faculty  alone  is 
occupied,  come  under  the  province  of  science;  and  in 
the  broadest  sense,  and  not  in  the  narrow  and  technical 
sense  in  which  we  are  now  accustomed  to  use  the  word 
art,  all  things  feelable,  all  things  which  stir  our  emotions, 
come  under  the  term  of  art,  in  the  sense  of  the  subject- 
matter  of  the  aesthetic  faculty.  So  that  we  are  shut  up 
to  this  —  that  the  business  of  education  is,  in  the  first 
place,  to  provide  the  young  with  the  means  and  the 
habit  of  observation;  and,  secondly,  to  supply  the  sub- 
ject-matter of  knowledge  either  in  the  shape  of  science 
or  of  art,  or  of  both  combined. 

Now,  it  is  a  very  remarkable  fact  —  but  it  is  true  of 
most  things  in  this  world  —  that  there  is  hardly  any- 
thing one-sided,  or  of  one  nature;  and  it  is  not  immedi- 


ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART  151 

ately  obvious  what  of  the  things  that  interest  us  may 
be  regarded  as  pure  science,  and  what  may  be  regarded 
as  pure  art.  It  may  be  that  there  are  some  peculiarly 
constituted  persons  who,  before  they  have  advanced  far 
into  the  depths  of  geometry,  find  artistic  beauty  about 
it;  but,  taking  the  generality  of  mankind,  I  think  it  may 
be  said  that,  when  they  begin  to  learn  mathematics,  their 
whole  souls  are  absorbed  in  tracing  the  connection  be- 
tween the  premises  and  the  conclusion,  and  that  to  them 
geometry  is  pure  science.  So  I  think  it  may  be  said 
that  mechanics  and  osteology  are  pure  science.  On  the 
other  hand,  melody  in  music  is  pure  art.  You  cannot 
reason  about  it;  there  is  no  proposition  involved  in  it. 
So,  again,  in  the  pictorial  art,  an  arabesque,  or  a  "har- 
mony in  gray,"  touches  none  but  the  aesthetic  faculty. 
But  a  great  mathematician,  and  even  many  persons  who 
are  not  great  mathematicians,  will  tell  you  that  they 
derive  immense  pleasure  from  geometrical  reasonings. 
Everybody  knows  mathematicians  speak  of  solutions  and 
problems  as  "elegant,"  and  they  tell  you  that  a  certain 
mass  of  mystic  symbols  is  "beautiful,  quite  lovely." 
Well,  you  do  not  see  it.  They  do  see  it,  because  the  in- 
tellectual process,  the  process  of  comprehending  the 
reasons  symbolised  by  these  figures  and  these  signs, 
confers  upon  them  a  sort  of  pleasure,  such  as  an  artist 
has  in  visual  symmetry.  Take  a  science  of  which  I 
may  speak  with  more  confidence,  and  which  is  the  most 
attractive  of  those  I  am  concerned  with.  It  is  what  we 
call  morphology,  which  consists  in  tracing  out  the  unity 
in  variety  of  the  infinitely  diversified  structures  of  ani- 
mals and  plants.  I  cannot  give  you  any  example  of 
a  thorough  aesthetic  pleasure  more  intensely  real  than 
a  pleasure  of  this  kind  —  the  pleasure  which  arises  in 
one's  mind  when  a  whole  mass  of  different  structures  run 
into  one  harmony  as  the  expression  of  a  central  law. 


152  ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART 

That  is  where  the  province  of  art  overlays  and  embraces 
the  province  of  intellect.  And,  if  I  may  venture  to  ex- 
press an  opinion  on  such  a  subject,  the  great  majority 
of  forms  of  art  are  not  in  a  sense  what  I  just  now  de- 
fined them  to  be  —  pure  art;  but  they  derive  much  of 
their  quality  from  simultaneous  and  even  unconscious 
excitement  of  the  intellect. 

When  I  was  a  boy,  I  was  very  fond  of  music,  and  I 
am  so  now;  and  it  so  happened  that  I  had  the  oppor- 
tunity of  hearing  much  good  music.  Among  other 
things,  I  had  abundant  opportunities  of  hearing  that 
great  old  master,  Sebastian  Bach.  I  remember  per- 
fectly well  —  though  I  knew  nothing  about  music  then, 
and,  I  may  add,  know  nothing  whatever  about  it  now  — 
the  intense  satisfaction  and  delight  which  I  had  in  listen- 
ing, by  the  hour  together,  to  Bach's  fugues.  It  is  a 
pleasure  which  remains  with  me,  I  am  glad  to  think; 
but,  of  late  years,  I  have  tried  to  find  out  the  why  and 
wherefore,  and  it  has  often  occurred  to  me  that  the 
pleasure  derived  from  musical  compositions  of  this  kind 
is  essentially  of  the  same  nature  as  that  which  is  derived 
from  pursuits  which  are  commonly  regarded  as  purely 
intellectual.  I  mean,  that  the  source  of  pleasure  is 
exactly  the  same  as  in  most  of  my  problems  in  morph- 
ology—  that  you  have  the  theme  in  one  of  the  old 
master's  works  followed  out  in  all  its  endless  variations, 
always  appearing  and  always  reminding  you  of  unity  in 
variety.  So  in  painting;  what  is  called  "truth  to  nature" 
is  the  intellectual  element  coming  in,  and  truth  to  nature 
depends  entirely  upon  the  intellectual  culture  of  the 
person  to  whom  art  is  addressed.  If  you  are  in  Australia, 
you  may  get  credit  for  being  a  good  artist  —  I  mean 
among  the  natives  —  if  you  draw  a  kangaroo  after  a 
fashion.  But,  among  men  of  higher  civilisation,  the 
intellectual  knowledge  we  possess  brings  its  criticism  into 


ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART  153 

our  appreciation  of  works  of  art,  and  we  are  obliged  to 
satisfy  it,  as  well  as  the  mere  sense  of  beauty  in  colour 
and  in  outline.  And  so,  the  higher  the  culture  and  in- 
formation of  those  whom  art  addresses,  the  more  exact 
and  precise  must  be  what  we  call  its  "truth  to  nature." 

If  we  turn  to  literature,  the  same  thing  is  true,  and  you 
find  works  of  literature  which  may  be  said  to  be  pure 
art.  A  little  song  of  Shakespeare  or  of  Goethe  is  pure 
art;  it  is  exquisitely  beautiful,  although  its  intellectual 
content  may  be  nothing.  A  series  of  pictures  is  made 
to  pass  before  your  mind  by  the  meaning  of  words,  and 
the  effect  is  a  melody  of  ideas.  Nevertheless,  the  great 
mass  of  the  literature  we  esteem  is  valued,  not  merely 
because  of  having  artistic  form,  but  because  of  its  in- 
tellectual content;  and  the  value  is  the  higher  the  more 
precise,  distinct,  and  true  is  that  intellectual  content. 
And,  if  you  will  let  me  for  a  moment  speak  of  the  very 
highest  forms  of  literature,  do  we  not  regard  them  as 
highest  simply  because  the  more  we  know  the  truer  they 
seem,  and  the  more  competent  we  are  to  appreciate 
beauty  the  more  beautiful  they  are?  No  man  ever  under- 
stands Shakespeare  until  he  is  old,  though  the  youngest 
may  admire  him,  the  reason  being  that  he  satisfies  the 
artistic  instinct  of  the  youngest  and  harmonizes  with 
the  ripest  and  richest  experience  of  the  oldest. 

I  have  said  this  much  to  draw  your  attention  to  what, 
in  my  mind,  lies  at  the  root  of  all  this  matter,  and  at 
the  understanding  of  one  another  by  the  men  of  science 
on  the  one  hand,  and  the  men  of  literature,  and  history, 
and  art,  on  the  other.  It  is  not  a  question  whether  one 
order  of  study  or  another  should  predominate.  It  is  a 
question  of  what  topics  of  education  you  shall  select 
which  will  combine  all  the  needful  elements  in  such  due 
proportion  as  to  give  the  greatest  amount  of  food,  sup- 
port, and  encouragement  to  those  faculties  which  enable 


154  ON    SCIENCE   AND   ART 

us  to  appreciate  truth,  and  to  profit  by  those  sources  of 
innocent  happiness  which  are  open  to  us,  and  at  the 
same  time,  to  avoid  that  which  is  bad,  and  coarse,  and 
ugly,  and  keep  clear  of  the  multitude  of  pitfalls  and 
dangers  which  beset  those  who  break  through  the  natural 
or  moral  laws. 

I  address  myself,  in  this  spirit,  to 'the  consideration  of 
the  question  of  the  value  of  purely  literary  education. 
Is  it  good  and  sufficient,  or  is  it  insufficient  and  bad? 
Well,  here  I  venture  to  say  that  there  are  literary  edu- 
cations and  literary  educations.  If  I  am  to  understand 
by  that  term  the  education  that  was  current  in  the  great 
majority  of  middle-class  schools,  and  upper  schools  too, 
in  this  country  when  I  was  a  boy,  and  which  consisted 
absolutely  and  almost  entirely  in  keeping  boys  for  eight 
or  ten  years  at  learning  the  rules  of  Latin  and  Greek 
grammar,  construing  certain  Latin  and  Greek  authors, 
and  possibly  making  verses  which,  had  they  been  Eng- 
lish verses,  would  have  been  condemned  as  abominable 
doggerel,  —  if  that  is  what  you  mean  by  literary  edu- 
cation, then  I  say  it  is  scandalously  insufficient  and 
almost  worthless.  My  reason  for  saying  so  is  not  from 
the  point  of  view  of  science  at  all,  but  from  the  point 
of  view  of  literature.  I  say  the  thing  professes  to  be 
literary  education  that  is  not  a  literary  education  at 
all.  It  was  not  literature  at  all  that  was  taught,  but 
science  in  a  very  bad  form.  It  is  quite  obvious  that 
grammar  is  science  and  not  literature.  The  analysis  of 
a  text  by  the  help  of  the  rules  of  grammar  is  just  as 
much  a  scientific  operation  as  the  analysis  of  a  chemical 
compound  by  the  help  of  the  rules  of  chemical  analysis. 
There  is  nothing  that  appeals  to  the  aesthetic  faculty  in 
that  operation;  and  I  ask  multitudes  of  men  of  my  own 
age,  who  went  through  this  process,  whether  they  ever 
had  a  conception  of  art  or  literature  until  they  obtained 


ON    SCIENCE   AND    ART  155 

it  for  themselves  after  leaving  school?  Then  you  may 
say,  "If  that  is  so,  if  the  education  was  scientific,  why 
cannot  you  be  satisfied  with  it?"  I  say,  because  al- 
though it  is  a  scientific  training,  it  is  of  the  most  in- 
adequate and  inappropriate  kind.  If  there  is  any  good 
at  all  in  scientific  education  it  is  that  men  should  be 
trained,  as  I  said  before,  to  know  things  for  themselves 
at  first  hand,  and  that  they  should  understand  every 
step  of  the  reason  of  that  which  they  do. 

I  desire  to  speak  with  the  utmost  respect  of  that 
science  —  philology  —  of  which  grammar  is  a  part  and 
parcel;  yet  everybody  knows  that  grammar,  as  it  is 
usually  learned  at  school,  affords  no  scientific  training. 
It  is  taught  just  as  you  would  teach  the  rules  of  chess 
or  draughts.  On  the  other  hand,  if  I  am  to  understand 
by  a  literary  education  the  study  of  the  literatures  of 
either  ancient  or  modern  nations  —  but  especially  those 
of  antiquity,  and  especially  that  of  ancient  Greece;  if 
this  literature  is  studied,  not  merely  from  the  point  of 
view  of  philological  science,  and  its  practical  application 
to  the  interpretation  of  texts,  but  as  an  exemplification 
of  and  commentary  upon  the  principles  of  art;  if  you 
look  upon  the  literature  of  a  people  as  a  chapter  in  the 
development  of  the  human  mind,  if  you  work  out  this 
in  a  broad  spirit,  and  with  such  collateral  references  to 
morals  and  politics,  and  physical  geography,  and  the 
like  as  are  needful  to  make  you  comprehend  what  the 
meaning  of  ancient  literature  and  civilisation  is,  —  then, 
assuredly,  it  affords  a  splendid  and  noble  education. 
But  I  still  think  it  is  susceptible  of  improvement,  and 
that  no  man  will  ever  comprehend  the  real  secret  of  the 
difference  between  the  ancient  world  and  our  present 
time,  unless  he  has  learned  to  see  the  difference  which 
the  late  development  of  physical  science  has  made  be- 
tween the  thought  of  this  day  and  the  thought  of  that, 


156  ON    SCIENCE   AND   ART 

and  he  will  never  see  that  difference,  unless  he  has  some 
practical  insight  into  some  branches  of  physical  science; 
and  you  must  remember  that  a  literary  education  such 
as  that  which  I  have  just  referred  to,  is  out  of  the  reach 
of  those  whose  school  life  is  cut  short  at  sixteen  or 
seventeen. 

But,  you  will  say,  all  this  is  fault-finding;  let  us  hear 
what  you  have  in  the  way  of  positive  suggestion.  Then 
I  am  bound  to  tell  you  that,  if  I  could  make  a  clean 
sweep  of  everything  —  I  am  very  glad  I  cannot  because 
I  might,  and  probably  should,  make  mistakes  —  but  if 
I  could  make  a  clean  sweep  of  everything  and  start 
afresh,  I  should,  in  the  first  place,  secure  that  training 
of  the  young  in  reading  and  writing,  and  in  the  habit 
of  attention  and  observation,  both  to  that  which  is  told 
them,  and  that  which  they  see,  which  everybody  agrees 
to.  But  in  addition  to  that  I  should  make  it  absolutely 
necessary  for  everybody,  for  a  longer  or  shorter  period, 
to  learn  to  draw.  Now,  you  may  say,  there  are  some 
people  who  cannot  draw,  however  much  they  may  be 
taught.  I  deny  that  in  toto,  because  I  never  yet  met 
with  anybody  who  could  not  learn  to  write.  Writing 
is  a  form  of  drawing;  therefore  if  you  give  the  same 
attention  and  trouble  to  drawing  as  you  do  to  writing, 
depend  upon  it,  there  is  nobody  who  cannot  be  made 
to  draw  more  or  less  well.  Do  not  misapprehend  me. 
I  do  not  say  for  one  moment  you  would  make  an  artistic 
draughtsman.  Artists  are  not  made;  they  grow.  You 
may  improve  the  natural  faculty  in  that  direction,  but 
you  cannot  make  it;  but  you  can  teach  simple  drawing, 
and  you  will  find  it  an  implement  of  learning  of  extreme 
value.  I  do  not  think  its  value  can  be  exaggerated, 
because  it  gives  you  the  means  of  training  the  young  in 
attention  and  accuracy,  which  are  the  two  things  in 
which  all  mankind  are  more  deficient  than  in  any  other 


ON    SCIENCE    AND    ART  157 

mental  quality  whatever.  The  whole  of  my  life  has 
been  spent  in  trying  to  give  my  proper  attention  to 
things  and  to  be  accurate,  and  I  have  not  succeeded  as 
well  as  I  could  wish;  and  other  people,  I  am  afraid,  are 
not  much  more  fortunate.  You  cannot  begin  this  habit 
too  early,  and  I  consider  there  is  nothing  of  so  great  a 
value  as  the  habit  of  drawing,  to  secure  those  two  de- 
sirable ends. 

Then  we  come  to  the  subject-matter,  whether  scien- 
tific or  aesthetic,  of  education,  and  I  should  naturally 
have  no  question  at  all  about  teaching  the  elements  of 
physical  science  of  the  kind  I  have  sketched,  in  a  prac- 
tical manner;  but  among  scientific  topics,  using  the 
word  scientific  in  the  broadest  sense,  I  would  also  in- 
clude the  elements  of  the  theory  of  morals  and  of  that 
of  political  and  social  life,  which,  strangely  enough,  it 
never  seems  to  occur  to  anybody  to  teach  a  child.  I 
would  have  the  history  of  our  own  country,  and  of  all 
the  influences  which  have  been  brought  to  bear  upon  it, 
with  incidental  geography,  not  as  a  mere  chronicle  of 
reigns  and  battles,  but  as  a  chapter  in  the  development 
of  the  race,  and  the  history  of  civilisation. 

Then  with  respect  to  aesthetic  knowledge  and  disci- 
pline, we  have  happily  in  the  English  language  one  of 
the  most  magnificent  storehouses  of  artistic  beauty  and 
of  models  of  literary  excellence  which  exists  in  the  world 
at  the  present  time.  I  have  said  before,  and  I  repeat  it 
here,  that  if  a  man  cannot  get  literary  culture  of  the 
highest  kind  out  of  his  Bible,  and  Chaucer,  and  Shakes- 
peare, and  Milton,  and  Hobbes,  and  Bishop  Berkeley, 
to  mention  only  a  few  of  our  illustrious  writers  —  I  say, 
if  he  cannot  get  it  out  of  those  writers,  he  cannot  get  it 
out  of  anything;  and  I  would  assuredly  devote  a  very 
large  portion  of  the  time  of  every  English  child  to  the 
careful  study  of  the  models  of  English  writing  of  such 


158  ON    SCIENCE   AND   ART 

varied  and  wonderful  kind  as  we  possess,  and,  what  is 
still  more  important  and  still  more  neglected,  the  habit 
of  using  that  language  with  precision,  with  force,  and 
with  art.  I  fancy  we  are  almost  the  only  nation  in  the 
world  who  seem  to  think  that  composition  comes  by 
nature.  The  French  attend  to  their  own  language,  the 
Germans  study  theirs;  but  Englishmen  do  not  seem  to 
think  it  is  worth  their  while.  Nor  would  I  fail  to  in- 
clude, in  the  course  of  study  I  am  sketching,  transla- 
tions of  all  the  best  works  of  antiquity,  or  of  the  modern 
world.  It  is  a  very  desirable  thing  to  read  Homer  in 
Greek;  but  if  you  don't  happen  to  know  Greek,  the 
next  best  thing  we  can  do  is  to  read  as  good  a  transla- 
tion of  it  as  we  have  recently  been  furnished  with  in 
prose.  You  won't  get  all  you  would  get  from  the 
original,  but  you  may  get  a  great  deal;  and  to  refuse 
to  know  this  great  deal  because  you  cannot  get  all, 
seems  to  be  as  sensible  as  for  a  hungry  man  to  refuse 
bread  because  he  cannot  get  partridge.  Finally,  I  would 
add  instruction  in  either  music  or  painting,  or,  if  the 
child  should  be  so  unhappy,  as  sometimes  happens,  as 
to  have  no  faculty  for  either  of  those,  and  no  possibility 
of  doing  anything  in  any  artistic  sense  with  them,  then 
I  would  see  what  could  be  done  with  literature  alone; 
but  I  would  provide,  in  the  fullest  sense,  for  the  develop- 
ment of  the  aesthetic  side  of  the  mind.  In  my  judgment, 
those  are  all  the  essentials  of  education  for  an  English 
child.  With  that  outfit,  such  as  it  might  be  made  in  the 
time  given  to  education  which  is  within  the  reach  of 
nine-tenths  of  the  population  —  with  that  outfit,  an 
Englishman,  within  the  limits  of  English  life,  is  fitted 
to  go  anywhere,  to  occupy  the  highest  positions,  to  fill 
the  highest  offices  of  the  State,  and  to  become  distin- 
guished in  practical  pursuits,  in  science*  or  in  art.  For, 
if  he  have  the  opportunity  to  learn  all  those  things,  and 


ON    SCIENCE   AND   ART  159 

have  his  mind  disciplined  in  the  various  directions  the 
teaching  of  those  topics  would  have  necessitated,  then, 
assuredly,  he  will  be  able  to  pick  up,  on  his  road  through 
life,  all  the  rest  of  the  intellectual  baggage  he  wants. 

If  the  educational  time  at  our  disposition  were  suffi- 
cient there  are  one  or  two  things  I  would  add  to  those 
I  have  just  now  called  the  essentials;  and  perhaps  you 
will  be  surprised  to  hear,  though  I  hope  you  will  not, 
that  I  should  add,  not  more  science,  but  one,  or,  if 
possible,  two  languages.  The  knowledge  of  some  other 
language  than  one's  own  is,  in  fact,  of  singular  intellec- 
tual value.  Many  of  the  faults  and  mistakes  of  the 
ancient  philosophers  are  traceable  to  the  fact  that  they 
knew  no  language  but  their  own,  and  were  often  led 
into  confusing  the  symbol  with  the  thought  which  it 
embodied.  I  think  it  is  Locke  who  says  that  one-half  of 
the  mistakes  of  philosophers  have  arisen  from  questions 
about  words;  and  one  of  the  safest  ways  of  delivering 
yourself  from  the  bondage  of  words  is,  to  know  how 
ideas  look  in  words  to  which  you  are  not  accustomed. 
That  is  one  reason  for  the  study  of  language;  another 
reason  is,  that  it  opens  new  fields  in  art  and  in  science. 
Another  is  the  practical  value  of  such  knowledge;  and 
yet  another  is  this,  that  if  your  languages  are  properly 
chosen,  from  the  time  of  learning  the  additional  lan- 
guages you  will  know  your  own  language  better  than 
ever  you  did.  So,  I  say,  if  the  time  given  to  education 
permits,  add  Latin  and  German.  Latin,  because  it  is 
the  key  to  nearly  one-half  of  English  and  to  all  the 
Romance  languages;  and  German,  because  it  is  the  key 
to  almost  all  the  remainder  of  English,  and  helps  you 
to  understand  a  race  from  whom  most  of  us  have  sprung, 
and  who  have  a  character  and  a  literature  of  a  fateful 
force  in  the  history  of  the  world,  such  as  probably  has 
been  allotted  to  those  of  no  other  people,  except  the 


i6o  ON    SCIENCE   AND   ART 

Jews,  the  Greeks,  and  ourselves.  Beyond  these,  the 
essential  and  the  eminently  desirable  elements  of  all 
education,  let  each  man  take  up  his  special  line  —  the 
historian  devote  himself  to  his  history,  the  man  of 
science  to  his  science,  the  man  of  letters  to  his  culture 
of  that  kind,  and  the  artist  to  his  special  pursuit. 

Bacon  has  prefaced  some  of  his  works  with  no  more 
than  this:  Franciscus  Bacon  sic  cogitavit;  let  sic  cogi- 
tavis  be  the  epilogue  to  what  I  have  ventured  to  address 
to  you  to-night. 

8  "Thus  Francis  Bacon  thought";  "thus  I  thought." 


THE    END 


Q 

171 

H92 


Physical  & 
Applied  Sci. 


Huxley,  Thomas  Henry 
Readings  from  Huxley 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY